Fisheye FE9582-EHNV - Security Camera Vivotek - Free user manual and instructions

USER MANUAL Fisheye FE9582-EHNV Vivotek

5MP • Vandal-proof • 360° Surround View • 10M IR

Smart Stream II • Pixel Calculator • EN50155 • EN45545

Technical line drawing of a circular mechanical component with concentric rings and a central hole (no text or symbols)

Rev. 1.0

SUPREME

Table of Contents

Overview......4

Revision History ....4

Read Before Use....5

Package Contents 5

Symbols and Statements in this Document....5

Pinouts 6

Mounting Screws....6

Physical Description - FE9582-EHNV 7

LED Definition - both models....8

Hardware Installation - FE9582-EHNV 9

Software Installation....16

Network Deployment 22

Setting up the Network Camera over the Internet 22

Accessing the Network Camera 26

Using Web Browsers 26

Using RTSP Players....29

Using 3GPP-compatible Mobile Devices....30

Using VIVOTEK Recording Software 31

Main Page 32

Client Settings 43

H.265 / H.264 Media Options 43

H.265 / H.264 Protocol Options 43

MP4 Saving Options 44

Local streaming buffer time 44

Configuration 45

System > General settings 46

Network > General settings....80

Network > Streaming protocols 86

Network > QoS (Quality of Service) 96

Network > SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol) .....98

Network > FTP 99

Security > User accounts .... 100

Security > HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol over SSL) 102

Security > Access List 109

Security > IEEE 802.1x 112

PTZ > PTZ settings 114

PTZ Settings 115

Event > Event settings 117

Event 117

Add server 121

Add media 125

Applications > Motion detection....131

Applications > DI and DO 134

Applications > Tampering detection .... 135

Applications > Audio detection 136

Applications > Package management - a.k.a., VADP (VIVOTEK Application Development Platform) ..... 138

Recording > Recording settings 141

Local storage > SD card management....146

Local storage > Content management....147

Appendix 150

URL Commands for the Network Camera....150

1. Overview 150

2. Style Convention 150

Technical Specifications 353

Technology License Notice....355

Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)....356

Overview

VIVOTEK's FE9582-EHNV is a unique H.265 fisheye fixed dome network camera, featuring a detailed 5-Megapixel CMOS sensor that produces superb image clarity. By employing H.265 compression technology and VIVOTEK's Smart Stream II technology, these cameras can reduce both bandwidth and storage consumption by up to 80% while retaining the highest standard of image quality.

Equipped with a fisheye lens for 180° panoramic view (wall mount) or 360° surround view (ceiling/floor mount) with zero blind spots, the cameras are able to provide coverage of driver's cabin and passenger areas and more.

The FE9582-EHNV is equipped with a removable IR-cut filter and WDR Pro technology, empowering the camera to maintain optimal image quality around the clock and unparalleled visibility in high-contrast lighting environments. Moreover, the FE9582-EHNV is designed with full EN50155 and EN45545 compliance, vandal-proof IK10-rated, and weather-proof IP66-rated housing, ensuring that the camera can withstand shock, vibration, humidity, dust, and temperature fluctuations, and maintain stable and reliable video capture during vehicle movement.

* Depending on scene being monitored.

Revision History

Rev. 1.0: Initial release.

Read Before Use

The use of surveillance devices may be prohibited by law in your country. The Network Camera is not only a high-performance web-ready camera but can also be part of a flexible surveillance system. It is the user's responsibility to ensure that the operation of such devices is legal before installing this unit for its intended use.

It is important to first verify that all contents received are complete according to the Package Contents listed below. Take note of the warnings in the Quick Installation Guide before the Network Camera is installed; then carefully read and follow the instructions in the Installation chapter to avoid damage due to faulty assembly and installation. This also ensures the product is used properly as intended.

The Network Camera is a network device and its use should be straightforward for those who have basic networking knowledge. It is designed for various applications including video sharing, general security/ surveillance, etc. The Configuration chapter suggests ways to best utilize the Network Camera and ensure proper operations. For creative and professional developers, the URL Commands of the Network Camera section serves as a helpful reference to customizing existing homepages or integrating with the current web server.

Package Contents

■ FE9582-EHNV
■ Mounting bracket
■ Screws / desiccant bag / double-side tape / rubber seal plug / rubber washer
■ Alignment stickers

■ Quick Installation Guide
■ Mounting plate / star driver
■ Power & I/O combo cable (sold separately in US and Canada)

Symbols and Statements in this Document

INFORMATION: provides important messages or advices that might help prevent inconvenient or problem situations.

NOTE: Notices provide guidance or advices that are related to the functional integrity of the machine.

Tips: Tips are useful information that helps enhance or facilitae an installation, function, or process.

WARNING: or IMPORTANT: These statements indicate situations that can be dangerous or hazardous to the machine or you.

Electrical Hazard: This statement appears when high voltage electrical hazards might occur to an operator.

Pinouts

M12 Ethernet, 4-pin D-coded, female

Close-up of a black cable with a connector and a small icon, no visible text or symbols

1 2 RxData+ RxData-4 3 TxData-

Mounting Screws

1.9±0.15 25±0.5 3±0.1

Pan head M3x25 self-tapping

7±0.1 4±0.1

Anchor 3/16 x 7/8

22.6±0.2

Pan head M4x8

5.5±0.5 2 T10

Anti-tamper M3x8

2.6±0.15 8±0.5 4±0.15

2±0.15 8±0.45 3±0.15

Physical Description - FE9582-EHNV

Inner View

Lens Contacts (A) Header (J7) Contacts for IR units (B)

Header (J12)

Align (B) to (A) when attaching the dome cover

Reset Button Status LEDs MicroSD/SDHC/SDXC Card Slot

Outer View

Built-in Microphone

Technical line drawing of a circular mechanical component with concentric rings and two downward arrows indicating direction (no text or symbols)

IP66-rated Vandal-proof Dome Cover
IR lights hidden beneath panel

IMPORTANT:

Record the MAC address under the camera base before installing the camera.

Network Camera Model No:FE81M V MAC:0002D1083235 VIVO EK CE FCC RoHS SLS SLS This is also known as the first 16th class (FCS) class, where it is used to use the network camera. The device has been designed to be a device with a single or multiple device. The device is designed to use a device in a multi-class system, including a single or multiple device. The device is designed to be a device without any connection to the device. The device is designed to use a device without an additional component. The device is designed to be a device without an additional component. The device is designed to be a device without an additional component. The device is designed to be a device without an additional component. The device is designed to be a device without an additional component. The device is designed to be a device without an additional component. The device is designed to be a device without an additional component. The device is designed to be a device without an additional component. The device is designed to be a device without an additional component. The equipment is designed for the model of the device.

LED Definition - both models

Item LED Status Description
1 Steady Red Power on and system booting
2	Steady Red + blinking Green every 1 sec. (Green LED on for 1 sec and off for another)	Network heartbeat
	Steady Red + Green LED off Network disconnected
3	Blinking Red every 0.15 sec. + Blinking Green every 1 sec. (Red LED on for 0.15 sec. and Green LED on for 1 sec. and off for another)	Upgrading firmware
4	Blinking Red every 0.15 sec. + blinking Green every 0.15 sec	Restoring defaults

Hardware Installation - FE9582-EHNV

Opening Dome Cover

First, use the supplied screwdriver to loosen the four screws and detach the dome cover from the camera base. Then, follow the steps below to install the camera to either a ceiling or a wall.

Tamper-proof Screw We the stoppers and route cables through enings. Rubber Stopper on the hole for Power & IO Cables

Remove the stoppers and route cables through the openings.

Rubber Stopper on the hole for Power & IO Cables

Hardware Reset

The reset button is used to reset the system or restore the factory default settings. Sometimes resetting the system can return the camera to normal operation. If the system problems remain after reset, press the reset button longer to restore the factory settings and install again.

Reset: Press and release the recessed reset button with a straightened paper clip. Wait for the Network Camera to reboot.

Restore: Press and hold the recessed reset button for at least several seconds to restore. Note that all settings will be restored to factory defaults.

Micro SD/SDHC/SDXC Card Capacity

This network camera is compliant with Micro SD/SDHC/SDXC 32GB, 64GB, and other preceding standard SD cards preferably with class 6 speed.

Connecting DC Power Cable

Technical line drawing of a mechanical connector with threaded end and connectors (no text or symbols)

Technical line drawing of a mechanical assembly with no visible text or symbols

1. Add the supplied rubber washer to the cable as shown in the picture.
2. Feed the cable from the bottom of the camera and tighten the plastic base for waterproofing.

NOTE:

Connect the supplied power & IO cables if your switch does not support PoE.

Mounting Positions

Refer to the diagram on the right for the mounting hole positions and the dimensions of the base plate.

Camera Base Plate Mounting Positions

3.45 8° 8° 160.35 144 26° 59.97 26° 11 ng

Camera Mounting Plate Mounting Positions

M3X0.5 TH 4.3 161.99 141.22 121.23 30° 13° 47° 13° 47° 13°

Ceiling/Wall Mount without Mounting Plate

(Choose this mounting type if you want to feed the cables form the bottom of the camera)

1. Attach the supplied alignment sticker for camera base to the ceiling/wall.
2. Using the three circles on the sticker, drill three pilot holes into the ceiling. Then hammer the three supplied plastic anchors into the holes.
3. Drill a cable hole on the ceiling/wall, and feed the cables through the hole.
4. Connect the two white header connectors to the J12 and J7 connectors.
5. Secure the camera base to the ceiling/wall with three supplied screws.
6. You will find a dessicant bag attached to the camera. Replace the dessicant bag included in the camera with the one shipped within the accessory bag.
7. Attach the dome cover.
8. Secure the four screws with the supplied stardriver. Make sure all camera parts are securely installed.

1 Agreement Stripper (Pre Camera Strip) 2 3 5 7 8

Header (J7)

(J7) ④

Header (J12)

IMPORTANT:

Arrange the cables neatly to avoid getting in the way when the dome cover is attached.

Ceiling/Wall Mount with Mounting Plate

(Choose this mounting type if you would like to feed the cables form the side)

1. Attach the supplied alignment sticker for the supplied mounting plate to the ceiling/wall.
2. Using the three circles on the sticker, drill three holes into the ceiling. Then hammer the three supplied plastic anchors into the holes.
3. Arrange and feed the cables through the side of the mounting plate.
4. Secure the mounting plate to the ceiling/wall with three supplied screws.
5. Connect two white headers to the J12 and J7 connectors.
6. Attach the camera base to the mounting plate and turn counter-clockwise as shown below. Then secure the supplied screws to fix the camera base.
7. You will find a desiccant bag attached to the camera. Replace the desiccant bag with the one shipped within the accessory bag.
8. Attach the dome cover.
9. Secure the four screws with the supplied stardriver. Make sure all camera parts are securely installed.

graph TD
    A["1: Cable Out"] --> B["2: Attachment Stripper"]
    B --> C["3: Screwdriver"]
    C --> D["4: Internal Components"]
    D --> E["5: External Component"]
    E --> F["6: Screwdriver"]
    F --> G["7: Internal Component"]
    G --> H["8: Screwdriver"]
    H --> I["9: Outer Ring"]
    style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style I fill:#f9f,stroke:#333

Please replace the desiccant bag with a new one every time you open the dome cover.

graph TD
    A["Hand placing part"] --> B["Recyclable waste bin"]
    B --> C["Recyclable waste bin with material transfer"]
    C --> D["Recyclable waste bin with waste bag"]

Technical line drawing of a circular mechanical component with internal brackets and mounting holes (no text or symbols)

You may also use the diagonal holes on the mounting plate, marked as A, B, or C, to install the camera to a U.S. standard 4 in. junction box.

General Connection (without PoE)

1. Connect the M12 Ethernet cable to a switch (via the M12 connector).
2. Connect the power cable from the Network Camera to a power outlet.
3. If you have external devices such as sensors and alarms, make the connection from the general I/O terminal block.

General I/O Terminal Block Power Cord Socket (Black) Microphone In (Pink) Audio Out (Green) +5V : Power, 5V DC DO : Digital Output DI : Digital Input GND : Ground

IMPORTANT:

If DC power is preferred, it should comply with: O/P: 12VDC, 2A min., L.P.S. per IEC 60950-1.

Software Installation

1. Install the Shepherd utility, which helps you locate and configure your Network Camera in the local network. If your camera comes without the CD, go to VIVOTEK's website, and locate the utility in the Downloads > Software page.

VIVOTEK Products Support Downloads Solutions L Product Files Brochure Firmware Flyer Logo Software Wall Paper SDK A&E Tough Prote for Tough High-Seq

1-1. Run the Shepherd utility.

1-2. The program will conduct an analysis of your network environment.

13 device(s) found Search with IP range All devices Selected Status Model IP MAC Firmware AW-GET-094A-... 192.168.4.123 00-02-D1-2F-B7-3C 0106 SD8161 192.168.50.4 00-02-D1-30-55-BF 0100g6 FE9181-H 192.168.50.3 00-02-D1-3E-1D-97 0100b3 IZ9361-EH 192.168.4.148 00-02-D1-43-E6-52 0102f FD8177-H 192.168.4.147 00-02-D1-4B-F2-1C 0100e_8 SD9366-EHL 192.168.4.105 00-02-D1-4C-F8-E8 0103a AW-GEJ-086A-... 192.168.50.1 00-02-D1-4E-D8-14 0001 VAST 169.254.214.242 00-50-56-C0-00-01 1.12.1.8 VAST 192.168.4.113 2C-60-0C-FF-52-9F 1.13.0.3 VAST 192.168.4.131 2C-60-0C-FF-52-A0 1.12.1.8 VAST 192.168.4.121 34-E6-D7-24-7D-C6 1.13.0.3 VAST 192.168.4.118 54-53-ED-B3-B9-B6 1.13.0.3 VAST 169.254.07.232 65-05-74-15-FD-10 1.13.1.8

1-3. The program will search for all VIVOTEK network devices on the same LAN.
1-4. After a brief search, the installer window will prompt. Click on the MAC and model name that matches the one printed on the product label. You can then double-click on the address to open a management session with the Network Camera.

Network Camera VIVOTEK Model No: FE9582-EHNV MAC:0002D1730202 RoHS CE N11349 FC VEI Made in Taiwan Tel: 6.930.708

1 selected Search with IP range All devices Selected Status Model IP MAC Firmware IRB3604V-INV 192.168.4.151 06-02-D1-73-D7-02 0002D1730202 IZ9361-EH 192.168.4.148 00-02-A1-55-F7- PD8177-H 192.168.4.147 0100x_8 504366-EHL 192.168.4.105 00-02-D1-4C-F8-B8 01034 VAST 169.254.8.13 00-50-5G-C9-06-01 1,12.1.8 VAST 192.168.4.113 2C-60-0C-FP-52-9F 1,13.3.3 VAST 192.168.4.131 2C-60-0C-FP-52-A0 1,12.1.8 VAST 192.168.4.118 5A-53-ED-83-89-9E 1,13.3.3 VAST 192.168.4.130 5A-A0-50-B8-39-3B 1,12.1.8 IRB360-W 169.254.205.238 5C-F3-70-J6-J9-J3 0100s- VAST 169.254.182.143 6B-85-CA-TF-BD-10 1,12.1.8

Forceful Password Configuration

1. The first time you log in to the camera, the firmware will prompt for a password configuration for security concerns.
   2-1. Enter the combination of alphabetic and numeric characters to fulfill the password strength requirement. The default name for the camera administrator is "root", and can not be changed.

Language

Configure password

At least 8 characters with no space, one alphabet character(uppercase or lowercase), and one numeric character

User name :

User password :

Confirm user password :

root

√ Enable https connection to secure the configuration for password

*The new password will be applied to all connections

Save

Cancel

Some, but not all special ASCII characters are supported: !, \$, %, -, ., @, ^, _, and \~. You can use them in the password combination.

You have used invalid characters. These characters are valid:A-Z, a-z, 0-9 and !$%-.@^_^~

2-2. Another prompt will request for the password you just configured. Enter the password and then you can start configure your camera and see the live view.

Windows Security The server 169.254.205.239 is asking for your user name and password. The server reports that it is from streaming_server. Warning: Your user name and password will be sent using basic authentication on a connection that isn't secure. root Remember my credentials 確定 取消

VIVOTEK LAN Browser Shepherd 66 device(s) found AVDOC AVDOC Hugo-Pilot Network Camera

Hardware Reset

The reset button is used to reset the system or restore the factory default settings. Sometimes resetting the system can return the camera to normal operation. If the system problems remain after reset, press the reset button longer to restore the factory settings and install again.

Reset: Press and release the recessed reset button with a straightened paper clip. Wait for the Network Camera to reboot.

Restore: Press and hold the recessed reset button for at least several seconds to restore. Note that all settings will be restored to factory defaults.

SD/SDHC/SDXC Card Capacity

This network camera is compliant with SD/SDHC/SDXC 32GB, 64GB, and other preceding standard SD cards.

DI/DO Diagram

Dry contact with external DC power source to supply a relay. Dry contact is the safest connection to protect devices.

graph TD
    A["DI-"] --> B["DO+"]
    B --> C["DI+"]
    C --> D["DO-"]
    D --> E["DC 0V"]
    E --> F["Photo Coupler"]
    F --> G["NO"]
    F --> H["NC"]
    F --> I["Relay"]
    J["External Device"] --> K["PE"]
    L["External DC power"] --> M["DC 0V"]
    N["External AC power with Protected Earth"] --> O["PE"]
    P["Switch"] --> Q["Di-"]
    style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style B fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style C fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style D fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style E fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style F fill:#cfc,stroke:#333
    style G fill:#fcc,stroke:#333
    style H fill:#fcc,stroke:#333
    style I fill:#fcc,stroke:#333
    style J fill:#cff,stroke:#333
    style K fill:#ffc,stroke:#333
    style L fill:#ffc,stroke:#333
    style M fill:#ffc,stroke:#333
    style N fill:#ffc,stroke:#333
    style O fill:#ffc,stroke:#333
    style P fill:#ffc,stroke:#333

Wet contact with external DC power source to supply a relay.

graph TD
    A["DI-"] --> B["DO+"]
    B --> C["DI+"]
    C --> D["DO-"]
    D --> E["Switch"]
    E --> F["DC 0V"]
    F --> G["External DC power"]
    G --> H["AC"]
    H --> I["PE"]
    J["External Device"] --> K["NO"]
    J --> L["NC"]
    J --> M["Relay"]
    N["External AC power with Protected Earth"] --> H
    O["PE"] --> P["Ground"]

1. The DO+ pin (5V) provides 5V±10% output voltages, and the max. load is 50mA.
2. The max. voltage for the DO- pins is 30VDC (External power).
   In order to control AC devices, the above diagram can be taken in consideration. The diagram uses a relay to control the ON/OFF condition of the AC device.
3. An external relay can be triggered by using DO+ or by an external power source, depending on the type of relay you use.
4. In case of using an individual relay (instead of using a relay module), for protection against voltage or current spikes, a transient voltage suppression diode must be connected in parallel with the inductive load.

Dry contact and using camera's DO+ to supply a relay.

graph TD
    A["External Device"] --> B["AC"]
    B --> C["PE"]
    B --> D["External AC power with Protected Earth"]
    D --> E["Switch"]
    E --> F["DI-"]
    E --> G["DO+"]
    E --> H["DI+"]
    E --> I["DO-"]
    I --> J["Ground"]
    style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style B fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style C fill:#cfc,stroke:#333
    style D fill:#fcc,stroke:#333
    style E fill:#cff,stroke:#333
    style F fill:#ffc,stroke:#333
    style G fill:#ffc,stroke:#333
    style H fill:#ffc,stroke:#333
    style I fill:#ffc,stroke:#333
    style J fill:#fff,stroke:#333

LED Definition

Item LED Status Description
1 Steady Red Power on and system booting
2	Steady Red + blinking Green every 1 sec. (Green LED on for 1 sec and off for another)	Network heartbeat
	Steady Red + Green LED off Network disconnected
3	Blinking Red every 0.15 sec. + Blinking Green every 1 sec. (Red LED on for 0.15 sec. and Green LED on for 1 sec. and off for another)	Upgrading firmware
4	Blinking Red every 0.15 sec. + blinking Green every 0.15 sec	Restoring defaults

Network Deployment

Setting up the Network Camera over the Internet

There are several ways to set up the Network Camera over the Internet. The first way is to set up the Network Camera behind a router. The second way is to utilize a static IP. The third way is to use PPPoE.

Internet connection via a router

Before enabling the access to the Network Camera over the Internet, make sure you have a router and follow the steps below.

1. Connect your Network Camera behind a router, the Internet environment is illustrated below. Regarding how to obtain your IP address, please refer to Software Installation on page 16 for details.

graph TD
    A["Internet"] --> B["Cable or DSL Modem"]
    B --> C["WAN (Wide Area Network) Router IP address: from ISP"]
    C --> D["LAN (Local Area Network) Router IP address: 192.168.0.1"]
    D --> E["IP address: 192.168.0.3\nSubnet mask: 255.255.255.0\nDefault router: 192.168.0.1"]
    D --> F["IP address: 192.168.0.2\nSubnet mask: 255.255.255.0\nDefault router: 192.168.0.1"]

1. In this case, if the Local Area Network (LAN) IP address of your Network Camera is 192.168.0.3, please forward the following ports for the Network Camera on the router.

■ Secondary HTTP port: 8080
■ RTSP port: 554
■ RTP port for audio: 5558
■ RTCP port for audio: 5559
■ RTP port for video: 5556
■ RTCP port for video: 5557

If you have changed the port numbers on the Network page, please open the ports accordingly on your router. For information on how to forward ports on the router, please refer to your router's user's manual.

1. Find out the public IP address of your router provided by your ISP (Internet Service Provider). Use the public IP and the secondary HTTP port to access the Network Camera from the Internet. Please refer to Network Type on page 80 for details.

For example, your router and IP settings may look like this:

Device IP Address: internal port IP Address: External Port (Mapped port on the router)
Public IP of router 122.1	46.57.120
LAN IP of router 192.168.2.1
Camera 1 192.168.2.10	80 122.146.57.120:8000
Camera 2 192.168.2.11	80 122.146.57.120:8001
... ... ...

Configure the router, virtual server or firewall, so that the router can forward any data coming into a preconfigured port number to a network camera on the private network, and allow data from the camera to be transmitted to the outside of the network over the same path.

From Forward to
122.146.57.120:8000 19	2.168.2.10:80
122.146.57.120:8001 19	2.168.2.11:80
... ...

When properly configured, you can access a camera behind the router using the HTTP request as follows: http://122.146.57.120:8000

If you change the port numbers on the Network configuration page, please open the ports accordingly on your router. For example, you can open a management session with your router to configure access through the router to the camera within your local network. Please consult your network administrator for router configuration if you have troubles with the configuration.

For more information with network configuration options (such as that of streaming ports), please refer to Configuration > Network Settings. VIVOTEK also provides the automatic port forwarding feature as an NAT traversal function with the precondition that your router must support the UPnP port forwarding feature.

Network > General settings System Media Network General settings Streaming protocols DONS QoS SNMP Security PTZ Event Network type Port LAN Get IP address automatically Use fixed IP address Enable UPnP presentation Enable UPnP port forwarding PPPoE Enable IPv6 IPv6 informs Manually The device is configuring now. Your browser will reconnect to http://192.168.4.140:80/ If the connection fails, please manually enter the above IP address in your browser. Save

Internet connection with static IP

Choose this connection type if you are required to use a static IP for the Network Camera. Please refer to LAN configuration on page 80 for details.

Internet connection via PPPoE (Point-to-Point over Ethernet)

Choose this connection type if you are connected to the Internet via a DSL Line. Please refer to PPPoE on page 103 for details.

Set up the Network Camera through Power over Ethernet (PoE)

When using a PoE-enabled switch

The Network Camera is PoE-compliant, allowing transmission of power and data via a single Ethernet cable. Follow the below illustration to connect the Network Camera to a PoE-enabled switch via an Ethernet cable.

Power + Data Transmission PoE Switch

When using a non-PoE switch

If your switch/router does not support PoE, use a PoE power injector (optional) to connect between the Network Camera and a non-PoE switch.

PoE Power Injector (optional) Non-PoE Switch

FE9582-EHNV Display mode: 1R Video stream: 1 Manual triggers Digital output: On Zoom Pan: Stop Rotate Pan speed: 0 Tilt speed: 0 Zoom speed: 0 Panoramic speed: 1 Rotate speed: 1 Home Client settings Configuration Language (TCP-AV) 2011/07/04 10:58:24: Powered by: VIVOTEK Go to -Select one -

NOTE:

1. If you encounter problems with displaying live view or the onscreen plug-in control, you may try to remove the plug-ins that might have been installed on your computer. Remove the following folder: C:\Program Files (x86)\Camera Stream Controller\
2. If you forget the root (administrator) password for the camera, you can restore the camera defaults by pressing the reset button for longer than 5 seconds.
3. If DHCP is enabled in your network, and the camera cannot be accessed, run the Shepherd utility to search the network. If the camera has been configured with fixed IP that does not comply with your local network, you may see its default IP 169.254.x.x. If you still cannot find the camera, you can restore the camera to its factory defaults.
4. If you change your network parameters, e.g., added a connection to a LAN card, re-start the Shepherd utility.

Accessing the Network Camera

This chapter explains how to access the Network Camera through web browsers, RTSP players, 3GPP-compatible mobile devices, and VIVOTEK recording software.

Using Web Browsers

IMPORTANT:

• Currently the Network Camera utilizes 32-bit ActiveX plugin. You CAN NOT open a management/view session with the camera using a 64-bit IE browser.
• If you encounter this problem, try execute the lexlore.exe program from C:\Windows\SysWOW64. A 32-bit version of IE browser will be installed.
• On Windows 7, the 32-bit explorer browser can be accessed from here: C:\Program Files (x86)\Internet Explorer\iexplore.exe

Use the Shepherd utility to access the Network Cameras on the LAN.

If your network environment is not a LAN, follow these steps to access the Network Camera:

1. Launch your web browser (e.g., Microsoft® Internet Explorer, Mozilla Firefox, or Netscape).
2. Enter the IP address of the Network Camera in the address field. Press Enter.
3. The live video will be displayed in your web browser.
4. If it is the first time installing the VIVOTEK network camera, an information bar will prompt as shown below. Follow the instructions to install the required plug-in on your computer.

Network Camera - Not result Internet Explorer VIVOTEK Video stream: 1 Display mode: 10 Manual input: Digital output: Search View Play speed: 0 Bit speed: 0 Zoom speed: 0 Panasonic speed: 1 Rotate speed: 1 Mega-Pixel Network Camera This is a plug-in (ActiveX). If you see this text, your browser is not support or disable ActiveX. Information Bar Did you notice the Information Bar? The information for this text another Internet Explorer is a popular website download/this right user site. It's a web page or display stream, but it is an information provider for any user.? Do not show file message again User about the Information Bar... OK Done Internet

VIVOTEK Mega-Pixel Network Camera Click here to download plugins Plug Tools: Service Available Plug Downloads The following plugins are available: √ Apple Guidelines Some plugins can require additional information from your system installation. Free Text to install these plugins. Next > Cancel Data

NOTE:

For Mozilla Firefox users, your browser will use Quick Time to stream live video. If you do not have QuickTime on your computer, please download QuickTime from Apple Inc's website, and then launch your web browser.

Network Camera - Modilla Master File Edit View History Tools Tools Tools Help Do you next? Please to remember this password? VIVOTEK Mega-Pixel Network Camera View stream: 1 Display mode: 14 Manual triggers Digital output: A B C D E F G Pan speed Tilt speed Zoom speed Panoramic speed Rotate speed Forward to Europe Name Web www.vivotek.com Home Client settings Configuration Language Receiving

Network Camera - Micro Filmbox File Edit View Display Tools Help http://PC-MA-5.55/Video.html Open Window Help for the site Get Now VIVOTEK Mega-Pixel Network Camera Video stream: 1 Display mode: 16 Manual Ingers Digital output Pass speed: 0 Tilt speed: 0 Zoom speed: 0 Panoramic speed: 1 Rotate speed: 1 Parameters: T-wave Giant networks - Crossphone - Language http://www.bio.com/ ©2016

Tips:

1. The onscreen Java control can malfunction under the following situations: A PC connects to different cameras that are using the same IP address (or the same camera running different firmware versions). Removing your browser cookies will solve this problem.
2. If you encounter problems with displaying the configuration menus or UI items, try disable the Compatibility View on IE8 or IE9.

http://www.joinsmsn.com/

You may also press the F12 key to open the developer tools utility, and then change the Browser Mode to the genuine IE8 or IE9 mode.

File Find Disable View Images Cache Tools Validate Browser Mode: IE9 Document Mode: IE9 standards HTML CSS Console Script Profiler Network Internet Explorer 7 Internet Explorer 8 Internet Explorer 9 Internet Explorer 9 Compatibility View

- In the event of plug-in compatibility issues, you may try to uninstall the plug-in that was previously installed.

Business Explorer Camera Stream Controller Uninstall Catalyst Control Center

NOTE:

1. By default, your Network Camera is not password-protected. To prevent unauthorized access, it is highly recommended to configure a password for your camera later. For more information about how to enable password protection, please refer to Security on page 100.
2. If you see a dialogue box indicating that your security settings prohibit running ActiveX Controls®, please enable ActiveX Controls for your browser.

To enable the ActiveX® Controls for your browser:

2-1. Choose Tools > Internet Options > Security > Custom Level.

Internet Options General Security Privacy Content Connections Programs Advanced Select a Web content zone to specify its security settings. Internet Local intranet Trusted sites Restricted sites Internet This zone contains all Web sites you haven't placed in other zones Sites... Security level for this zone Custom Custom settings. • To change the settings, click Custom Level. • To use the recommended settings, click Default Level. Custom Level... Default Level OK Cancel Apply

2-2. Look for Download signed ActiveX® controls; select Enable or Prompt. Click OK.

Security Settings Settings: ActiveX controls and plug-ins Download signed ActiveX controls Disable Enable Prompt Download unsigned ActiveX controls Disable Enable Prompt Initialize and script ActiveX controls not marked as safe Disable Enable Prompt Reset custom settings Reset to: Medium Reset OK Cancel

2-3. Refresh your web browser, then install the ActiveX® control. Follow the instructions to complete installation.

Using RTSP Players

To view the H.265 or H.264 streaming media using RTSP players, you can use one of the following players that support RTSP streaming.

Quick Time Player

VLC Player

1. Launch the RTSP player.
2. Choose File > Open URL. A URL dialog box will prompt.
3. The address format is rtsp://:/

As most ISPs and players only allow RTSP streaming through port number 554, please set the RTSP port to 554. For more information, please refer to RTSP Streaming on page 89.

For example:

Open URL Enter an Internet URL to open: rtsp://192.168.5.151:554/live.sdp OK Cancel

1. The live video will be displayed in your player. For more information on how to configure the RTSP access name, please refer to RTSP Streaming on page 89 for details.

Overhead fisheye view of an empty office with cubicles and desks (no visible text or symbols)

NOTE:

QuickTime player only supports the play-back of H.265 or H.264 stream, and not the MJPEG stream. In terms of audio codec, Quick Time only supports AAC. Since this camera supports G.711 codec, audio is not available on QuickTime.

VLC player supports H.265/H.264/MPEG-4/MJPEG, and all audio codecs supported by VIVOTEK's cameras.

The RTSP players will show the original circular-shape image. You can access the Regional views via the ST7501 or VAST software. See page 90 for an example.

Using 3GPP-compatible Mobile Devices

To view the streaming media through 3GPP-compatible mobile devices, make sure the Network Camera can be accessed over the Internet. For more information on how to set up the Network Camera over the Internet, please refer to Setup the Network Camera over the Internet on page 22.

To utilize this feature, please check the following settings on your Network Camera:

1. Because most players on 3GPP mobile phones do not support RTSP authentication, make sure the authentication mode of RTSP streaming is set to disable.
   For more information, please refer to RTSP Streaming on page 89.

2. As the bandwidth on 3G networks is limited, you will not be able to use a large video size. Please set the video and audio streaming parameters as listed below.

For more information, please refer to Stream settings on page 70.

Video Mode MPEG-4
Frame size 176 x 144
Maximum frame rate 5 fps
Intra frame period 1S
Video quality (Constant bit rate) 40kbps
Audio type (GSM-AMR) 12.2kbps

1. As most ISPs and players only allow RTSP streaming through port number 554, please set the RTSP port to 554. For more information, please refer to RTSP Streaming on page 89.

2. Launch the player on the 3GPP-compatible mobile devices (e.g., Real Player).

3. Type the following URL commands in the URL field.

The address format is rtsp://:/.

For example:

Open URL Enter an Internet URL to open: rtsp://192.168.5.151:554/live.sdp OK Cancel

Using VIVOTEK Recording Software

You can download VIVOTEK's VAST recording software that allows simultaneous monitoring and video recording for multiple Network Cameras. Please install the recording software; then launch the program to add the Network Camera to the Channel list. For detailed information about how to use the recording software, please refer to the user's manual of the software or download it from http://www.vivotek.com.

Overhead view of a modern, well-lit retail space with customers browsing products and interior lighting (no visible text or signage)

Main Page

This chapter explains the screen elements on the main page. It is composed of the following sections: VIVOTEK INC. Logo, Host Name, Camera Control Area, Configuration Area, and Live Video Window.

VIVOTEK logo Resize Buttons Camera Control Panel Host name Mega-Pixel Network Camera Live View window Home Client settings Configuration Language 2012/07/13-12:30:07 Go to -Select one -

VIVOTEK INC. Logo

Click this logo to visit the VIVOTEK website.

Host Name

The host name can be customized to fit your needs. For more information, please refer to System > General Settings on page 46.

Camera Control Area

Display mode: This is a brand new configuration menu exclusively designed for Fisheye cameras. Due to the fisheye lens' wide coverage of 180° hemispheric and 360° panoramic views and to manipulate the details within, the following display modes are provided:

Display mode Video stream Manual trigg Digital output 4R PRO 10 1P 1R 2P 103R 4R 4R PRO 108R

10 - One Original fisheye view.

1P - One Panoramic view

1R - One Regional view

1P2R - One Panoramic and two Regional views (Wall mount)

2P - Two Panoramic views

1P3R - One Panoramic and three Regional views (Wall mount)

103R - One Original and three Regional views

4R - Four Regional views

4R PRO - Four Regional views interactively displayed when the field of view changes in any of the views

108R - One Original and eight Regional views

* Most display modes are available in the Ceiling mount type.
* See following discussions for detailed explanation of these modes. If selected, the Wall mount type provides another two distinctive modes.

10 (Original) Display mode:

When mounted on a ceiling, the fisheye camera can cover an approximate of 64 m² surveillance area (installed at a height of approximately 3 meters), while still keeping details in videos with recognizable facial features of people trafficking through the area.

The 10 view is especially adequate for taking an overview glimpse of the surveillance area when mounted on the ceiling.

10 View (Original View)

180° Hemispheric

1P (Single Panoramic) Display mode:

With image correction algorithms in firmware, the hemispheric image is transformed into a rectilinear stripe in the 1P display mode. Viewers can use the PTZ panel or simply use mouse swipe to quickly move through the 360^ panoramic view. (Mouse control on the Panoramic view is available with the Ceiling mount type.)

When mounted on a wall, this mode can cover a 180^ overview from side to side, e.g., on the entrance of a building or a corridor.

Note that the 1P view is apt for an overview, the Zoom in/out function does not apply in this mode.

Live View Mega-Pixel Network Camera Swipe to scroll horizontally

1R (Single Regional) Display mode:

The 1R mode provides access to one image section within the hemisphere. You can zoom in or out (using the mouse wheel or PTZ panel) or travel to other areas in the hemisphere using mouse clicks and swipes. A single click on a particular object can bring the object to the center of your view window. Click and hold down the left mouse button, and you can swipe the view in all directions.

1R View (Single Regional View) Zoom in/out & all-directional navigation control Zoom In Zoom Out

2P (Dual Panoramic View) Display mode:

Similar to 1P, the 2P display mode provides simultaneous access to both the left and right sections of a hemisphere. Both panoramic views are corrected into a more viewable dewarped image. Viewers can use a mouse click and swipe to quickly scroll horizontally through the surveillance area.

* Note that the dividing line falls approximately on the center of the VIVOTEK logo on camera.

graph TD
    A["2P View (Panoramic View)"] --> B["Right hemiLeft hemi"]
    B --> C["Converted to rectilinear view (Dewarp)"]

103R (One Original & Three Regional) Display mode:

The 103R mode provides access to multiple live view sections within the hemisphere and the reference to their relative positions on an Original circular view. The FOV indicators (#1 \~ #3) interact with your current operation as you may zoom in/out or move the live view window to a different place.

You can zoom in or out or travel to other areas within the hemisphere using identical methods as previously described in the 1R mode.

You can also change the locations of Regional views by dragging the FOV indicators on the "Original" circular view.

103R (Original & Regional) Mode Screen Control

Mega-Pixel Network Camera Display mode: 1P Video stream: 1 Manual triggers: Digital output: On Off Pan speed: 0 Tilt speed: 0 Zoom speed: 0 Panoramic speed: 1 Rotate speed: 1 R Zoom In Zoom Out O 1 3 2 Interactive regional FOV indicators Current screen selection R Pan or tilt Click to bring into center of view Go to -Select one - Powered by VIVOTEK

Tips:

In a Regional view displaying 100% of video feed (via the Resize buttons - see page 38), your mouse wheel can be used to scroll the view window vertically before you click on a live image. After you click on the live image, the mouse wheel becomes the zoom in/out tool.

4R (Four Regional) Display mode:

The view control and look and feel are identical to that as described in the 1O3R mode except that the Original circular view is absent from this mode.

4R PRO (Four Regional Proactive) Display mode:

The 4R PRO mode is similar to the 4R mode except that the quad view windows consecutively rotate in correspondence to the change of view area in one window. Note that zoom in/out and tilt control is not available in this mode.

108R (One Original and Eight Regional) Display mode:

The view control and look and feel are identical to that as described in the 103R mode.

Note that if you change the position of a view in hemisphere, e.g., the #3 window, you may lose the configuration change by switching to another display mode. The live view window does not automatically save your view section layout.

VIVOTEK Video stream: 1 Display mode: 100R Manual triggers: Digital output: Zoom Pan speed: 0 Tilt speed: 0 Zoom speed: 0 Panoramic speed: 1 3 R 2 R 1 R 4 R 2 3 1 4 O 8 5 6 7 R 7 R Powered by VIVOTEK

Video Stream: This Network Camera supports multiple streams (stream #1 \~ #4) simultaneously. You can select any one of them for live viewing. For more information about multiple streams, please refer to page 70 for detailed information.

Manual Trigger: Click to manually enable or disable an event trigger. Please configure an event setting before enabling this function. A total of 3 or 4 event settings can be configured. For more information about event setting, please refer to page 117. If you want to hide this item on the homepage, please go to the System > Homepage Layout > General settings > Customized button to deselect the "show manual trigger button" checkbox.

Digital Output: Click to turn the digital output device on or off.

PTZ Control Panel:

Control Panel: Up Return to Home Position Right Left Down Zoom Out Zoom In Start the Panoramic rotation Pano. Stop Rotate Rotate Stop Auto Pano or Rotate

Pano.: Click this button to start the automatic horizontal pan (360° continuous rotation).

Stop: Click this button to stop the Auto Pano and Auto Rotate functions.

Rotate: Once the Administrator has configured the list of preset positions (including the zoom-in action on a particular position), click this button to command the camera to display the preset positions in a consecutive order. The Network Camera will display those positions continuously. For more information, please refer to PTZ control on page 114.

Select stream Pan speed 0 Tilt speed 0 Zoom speed 0 Panoramic speed 1 Go to: - Select one -

Preset and rotate settings Name: Add preset location User preset locations 1 2 3 4 5 Remove More Rotate speed 1 Rotate locations 1 2 3 4 5 Remove ▲▼ More

Pan /Tilt /Zoom speed: Adjust the speed of these controls when exerted:

Pan speed Tilt	speed Zoom speed Panoramic	speed
-5 -5 -5 - Slower
-4 -4 -4 -
-3 -3 -3 -
-2 -2 -2 -
-1 -1 -1 -
0 0 0 0
1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2
3 3 3 3
4 4 4 4
5 5 5 5

Configuration Area

Client Settings: Click this button to access the client setting page. For more information, please refer to Client Settings on page 43.

Configuration: Click this button to access more of the configuration options provided with the Network Camera. It is suggested that a password is applied to the Network Camera so that only the administrator can configure the Network Camera. For more information, please refer to the description for the Configuration menus on page 45.

Language: Click this button to choose a language for the user interface. Language options are available in: English, Deutsch, Español, Français, Italiano, 日本語, Português, 簡体中之, and 繁體中之. You can also change a language on the Configuration page; please refer to page 45.

Hide Button

You can click the hide button to hide the control panel or display the control panel.

Resize Buttons

Click the Auto button, the video cell will resize automatically to fit the monitor.

Click 100% is to display the original homepage size.

Click 50% is to resize the homepage to 50% of its original size.

Click 25% is to resize the homepage to 25% of its original size.

■ The following window is displayed when the video mode is set to MJPEG:

Video Title Title and Time Video (HTTP-V) 2015/03/10 17:08:56 Video 17:08:56 2015/03/10 Time Video Control Buttons Go to — Select one —

Video Title: The video title can be configured. For more information, please refer to Media > Image on page 57.

Time: Display the current time. For more information, please refer to Media > Image on page 57.

Title and Time: Video title and time can be stamped on the streaming video. For more information, please refer to Media > Image on page 57.

2.0x Title 2014/03/05 10:39:08

Video Control Buttons: Depending on the camera model and your current configuration, some buttons may not be available.

Snapshot: Click this button to capture and save still images. The captured images will be displayed in a pop-up window. Right-click the image and choose Save Picture As to save it in JPEG (*.jpg) or BMP (*.bmp) format.

Start MP4 Recording: Click this button to record video clips in MP4 file format to your computer. Press the Stop MP4 Recording button to end recording. When you exit the web browser, video recording stops accordingly. To specify the storage destination and file name, please refer to MP4 Saving Options on page 44 for details.

Full Screen: Click this button to switch to full screen mode. Press the "Esc" key to switch back to normal mode.

Please refer to page 114 for PTZ settings.

Live Video Window

■ The following window is displayed when the video mode is set to H.265 or H.264:

H.264/MPEG-4 Protocol and Media Options Video Title Title and Time Video (TPC-AV) Video 13:59:05 2012/07/04 Time Video 13:59:05 2012/07:04 Video and Audio Control Buttons

Video Title: The video title can be configured. For more information, please refer to Video settings on page 70.

H.264 Protocol and Media Options: The transmission protocol (TCP or UDP, etc.) and media options for H.265 or H.264 video streaming. For further configuration, please refer to Client Settings on page 43.

Time: Display the current time. For further configuration, please refer to Media > Image > Genral settings on page 57.

Title and Time: The video title and time can be stamped on the streaming video. For further configuration, please refer to Media > Image > Genral settings on page 57.

Video and Audio Control Buttons: Depending on the Network Camera model and Network Camera configuration, some buttons may not be available.

Snapshot: Click this button to capture and save still images. The captured images will be displayed in a pop-up window. Right-click the image and choose Save Picture As to save it in JPEG (*.jpg) or BMP (*.bmp) format.
Pause: Pause the transmission of the streaming media. The button becomes the Resume button after clicking the Pause button.
Stop: Stop the transmission of the streaming media. Click the Resume button to continue transmission.

Start MP4 Recording: Click this button to record video clips in MP4 file format to your computer. Press the Stop MP4 Recording button to end recording. When you exit the web browser, video recording stops accordingly. To specify the storage destination and file name, please refer to MP4 Saving Options on page 44 for details.
Volume: When the Mute function is not activated, move the slider bar to adjust the volume on the local computer.
Mute: Turn off the volume on the local computer. The button becomes the Audio On button after clicking the Mute button.
Talk: Click this button to talk to people around the Network Camera. Audio will project from the external speaker connected to the Network Camera. Click this button again to end talking transmission.
Mic Volume: When the Mute function is not activated, move the slider bar to adjust the microphone volume on the local computer.
Full Screen: Click this button to switch to full screen mode. Press the "Esc" key to switch back to normal mode.

VIVOTEK Mega-Pixel Network Camera Display mode: 1P Video stream: 1 Manual triggers: Digital output: On Zoom Pan, stop, rotate Pan speed: 0 Tilt speed: 0 Zoom speed: 0 Panoramic speed: 1 Rotate speed: 1 Home Client settings Configuration Language (TCP-AV) 2018/01/14 13:59:05 Powered by VIVOTEK

Tips:

1. The onscreen Java control can malfunction under the following situations: A PC connects to different cameras that are using the same IP address (or the same camera running different firmware versions). Removing your browser cookies will solve this problem.
2. If you encounter problems with displaying the configuration menus or UI items, try disable the Compatibility View on IE8 or IE9.

http://www.joinsmsn.com/

You may also press theF12 key to open the developer tools utility, and then change the Browser Mode to the genuine IE8 or IE9 mode.

File Find Disable View Images Cache Tools Validate Browser Mode: IE9 Document Mode: IE9 standards HTML CSS Console Script Profiler Network Internet Explorer 7 Internet Explorer 8 Internet Explorer 9 Internet Explorer 9 Compatibility View

Client Settings

This chapter explains how to select the stream transmission mode and saving options on the local computer. When completed with the settings on this page, click Save on the page bottom to enable the settings.

H.265 / H.264 Media Options

H.265/H.264 media options Video and audio Video only Audio only

Select to stream video or audio data or both. This is enabled only when the video mode is set to H.265 or H.264.

H.265 / H.264 Protocol Options

UDP Unicast UDP Multicast TCP HTTP

Depending on your network environment, there are four options with the transmission protocols with the H.265 or H.264 streaming:

UDP unicast: This protocol allows for more real-time audio and video streams. However, network packets may be lost due to network burst traffic and images may be broken. Activate UDP connection when occasions require time-sensitive responses and the video quality is less important. Note that each unicast client connecting to the server takes up additional bandwidth and the Network Camera allows up to ten simultaneous accesses.

UDP multicast: This protocol allows multicast-enabled routers to forward network packets to all clients requesting streaming media. This helps to reduce the network transmission load of the Network Camera while serving multiple clients at the same time. Note that to utilize this feature, the Network Camera must be configured to enable multicast streaming at the same time. For more information, please refer to RTSP Streaming on page 89.

TCP: This protocol guarantees the complete delivery of streaming data and thus provides better video quality. The downside of this protocol is that its real-time effect is not as good as that of using the UDP protocol.

HTTP: This protocol allows the same quality as TCP protocol without needing to open specific ports for streaming under some network environments. Users behind a firewall can utilize this protocol to allow camera's streaming data to pass through.

Two way audio

Two way audio

Half-duplex

Full-duplex

Half duplex: Audio is transmitted from one direction at a time, e.g., from a PC holding a web console with the camera.

Full duplex: Audio is transmitted in both directions simultaneously.

MP4 Saving Options

MP4 saving options

Folder:

D:\Record3

Browse..

File name prefix:

CLIP

Add date and time suffix to file name

Users can record live video as they are watching it by clicking the "Start MP4 Recording" button on the main page. Here, you can specify the storage destination and file name.

Folder: Specify a storage destination for the recorded video files.

File name prefix: Enter the text that will be appended to the front of the video file name.

Add date and time suffix to the file name: Select this option to append the date and time to the end of the file name.

CLIP_20180328-180853

File name prefix

Date and time suffix

The format is: YYYYMMDD_HHMMSS

Local streaming buffer time

Local Streaming Buffer Time

0

Millisecond

Save

Due to possible occurrences of unsteady network transmission, live streaming may lag and not be very smoothly. If you enable this option, the live streaming will be stored on the client PC's cache memory for a few seconds before being played on the client computer's live view window. This helps produce a smoothlier live streaming. If you enter a vlue of 3,000 milliseconds, the streaming will delay for 3 seconds.

Configuration

Click Configuration on the main page to enter the camera setting pages. Note that only Administrators can access the configuration page.

VIVOTEK provides an easy-to-use user interface that helps you set up your network camera with minimal effort. In order to simplify the user interface, detailed information will be hidden unless you click on the function item. When you click on the first sub-item, the detailed information for the first sub-item will be displayed; when you click on the second sub-item, the detailed information for the second sub-item will be displayed and that of the first sub-item will be hidden.

The following is the interface of the main page:

VIVOTEK Home Client settings Configuration Language System > General settings System General settings Homepage layout Logs Parameters Maintenance Media Network Security PTZ Event Applications Recording Local storage System Host name: Mega-Pixel Network Camera Turn off the LED indicator Navigation Area System time Time zone: GMT+08:00 Beijing, Chongqing, Hong Kong, Kuala Lumpur, Singapore, Taipei Note: You can upload your daylight saving time rules on Maintenance page or use the camera default value. Keep current date and time Synchronize with computer time Manual Automatic Configuration List Save Firmware Version Version: 0100s

Each function on the configuration list will be explained in the following sections.

The Navigation Area provides access to all different views from the Home page (for live viewing), Configuration page, and multi-language selection.

System > General settings

This section explains how to configure the basic settings for the Network Camera, such as the host name and system time. It is composed of the following two columns: System and System Time.

System

System

Host name:

Mega-Pixel Network Camera

Turn off the LED indicator

Host name: Enter a desired name for the Network Camera. The name will be displayed at the top center of the main page.

Turn off the LED indicator: Click to disable the onboard LEDs.

System time

System time

Time zone:

GMT+08:00 Beijing, Chongqing, Hong Kong, Kuala Lumpur, Singapore, Taipei

Note: You can upload your daylight saving time rules on Maintenance page or use the camera default value.

Keep current date and time

◎ Synchronize with computer time

Manual

Automatic

Save

Time zone : Select the appropriate time zone from the list. If you want to upload Daylight Savings Time rules, please refer to System > Maintenance > Import/ Export files on page 54 for details.

Keep current date and time: Select this option to preserve the current date and time of the Network Camera. The Network Camera's internal real-time clock maintains the date and time even when the power of the system is turned off.

Synchronize with computer time: Select this option to synchronize the date and time of the Network Camera with the local computer. The read-only date and time of the PC is displayed as updated.

Manual: The administrator can enter the date and time manually. Note that the date and time format are [yyyy/mm/dd] and [hh:mm:ss].

Automatic: The Network Time Protocol is a protocol which synchronizes computer clocks by periodically querying an NTP Server.

NTP server: Assign the IP address or domain name of the time-server. Leaving the text box blank connects the Network Camera to the default time servers.

Update interval: Select to update the time using the NTP server on an hourly, daily, weekly, or monthly basis.

When finished with the settings on this page, click Save at the bottom of the page to enable the settings.

This section explains how to set up your own customized homepage layout.

General settings

This column shows the settings of your homage layout. You can manually select the background and font colors in Theme Options (the second tab on this page). The settings will be displayed automatically in this Preview field. The following shows the homepage using the default settings:

General settings Theme options VIVOTEK www.vivotek.com Video stream 1 Digital output On Off Manual trigger: Client settings Powered by VIVOTEK Mega-Pixel Network Hide Powered by VIVOTEK

■ Hide Powered by VIVOTEK: If you check this item, it will be removed from the homepage.

Logo graph

Here you can change the logo at the top of your homepage.

Logo graph A customized logo (Gif, JPG or PNG) can be uploaded for main page. It will be resized to 160x50 pixels to replace the previous logo. Default Custom VIVOTEK Browse... www.vivotek.com VIVOTEK Upload Logo link: http://www.vivotek.com

Follow the steps below to upload a new logo:

1. Click Custom and the Browse field will appear.
2. Select a logo from your files.
3. Click Upload to replace the existing logo with a new one.
4. Enter a website link if necessary.
5. Click Save to enable the settings.

Customized button

If you want to hide the manual trigger buttons on the homepage, please uncheck this item. This item is selected by default.

Customized button ✓ Show manual trigger button Save

Theme Options

Here you can change the color of your homepage layout. There are three types of preset patterns for you to choose from. The new layout will simultaneously appear in the Preview filed. Click Save to enable the settings.

General settings Theme options VIVOTEK www.vivottek.com Mega-Pixel Network Font Color of the Video Title Video stream 1 Digital output On Off Manual trigger: Powered by VIVOTEK Font Color of the Configuration Area Background Color of the Configuration Area Font Color of the Configuration Area Background Color of the Configuration Area Background Color of the Configuration Area Frame Color Preset patterns Themes Custom Color Font color: #000000 Font color of configuration area: #FFFFFFF Font color of video title: #098BD6 Bk color of control area: #C4EAFF Bk color of configuration area: #0185D1 Bk color of video area: #C4EAFF Frame color: #0185D1 Save

General settings Theme options VIVOTEK www.vivotek.com Video stream 1 Digital output On Off Manual trigger: Powered by VIVOTEK Mega-Pixel Network General settings Theme options VIVOTEK www.vivOTEK.com Video stream 1 Digital output On Off Manual trigger: Powered by VIVOTEK Mega-Pixel Network

■ Follow the steps below to set up a custom homepage:

1. Click Custom on the left column.
2. Click to select a color on on the right column.

Themes Custom Pattern Custom

Color Font color: Font color of configuration area: #FFFFFF Font color of video title: #098BD6 Bk color of control area: #565656 Bk color of configuration area: #323232 Bk color of video area: #565656 Frame color: #323232 Color Selector

1. The palette window will pop up as shown below.

Hex: #000000 Red: 0 Green: 0 Blue: 0 Hue: 0 Saturation: 0 Value: 0 Select

Hex: #23538A Red: 35 Green: 83 Blue: 130 Hue: 212 Saturation: 74.6 Value: 54.1 4 Select

1. Drag the slider bar and click on the left square to select a desired color.
2. The selected color will be displayed in the corresponding fields and in the Preview column.
3. Click Save to enable the settings.

System > Logs

This section explains how to configure the Network Camera to backup system log to a remote server.

Log server settings

Log server settings ✓ Enable remote log IP address: port: 514 Save

Follow the steps below to set up the remote log:

1. Select Enable remote log.
2. In the IP address text box, enter the IP address of the remote server.
3. In the port text box, enter the port number of the remote server.
4. When completed, click Save to enable the setting.

You can configure the Network Camera to send the system log file to a remote server as a log backup. Before utilizing this feature, it is suggested that the user install a log-recording tool to receive system log messages from the Network Camera. An example is Kiwi Syslog Daemon. Visit http://www.kiwisyslog.com/kiwi-syslog-daemon-overview/.

Kim Sylog Service Manager (30 Day trial - Version 3.2 File Edit View Manage Help Display 00 (Default) 30 Days left in evaluation Date Time Priority Hostname Message 06-27-2011 17:08:48 Sylog Info 192.168.4.103 sylogpl 1.5.0 .restal. 06-27-2011 17:08:57 Usos Info 192.168.4.103 [RTSP SERVER]: Stop one session, IP=152.168.4.101 06-27-2011 17:08:57 Usos Info 192.168.4.103 last message repeated 2 times 06-27-2011 17:08:13 Usos Info 192.168.4.103 [RTSP SERVER]: Start one session, IP=152.168.4.101 06-27-2011 17:08:12 Usos Info 192.168.4.103 [RTSP SERVER]: src/session ''mp_function.c-750, XMLSPayer, ReadAll File /usr/min/zznnmInfo failedTM 06-27-2011 17:08:12 Usos Info 192.168.4.103 [RTSP SERVER]: XMLSPayer, unk after document element at line 6TM 06-27-2011 17:08:12 Usos Info 192.168.4.103 [RTSP SERVER]: Stop one session, IP=152.168.4.101 06-27-2011 17:08:12 Usos Info 192.168.4.103 [RTSP SERVER]: Stop one session, IP=152.168.4.101 06-27-2011 17:08:10 Usos Notice 192.168.4.103 [BPNP DEVICE] Process exit 06-27-2011 17:08:08 Usos Notice 192.168.4.103 [DRM Service] Starting DRM service. 06-27-2011 17:08:07 Usos Info 192.168.4.103 [wwolcology] Ready to watch httpd. 06-27-2011 17:08:06 Daemon Notice 192.168.4.103 udbcpc.dsn 152.168.8.10 152.168.8.29 06-27-2011 17:08:05 Daemon Notice 192.168.4.103 udbcpc.make 152.168.4.1 06-27-2011 17:08:05 Daemon Notice 192.168.4.103 udbcpc.IP 192.168.4.103 mttest 255.255.255.0 06-27-2011 17:08:03 Usos Notice 192.168.4.103 UOENT MDDP the response of user #5 is shared because of bus minutes.

System log

This column displays the system log in chronological order. The system log is stored in the Network Camera's buffer and dated events will be overwritten when the number of events reaches a limit.

Jul 4 09:45:47 syslogd 1.5.0: restart. Jul 4 09:45:48 [swatchdog]: Ready to watch httpd. Jul 4 09:45:49 [EVENT MGR]: Starting eventmgr with support for EcTun Jul 4 09:45:49 [EVENT MGR]: Task conf file: there is no valid event in recording_task.xml, skip it Jul 4 09:45:49 [EVENT MGR]: Task conf file: there is no valid event in event_task.xml, skip it Jul 4 09:45:51 [DRM Service] Starting DRM service Jul 4 09:46:01 [UPnPIGDCF]: Search IGD failed Jul 4 09:46:01 [swatchdog]: Reduplicate registration from configer. Jul 4 09:46:01 [swatchdog]: Ready to watch configer Jul 4 09:40:02 automount[723]: >> mount: mounting /dev/mmcblk0p1 on /mnt/auto/CF failed: No such device or address Jul 4 09:46:02 automount[723]: mount(generic): failed to mount /dev/mmcblk0p1 (type vfat) on /mnt/auto/CF Jul 4 09:46:02 automount[732]: >> mount: mounting /dev/mmcblk0p1 on /mnt/auto/CF failed: No such device or address Jul 4 09:46:02 automount[732]: mount(generic): failed to mount /dev/mmcblk0p1 (type vfat) on /mnt/auto/CF Jul 4 09:46:02 [ThermalD]: Can not access thermal sensor! Jul 4 09:46:03 [SYS]: Serial number = 0002D112C715 Jul 4 09:46:03 [SYS]: System starts at Mon Jul 4 09:46:03 UTC 2011 Jul 4 09:46:03 [NET]: === NET INFO ===

You can install the included VAST recording software, which provides an Event Management function group for delivering event messages via emails, GSM short messages, onscreen event panel, or to trigger an alarm, etc. For more information, refer to the VAST User Manual.

graph TD
    A["VIVOTEK Network Cameras"] --> B["Internet"]
    C["3G Cell phone"] --> B
    D["Cell phone Short message"] --> E["PC running VAST Recording Software"]
    F["GSM Modem"] --> E
    G["Digital output"] --> E
    H["PTZ"] --> E
    I["Email"] --> E
    B <-->|HTTP| E
    E <-->|HTTP| B

Access log

Access log displays the access time and IP address of all viewers (including operators and administrators) in a chronological order. The access log is stored in the Network Camera's buffer and older events will be overwritten when the number of events reaches a limit.

System log

Access log

May 4 19:00:17 [RTSP SERVER]: Start one session, IP=192.168.4.101
May 4 19:00:39 [RTSP SERVER]: Stop one session, IP=192.168.4.101
May 4 19:00:59 [RTSP SERVER]: Start one session, IP=192.168.4.101
May 4 19:14:42 [RTSP SERVER]: Stop one session, IP=192.168.4.101
May 4 19:16:11 [RTSP SERVER]: Start one session, IP=192.168.4.101
May 4 19:16:20 [RTSP SERVER]: Stop one session, IP=192.168.4.101 

System > Parameters

The View Parameters page lists the entire system's parameters in an alphabetical order. If you need technical assistance, use a text-editor program to copy and save the parameters listed on this page. Send the parameter text file to VIVOTEK's technical support.

Parameters

system_hostname='FE9582-EHNV'
system_ledoff='0'
system_lowlight='1'
system_date='2018/05/30'
system_time='14:07:31'
system_datetime�'
system_ntp='
system_timezone timezoneindex='320'
system_daylight_enable='0'
system_daylight_dstactualmode='1'
system_daylight_auto_begintime='NONE'
system_daylight_auto_endtime='NONE'
system_daylight_timezones=',-360,-320,-280,-240,-241,-200,-201,-1
system_updateinterval='0'
system_info_modelname='FE9582-EHNV'
system_info_extendedmodelname='FE9582-EHNV'
system_info_serialnumber='0002D16E68BF'
system_info_firmwareversion='FE9382-VVTK-0105a'
system_info_language_count='10'
system_info_language_i0='English'
system_info_language_i1='Deutsch'
system_info_language_i2='Español'
system_info_language_i3='Français'
system_info_language_i4='Italiano'
system_info_language_i5='日本語'
system_info_language_i6='Português'
system_info_language_i7='简体中文'
system_info_language_i8='繁體中文' 

System > Maintenance

This chapter explains how to restore the Network Camera to factory default, upgrade firmware version, etc.

General settings > Upgrade firmware

Upgrade firmware

Select firmware file:

Browse...

Upgrade

This feature allows you to upgrade the firmware of your Network Camera. It takes a few minutes to complete the process.

Note: Do not power off the Network Camera during the upgrade!

Follow the steps below to upgrade the firmware:

1. Download the latest firmware file from the VIVOTEK website. The file is in .pkg file format.
2. Click Browse... and specify the firmware file.
3. Click Upgrade. The Network Camera starts to upgrade and will reboot automatically when the upgrade completes.

If the upgrade is successful, you will see "Reboot system now!! This connection will close". After that, re-access the Network Camera.

The following message is displayed when the upgrade has succeeded.

Reboot system now!! This connection will close.

The following message is displayed when you have selected an incorrect firmware file.

Starting firmware upgrade... Do not power down the server during the upgrade. The server will restart automatically after the upgrade is completed. This will take about 1 - 5 minutes. Wrong PKG file format Unpack fail

General settings > Reboot

Reboot

Reboot

This feature allows you to reboot the Network Camera, which takes about one minute to complete. When completed, the live video page will be displayed in your browser. The following message will be displayed during the reboot process.

The device is rebooting now. Your browser will reconnect to http://192.168.5.151:80/ If the connection fails, please manually enter the above IP address in your browser.

[Non-Text]

If the connection fails after rebooting, manually enter the IP address of the Network Camera in the address field to resume the connection.

General settings > Restore

Restore

Restore all settings to factory default except settings in

Network

Daylight saving time

Custom language

VADP

Restore

This feature allows you to restore the Network Camera to factory default settings.

Network: Select this option to retain the Network Type settings (please refer to Network Type on page 80).

Daylight Saving Time: Select this option to retain the Daylight Saving Time settings (please refer to Import/Export files below on this page).

Custom Language: Select this option to retain the Custom Language settings.

VADP: Retain the VADP modules (3rd-party software stored on the SD card) and related settings.

If none of the options is selected, all settings will be restored to factory default. The following message is displayed during the restoring process.

The device is rebooting now. Your browser will reconnect to http://192.168.5.151:80/ If the connection fails, please manually enter the above IP address in your browser.

Import/Export files

This feature allows you to Export / Update daylight saving time rules, custom language file, and configuration file.

General settings

Import Export files

Export files

Export daylight saving time configuration file

Export language file

Export configuration file

Export server status report

Export

Export

Export

Export

Upload files

Update daylight saving time rules:

Update custom language file:

Upload configuration file:

Browse... Upload Browse... Upload Browse... Upload

Export daylight saving time configuration file: Click to set the start and end time of DST.

Follow the steps below to export:

1. In the Export files column, click Export to export the daylight saving time configuration file from the Network Camera.
2. A file download dialog will pop up as shown below. Click Open to review the XML file or click Save to store the file for editing.

File Download Do you want to open or save this file? Name: config_dst.xml Type: XML Document, 11.1 KB From: 192.168.5.151 Open Save Cancel While files from the Internet can be useful, some files can potentially harm your computer. If you do not trust the source, do not open or save this file. What's the risk?

1. Open the file with Microsoft ^® Notepad and locate your time zone; set the start and end time of DST. When completed, save the file.

In the example below, DST begins each year at 2:00 a.m. on the second Sunday in March and ends at 2:00 a.m. on the first Sunday in November.

First Sunday 2 60 3 second Sunday 2 -60 11 First Sunday 2

Update daylight saving time rules: Click Browse... and specify the XML file to update.

If incorrect date and time are assigned, you will see the following warning message when uploading the file to the Network Camera.

First Sunday 2 60 15 second Sunday 2 -60 11 First Sunday 2

Invalid value in TimeZone id: -240 . . .

The following message is displayed when attempting to upload an incorrect file format.

Microsoft Internet Explorer The file must have a .xml filename suffix. OK

Export language file: Click to export language strings. VIVOTEK provides nine languages: English, Deutsch, Español, Français, Italiano, 日木語, Português, 簡体中文, and 繁體 ^1 之.

Update custom language file: Click Browse... and specify your own custom language file to upload.

Export configuration file: Click to export all parameters for the device and user-defined scripts.

Export daylight saving time configuration file: Click Browse... to update a configuration file. Please note that the model and firmware version of the device should be the same as the configuration file. If you have set up a fixed IP or other special settings for your device, it is not suggested to update a configuration file.

Export server staus report: Click to export the current server status report, such as time, logs, parameters, process status, memory status, file system status, network status, kernel message..., and so on.

Tips:

- If a firmware upgrade is accidentally disrupted, say, by a power outage, you still have a last resort method to restore normal operation. See the following for how to bring the camera back to work:

Applicable scenario:

(1) Power disconnected during firmware upgrade.
(2) Unknown reason causing abnormal LED status, and a Restore cannot recover normal working condition.

You can use the following methods to activate the camera with its backup firmware:

(1) Press and hold down the reset button for at least one minute.
(2) Power on the camera until the Red LED blinks rapidly.
(3) After boot up, the firmware should return to the previous version before the camera hanged. (The procedure should take 5 to 10 minutes, longer than the normal boot-up process). When this process is completed, the LED status should return to normal.

Media > Image

This section explains how to configure the image settings of the Network Camera. It is composed of the following tabbed windows: General settings, Image settings, Exposure, and Privacy mask, and Pixel Calculator.

General settings

General settings IR control Image settings Exposure Privacy mask Pixel calculator Video settings Video title Show timestamp and video title in video and snapshots Position of timestamp and video title on image: Top Timestamp and video title font-size: 30 Video font (.tff): Default Upload Mount type: Ceiling ○ Wall ○ Floor Color: B/W ● Color Power line frequency: 50 Hz ● 60 Hz Video orientation: Flip □ Mirror Day/Night settings Switch to B/W in night mode IR cut filter: Auto mode Sensitivity of IR cut filter: Normal Select auto mode will disable profile of exposure settings. Save

Video title: Enter a name that will be displayed on the title bar of the live video as well as the view cell on the ST7501 and VAST recording software.

Show timestamp and video title in videos and snapshots: Enter a name that will be displayed on the title bar of the live video as the picture shown below.

Position of timestamp and video title on image: Select to display time stamp and video title on the top or at the bottom of the video stream.

Timestamp and video title font size: Select the font size for the time stamp and title.

Video font (.ttf): You can select a True Type font file for the display of textual messages on video.

Mount type: There are 3 Mount types - Ceiling, Wall, and Floor.

Ceiling: The Ceiling mount type automatically delivers upside-down images. The Ceiling mode supports the following Display modes - 1O, 1P, 1R, 2P, 1O3R, 4R, 4R PRO, and 1O8R.

Wall: The Wall mount type applies to the monitoring of long, side-to-side surveillance areas, such as when mounted on a wall facing a corridor. Different Mount types have different options with the Display mode settings. For example, the 1P2R (1 Panoramic & 2 Regional) and 1P3R (1 Panoramic & 3 Regional) display modes are only available when the "Wall" Mount type is applied.

Floor: The Display modes with the Floor mount type are identical to those for the Ceiling mount except that the images are not vertically flipped.

Color: Select to display color or black/white video streams.

Power line frequency: Set the power line frequency consistent with local utility settings to eliminate image flickering associated with fluorescent lights.

Video orientation: Flip - vertically reflect the display of the live video; Mirror - horizontally reflect the display of the live video. Select both options if the Network Camera is installed upside-down (e.g., on the ceiling) to correct the image orientation. Please note that the preset locations will be cleared after you configure the flip/mirror option.

Day/Night settings

Day/Night settings

Switch to B/W in night mode
□ Turn on external IR illuminator in night mode
√ Turn on built-in IR illuminator in night mode
Smart IR

IR cut filter:

Auto mode

Sensitivity of IR cut filter:

Normal

Select auto mode will disable profile of exposure settings.

Switch to B/W in night mode

Select this checkbox to enable the Network Camera to automatically switch to Black & White display during the night mode.

IR cut filter

With a removable IR-cut filter, this Network Camera can automatically remove the filter to let Infrared light pass into the sensor during low light conditions.

■ Auto mode (The Day/Night Exposure Profile will not be available if Auto mode is selected) The Network Camera automatically removes the filter by judging the level of ambient light.
■ Day mode

In day mode, the Network Camera switches on the IR cut filter at all times to block infrared light from reaching the sensor so that the colors will not be distorted.

■ Night mode

In night mode, the Network Camera switches off the IR cut filter at all times for the sensor to accept infrared light, thus helping to improve low light sensitivity.

■ Synchronize with digital input

The Network Camera automatically removes the IR cut filter when a digital input is triggered, for example, when the camera is accompanied by an external IR light that comes with its own sensor and provides a signal to the camera. Some camera housings come with such mechanism.

■ Schedule mode

The Network Camera switches between day mode and night mode based on a specified schedule. Enter the start and end time for day mode. Note that the time format is [hh:mm] and is expressed in 24-hour clock time. By default, the start and end time of a day mode are set to 07:00 and 18:00.

Sensitivity

Tune the responsiveness of the IR filter to lighting conditions as Low, Normal, or High.

When completed with the settings on this page, click Save to enable the settings.

If you want to configure another sensor setting for a specific lighting condition in day/night/schedule mode, please click Profile to open the Profile settings page as shown below.

Please follow the steps below to setup a profile:

1. Check Enable and apply this profile.
2. Select the applied mode: Day mode, Night mode, or Schedule mode. Please manually enter a range of time through which you want the Schedule mode to apply.
3. Configure Exposure control settings in the following columns. Please refer to page 65 for detailed information.
4. Click Save to enable the setting and click Close to exit the window.

IR control

Turn on built-in IR illuminator in night mode

Select this to turn on the camera's onboard IR illuminator when the camera detects low light condition and enters the night mode.

Turn on external IR illuminator in night mode

Select this to turn on the external IR illuminator when the camera detects low light condition and enters the night mode. A Digital Output connection to external IR is needed.

Smart IR

Anti-overexposure: When enabled, the camera automatically adjusts the IR projection to adjacent objects in order to avoid over-exposure in the night mode.

The Smart IR function is more beneficial when the spot of intrusions or an object of your interest is close to the lens and the IR lights. For example, if an intruder has a chance of getting near the range of 3 meters, Smart IR can effectively reduce the over-exposure. For a surveillance area at a greater distance, e.g., 5 meters or farther away, the Smart IR function may not bring as significant benefits as in close range.

Smart IR disabled; distance: 5M

Black-and-white photo of a person standing in a dimly lit corridor with curtains and curtains (no visible text or symbols)

Smart IR disabled; distance: 3M

Smart IR enabled; distance: 5M

Black-and-white photo of a person standing in a dimly lit corridor with curtains and curtains (no visible text or symbols)

Smart IR enabled; distance: 3M

Black-and-white photo of a person standing in a dimly lit corridor with curtains, no visible text or symbols

Person standing in a dimly lit doorway, wearing a patterned shirt with a logo (no visible text or symbols)

Tips:

If there is an object in close proximity, the IR lights reflected back from it can mislead the Smart IR's calculation of light level. To solve this problem, you can place an "Exposure Exclude" window on an unavoidable object in the Exposure setting window. See page 64 for how to do it.

You can also configure the "Exposure Exclude" window in a night mode "Profile" setting so that your day time setting is not affected.

Profile of exposure settings

FD8363(TCP-4) 2013/2/4 10:46:08 ExcludeX

Add inclusive window Add exclusive window

Activated period

[1] Enable and apply this profile to

Day mode
Night mode
Schedule mode

Measurement window

Full view
Custom
BLC

Interior hallway with a person in protective suit walking past, featuring a monitor and computer setup (no visible text or symbols)

ExcludeX

Image settings

On this page, you can tune the White balance, Image adjustment and related parameters. You can configure two sets of preferred settings: one for normal situations, the other for special situations, such as a schedule mode. Quality: select from the pull-down menu the image quality of the current live view.

General settings IR control Image settings Exposure Privacy mask Pixel calculator Normal light mode Profile mode White balance Auto Image adjustment Brightness: 50% Contrast: 50% Saturation: 50% Sharpness: 50% Gamma curve: Optimize

White balance: Adjust the value for the best color temperature.

■ Auto: This will automatically adjust the color temperature of the light in response to different light sources.

You may follow the steps below to adjust the white balance to the best color temperature.

1. Set the White balance to Auto.

2. Place a sheet of white paper (or a color of a cool color temperature, such as blue) in front of the lens, then allow the Network Camera to automatically adjust the color temperature.

3. Check the Fix current value to confirm the setting when the camera automatically measured and adjusted the white balance.

■ Manual: This item allows users to manually input the R gain & B gain ratios.

Image Adjustment

■ Brightness: Adjust the image brightness level, which ranges from 0% to 100%.

■ Contrast: Adjust the image contrast level, which ranges from 0% to 100%.

■ Saturation: Adjust the image saturation level, which ranges from 0% to 100%. You can also select Customize and manually enter a value.

■ Sharpness: Adjust the image sharpness level, which ranges from 0% to 100%.
■ Gamma curve: Adjust the image sharpness level, which ranges from 0.45 to 1, from Detailed to Contrast. You may let firmware Optimize your display or select the Manual mode, and pull the slide bar pointer to change the preferred level of Gamma correction towards higher contrast or towards the higher luminance for detailed expression for both dark and lighted areas of an image.

This option is disabled when the WDR feature is enabled.

Defog: Defog helps improve the visibility quality of captured image in poor weather conditions such as smog, fog, or smoke.

■ Noise reduction

■ Enable 3D noise reduction: Check to enable noise reduction in order to reduce noises and flickers in image. This applies to the onboard 3D Noise Reduction feature. Use the pull-down menu to adjust the reduction strength. Note that applying this function to the video channel will consume system computing power.

3D Noise Reduction is mostly applied in low-light conditions. When enabled in a low-light condition with fast moving objects, trails of after-images may occur. You may then select a lower strength level or disable the function.

You can click Restore to recall the original settings without incorporating the changes. When completed with the settings on this page, click Save to enable the setting. You can also click on the Profile mode to adjust all settings above in a tabbed window for special lighting conditions at a specific period of time.

Normal light mode Profile mode ✓ Enable to apply these settings at ● Schedule mode : From 18:00 to 06:00 [hh:mm]

Enable to apply these settings at: Select the mode this profile to apply to: Schedule mode. Please manually enter a range of time if you choose Schedule mode. Then check Save to take effect.

Exposure

On this page, you can configure the Exposure measurement window, Exposure level, Exposure mode, Exposure time, Gain control, and Day/Night mode settings. Quality: select the pull-down menu to configure the image quality of the current display.

General settings IR control Image settings Exposure Privacy mask Pixel calculator Add Inclusive window Add exclusive window Normal light mode Profile mode Select auto mode will disable profile of exposure settings. Measurement window Full view Custom BLC Exposure control Exposure level: 0 Flickless AE speed adjustment Enable AE speed adjustment Restore Save

Measurement Window: This function allows users to configure measurement window(s) for low light compensation. For example, where low-light objects are posed against an extremely bright background. You may want to exclude the bright sunlight shining through a building's corridor.

■ Full view: Calculate the full range of view and offer appropriate light compensation.
■ Custom: This option allows you to manually add customized windows as inclusive or exclusive regions. A total of 10 windows can be configured. Please refer to the next page for detailed illustration.

NOTE:

The Profile mode setting in the Exposure window will be disabled when the IR cut filter is set to the Auto mode (Media > Image > General settings window).

The inclusive window refers to the "weighed window"; the exclusive window refers to the "ignored window." It adopts the weighed averages method to calculate the value. The inclusive windows have a higher priority. You can overlap these windows, and, if you place an exclusive window within a larger inclusive window, the exclusive part of the overlapped windows will be deducted from the inclusive window. An exposure value will then be calculated out of the remaining of the inclusive window.

Exclude Include Include Exclude Weighted region Ignored region Add inclusive window Add exclusive window Measurement window Full view Custom BLC

■ BLC (Back Light Compensation): This option will automatically add a "weighted region" in the middle of the window and give the necessary light compensation.

Exposure control:

■ Exposure level: You can manually set the Exposure level, which ranges from -0.7 to +0.7 (dark to bright).
■ Flickerless: Under some circumstances when there is a difference between the video capture frequency and local AC power frequency (NTSC or PAL), the mismatch causes color shifts or flickering images. If the above mismatch occurs, select the Flickerless checkbox, and the range of Exposure time (the shutter time) will be limited to a range in order to match the AC power frequency. When selected, the exposure time will be forced to stay longer than 1/120 second. For cameras that come with fixed iris lens, setting the exposure time to longer than 1/120 second may introduce too much lights to the lens. Users can use this option to observe whether the result of long exposure time is satisfactory.

You can click and drag the semi-circular pointers on the Exposure time and Gain control slide bars to specify a range of shutter time and Gain control values within which the camera can automatically tune to an optimal imaging result. For example, you may prefer a shorter shutter time to better capture moving objects, while a faster shutter reduces light and needs to be compensated by electrical brightness gains.

Note that when WDR is enabled, the Exposure time and Gain control are not available.

■ Exposure time: you can split the round pointers on the Exposure time and Gain control slide bars into two halves and drag them on the bars to designate a range of values in which firmware can automatically adapt to. Note that Firmware will then automatically tune the Gain, Exposure time, and Iris opening within the ranges you specified. For example, in low-light condition, you may prefer a longer exposure time and more electronic gains. However, the noises in the image will also increase.

■ Gain control: Tune the slide bar to set the Gain Control to the best image quality. Higher gain control value will generate a certain amount of noises, and that the gain control, lighting levels, and picture performance are closely related.

Click the Save button to preserve your configuration.

■ AE Speed Adjustment:

This function applies when you need to monitor fast changing lighting conditions. For example, the camera may need to monitor a highway lane or entrance of a parking area at night where cars passing by with their lights on can bring fast changes in light levels. The same applies if the camera is installed on a vehicle, and when it needs to adapts to fast changes of light when entering and leaving a tunnel.

AE speed adjustment Enable AE speed adjustment Speed level: Slow Fast Sensitivity: Low High

WDR:

Enable WDR Pro: This refers to the Wide Dynamic Range function that enables the camera to capture details in a high contrast environment. Use the checkbox to enable the function, and use the slide bar to select the strength of the WDR Pro functionality, depending on the lighting condition at the installation site. You can select a higher effect when the contrast is high (between the shaded area and the light behind the objects).

Enable WDR enhanced: This function allows users to identify more image details with an extreme contrast from an object of interest with one shadowed side against a bright background, e.g., an entrance. You may select the Enable WDR enhanced checkbox, and then adjust the strength (low, medium, high) to reach the best image quality.

You can click Restore to recall the original settings without incorporating the changes. When completed with the settings on this page, click Save to enable the settings.

If you want to configure another sensor setting for a specific lighting condition for a specific period of time in a day, please click Profile mode to open the Profile of exposure settings page as shown below.

Enable to apply these settings at: Manually enter a range of time during which this profile will take effect, and then check Save to take effect.

Please follow the steps below to configure a profile:

1. Select the Profile mode tab.
2. Select the applicable mode: Please manually enter a range of time if you choose the Schedule mode.
3. Configure Exposure control settings in the following columns. Please refer to previous discussions for detailed information.
4. Click Save to enable the setting and click Close to exit the page.

Normal light mode Profile mode Enable to apply these settings at Schedule mode : From 18:00 to 06:00 [hh:mm] Measurement window Full view Custom BLC Exposure control Exposure level: 0 Flickerless WIND Restore Save

Privacy mask

Click Privacy Mask to open the configuration page. On this page, you can block out certain sensitive zones to address privacy concerns.

General settings IR control Image settings Exposure Privacy mask Pixel calculator Enable privacy mask Window name AreaA AreaB New Save 4x

■ To configure the privacy mask windows, follow the steps below:

1. Click New to add a new window. A text box will appear allowing you to enter a name for the mask.
2. Use four mouse clicks to mark a square area, which is recommended to be at least twice the size of the object (height and width) you want to cover.
3. Enter a Window Name and click Save to enable the setting.
4. Check Enable privacy mask to enable this function.

NOTE:

▶ Up to 5 privacy mask windows can be configured on the same screen.
▶ To delete a mask, use the red cross button and then click on the Save button.

Pixel Calculator

Click the Add button at the lower screen to create a pixel calculator window. Place your cursor on the window to move it to an area of your interest, and change the size of window to fit the area of interest.

Once they are drawn, the numbers of pixels on the sides of windows will appear. This allows you to calculate if your current configuration fulfills a requirement, for instance, for recognizing the faces of persons passing through a location. A facial recognition usually requires around 130 pixels per meter or higher.

The pixels thus calculated are listed at the lower screen on a per-stream basis depending on the frame size you configured for each video stream.

General settings Image settings Exposure Privacy mask Pixel Calculator Fisheye(TCP-V) 2015/1/23 16:31:57 1 X 2 X Add Pixel Calculator Window1 (H)x(V) Window2 (H)x(V) Stream1: 551x373 Stream1: 555x370 Stream2: 55x37 Stream2: 55x37 Stream3: 551x373 Stream3: 555x370

Take the following into consideration when using this feature:

1. Operational requirement: Identify a human or a human face.
2. Why human face? There are less variances in the size of a face than that for limbs and body. Human face is normally 16cm wide.
3. The recommended pixel number is, 40 to 80 for facial identification; or 100 pixels per foot (30.48cm)

3-1. One example is a human face in retail.

3-2. Another example is a doorway:

If the requirement is 100 pixels per foot, to detect a person passing through a door, the camera will have to cover 700 pixels throughout the length of a doorway. This application aims to identify a subject passing through a specific area.

1. Other factors may include that a person will move in your area of interest: The face may not always face the camera.
2. Details can be affected by weak lighting or the view angle. Therefore, higher the pixels, higher the chance you can identify the subject.
3. The pixel calculator visual tool looks like the following.

General settings Image settings Exposure Privacy mask Pixel Calculator Fisheye(TCP-V) 2015/1/23 16:31:57 34 1 X 33 2 X Add Pixel Calculator Window1 (H)x(V) Window2 (H)x(V) Stream1: 551x373 Stream1: 555x370 Stream2: 55x37 Stream2: 55x37 Stream3: 551x373 Stream3: 555x370

With the visual tool, you can estimate a coverage area, the distance from the subject, and place a ruler or an object of known size. You can then draw a calculator frame to cover the subject of your interest.

The calculated numbers will be listed at the lower screen. You will then understand if the current setting fulfills your requests for the number of pixels.

Media > Video

Stream settings

Stream

Video settings for stream 1
Video settings for stream 2
Video settings for stream 3
Video settings for stream 4

Save

Please follow the steps below to set up those settings for an individual stream:

1. Select a stream to configure its viewing region.
2. Choose a proper Frame Size from the drop-down list according to the size of monitored device.
3. Select the Maximum frame rate.

■ The parameters of a fixed-focal lens' multiple streams:

	Region of Interest
Stream 1 1920 X 1920 ~ 192 x 192
Stream 2 1536 X 1536 (default) ~ 192 x 192
Stream 3 512 X 512 (default) ~ 192 x 192
Stream 4 1920 X 1920 ~ 192 x 192

To begin the configuration, first select a video channel.

To change the frame size, frame rate, and other related settings, click on video settings for a video stream to its individual configuration panel.

Click the stream item to display the detailed information.

Video settings for stream 1 Stream Video settings for stream 1 H205 Frame size: 1600x100 Maximum frame rate: 10 fps Into frame period: 1.9 Smart stream II Dynamic mode frame period (LFP) Smart FPS Smart colors: Wave: Auto tracking Quality control: Brix control Constant frame rate: Target quality: Drivened Maximum frame rate: 8 fps Pelay: Frame rate priority... Smart G: ON Fixed quality H204 JPEG Video settings for stream 2 H205 Frame size: 1600x100 Maximum frame rate: 10 fps Into frame period: 1.9 Smart stream II Dynamic mode frame period (LFP) Smart FPS Smart colors: Wave: Auto tracking Quality control: Brix control Constant frame rate: Target quality: Drivened Maximum frame rate: 8 fps Pelay: Frame rate priority... Smart G: ON Field quality H204

This Network Camera offers real-time H.265, H.264 and MJPEG compression standards (dual Codec) for real-time viewing.

If the H.265 or H.264 mode is selected, the video is streamed via RTSP protocol. There are several parameters for you to adjust the video performance:

Video settings for stream 1 H.295 Frame size: 1920x1920 Maximum frame rate: 15 fps Intra frame period: 1 S Smart stream III Dynamic intra frame period (Help) Smart FPS Smart codec: Mode: Auto tracking Quality priority (Help) Bit rate control Constrained bit rate: Target quality: Detailed Maximum bit rate: 5 Mbps Policy: Frame rate priority Smart Q: ON Fixed quality: H.264 JPEG

■ Frame size

You can set up different video resolutions for different viewing devices. For example, set a smaller frame size and lower bit rate for remote viewing on mobile phones and a larger video size and a higher bit rate for live viewing on web browsers. Note that a larger frame size takes up more bandwidth.

■ Maximum frame rate

This limits the maximum refresh frame rate per second. Set the frame rate higher for smoother video quality and for recognizing moving objects in the field of view.

If the power line frequency is set to 50Hz, the frame rates are selectable at 1fps, 2fps, 3fps, 5fps, 8fps, 10fps, 15fps, 20fps, and 25fps. If the power line frequency is set to 60Hz, the frame rates are selectable at 1fps, 2fps, 3fps, 5fps, 8fps, 10fps, 15fps, 20fps, 25fps, and 30fps. You can also select Customize and manually enter a value.

■ Intra frame period

Determine how often to plant an I frame. The shorter the duration, the more likely you will get better video quality, but at the cost of higher network bandwidth consumption. Select the intra frame period from the following durations: 1/4 second, 1/2 second, 1 second, 2 seconds, 3 seconds, and 4 seconds.

Smart stream III

■ Dynamic Intra frame period

High quality motion codecs, such as H.265 or H.264, utilize the redundancies between video frames to deliver video streams at a balance of quality and bit rate.

The encoding parameters are summarized and illustrated below. The I-frames are completely self-referential and they are largest in size. The P-frames are predicted frames. The encoder refers to the previous I- or P-frames for redundant image information.

Abstract geometric pattern with alternating blue and white parallelograms (no text or symbols)

PIPPPPPPPIPPPPPPPI

H.264/265 Frame Types

By dynamically prolonging the intervals for I-frames insertion to up to 10 seconds, the bit rates required for streaming a video can be tremendously reduced. When streaming a video of a static scene, the Dynamic Intra frame feature can save up to 53% of bandwidth. The amount of bandwidth thus saved is also determined by the activities in the field of view. If activities occur in the scene, firmware automatically shortens the I-frame insertion intervals in order to maintain image quality. In the low light or night conditions, the P-frames can have a larger size due to the noises, and hence the bandwidth saving effect is also reduced.

Streaming a typical 2MP scene normally requires 3\~4Mb/s of bandwidth. With the Dynamic Intra frame function, the bandwidth for streaming a medium-traffic scene can be reduced to 2\~3Mb/s, and during the no-traffic period of time, down to 500kb/s.

Abstract geometric pattern with alternating blue and white parallelograms (no text or symbols)

Dynamic Intra Frame w/ static scenes

Diagram of layered structures with blue highlighted sections, no text or symbols present

PIPPPPPPPIPPPPPPPI

Activities

Dynamic Intra Frame w/ activities in scenes

With the H.265 codec in an optimal scenario and when Dynamic Intra frame is combined with the Smart Stream function, an 80% of bandwidth saving can be achieved compared with using H.264 without enabling these bandwidth-saving features.

■ Smart FPS

In a static scene, the algorithm puts old frames in queue when no motions occur in scene. When motions occur, the encoding returns to normal to deliver real-time streaming.

graph LR
    A["f1f1f1"] --> B["f1"]
    B --> C["f5f5f5f5f9"]

graph LR
    f1 --> f3 --> f4 --> f5 --> f6 --> f7 --> f8 --> f9
    note right of f4: Motions Occur.
    classDef color fill:#e6f3ff,stroke:#333;
    class f1::teal, f3::purple, f4::orange, f5::green, f6::light green, f7::blue, f8::pink, f9::dark blue

By queuing the old frames from a static scene, both the computing efforts and the size of P frames are reduced. It is beneficial for keeping up with the frame rate requirements.

A default frame difference threshold, 1%, is embedded in firmware for returning from Smart FPS to normal encoding when motions occur.

NOTE:

Comparing with Smart Stream II, Smart Stream III has two more configurable options: Smart Q, and Smart FPS.

■ Smart codec effectively reduces the quality of the whole FOV or the non-interested areas on a scene and therefore reduces the bandwidth consumed.

You can manually specify the video quality for the foreground and the background areas.

Smart stream II Dynamic intra frame period (Help) smart_codes: Mode: Manual Manual window setting Quality priority (Help) The user can adjust the quality balance between ROI (Region of Interest) and non-ROI area. Moving the selector to the right side gives more quality priority on ROI area, whereas moving the selector to the left side gives more quality priority on non-ROI area. Example:

Slide bar to the right - higher quality in the ROI areas

Slide bar to the left - higher quality in the non-ROI areas.

Select an operation mode if Smart codec is preferred.

- Auto tracking: The Auto mode configures the whole screen into the non-interested area. The video quality of part of the screen returns to normal when one or more objects move in that area. The remainder of the screen where there are no moving objects (no pixel changes) will still be transmitted in low-quality format.

- Manual: The Manual mode allows you to configure 3 ROI windows (Region of Interest, with Foreground quality) on the screen. Areas not included in any ROI windows will be considered as the non-interested areas. The details in the ROI areas will be transmitted in a higher-quality video format.

As illustrated below, the upper screen may contain little details of your interest, while the sidewalk on the lower screen is included in an ROI window.

(TCP-V) 2013/6/3 11:31:24 non-interested ROI_0 ROI New Restore Close Save

As the result, the lower screen is constantly displayed in high details, while the upper half is transmitted using a lower-quality format. Although the upper half is transmitted using a lower quality format, you still have an awareness of what is happening on the whole screen.

non-ROI: lower-quality ROI: higher-quality

- Hybrid: The major difference between the "Manual" mode and the "Hybrid" mode is that:

In the “Hybrid” mode, any objects entering the non-interested area will restore the video quality of the moving objects and the area around them. The video quality of the associated non-interested area is immediately restored to normal to cover the moving objects.

In the “Manual” mode, the non-interested area is always transmitted using a low-quality format regardless of the activities inside.

Quality priority: (Help)

- Quality priority: Use the slide bar to tune the quality contrast between the ROI and non-interested areas.

The farther the slide bar button is to the right, the higher the image quality of the ROI areas. On the contrary, the farther the slide bar button to the left, the higher the image quality of the non-interested area.

In this way, you may set up an ROI window as a privacy mask by covering a protected area using an ROI window, while the remaining screen become the non-interested area. You may then configure the non-interested area to have a high image quality, or vice versa.

You should also select the Maximum bit rate from the pull-down menu as the threshold to contain the bandwidth consumption for both the high- and low-quality video sections in a smart stream.

■ Bit rate control

Constrained bit rate:

A complex scene generally produces a larger file size, meaning that higher bandwidth will be needed for data transmission. The bandwidth utilization is configurable to match a selected level, resulting in mutable video quality performance. The bit rates are selectable at the following rates: 20Kbps, 30Kbps, 40Kbps, 50Kbps, 64Kbps, 128Kbps, 256Kbps, 512Kbps, 768Kbps, 1Mbps, 2Mbps, 3Mbps, 4Mbps, 6Mbps, 8Mbps, 10Mbps, 12Mbps, 14Mbps, \~ to 40Mbps. You can also select Customize and manually enter a value up to 40Mbps.

- Target quality: Select a desired quality ranging from Medium to Excellent

- Maximum bit rate: select a bit rate from the pull-down menu. The bit rate ranges from 20kbps to a maximum of 40Mbps. The bit rate then becomes the Average or Upper bound bit rate number. The Network Camera will strive to deliver video streams around or within the bit rate limitation you impose.

- Policy: If Frame Rate Priority is selected, the Network Camera will try to maintain the frame rate per second performance, while the image quality will be compromised. If Image quality priority is selected, the Network Camera may drop some video frames in order to maintain image quality.

Smart Q: Select ON or OFF to enable or disable the feature. Smart Q is scene-aware. The Smart Q reduces frame size and bit rate consumption through the following:

■ Dynamically adjusting the image quality for scenes in different luminosities while keeping the same imaging quality in low light.
■ Endorsing different qualities for the I frames and P frames.
■ Dividing a single frame into different sections, and giving these sections different quality values. For a highly complex image section (high frequency area), such as an area with dense vegetation, screen windows, or repeated patterns (wall paper), having a lower quality actually poses little effects on human eyes.

Fixed quality:

On the other hand, if Fixed quality is selected, all frames are transmitted with the same quality; bandwidth utilization is therefore unpredictable. The video quality can be adjusted to the following settings: Medium, Standard, Good, Detailed, and Excellent. You can also select Customize and manually enter a value.

Maximum bit rate: With the guaranteed image quality, you might still want to place a bit rate limitation to control the size of video streams for bandwidth and storage concerns. The configurable bit rate starts from 1Mbps to 40Mbps.

The Maximum bit rate setting in the Fixed quality configuration can ensure a reasonable and limited use of network bandwidth. For example, in low light conditions where a Fixed quality setting is applied, video packet sizes can tremendously increase when noises are produced with electrical gains.

You may also manually enter a bit rate number by selecting the Customized option.

If JPEG mode is selected, the Network Camera continuously sends JPEG images to the client, producing a moving effect similar to a filmstrip. Every single JPEG image transmitted guarantees the same image quality, which in turn comes at the expense of variable bandwidth usage. Because the media contents are a combination of JPEG images, no audio data is transmitted to the client. There are three parameters provided in MJPEG mode to control the video performance:

JPEG Frame size: 1920x1080 Maximum frame rate: 12 fps Video quality ○ Constant bit rate: ● Fixed quality: Quality: Good Maximum bit rate: 40 Mbps

■ Frame size

You can set up different video resolution for different viewing devices. For example, set a smaller frame size and lower bit rate for remote viewing on mobile phones and a larger video size and a higher bit rate for live viewing on web browsers. Note that a larger frame size takes up more bandwidth.

■ Maximum frame rate

This limits the maximum refresh frame rate per second. Set the frame rate higher for smoother video quality.

If the power line frequency is set to 50Hz, the frame rates are selectable at 1fps, 2fps, 3fps, 5fps, 8fps, 10fps, 15fps, 20fps, and 25fps. If the power line frequency is set to 60Hz, the frame rates are selectable at 1fps, 2fps, 3fps, 5fps, 8fps, 10fps, 15fps, 20fps, 25fps, and 30fps. You can also select Customize and manually enter a value.

■ Video quality

Refer to the previous page setting an average or upper bound threshold for controlling the bandwidth consumed for transmitting motion jpegs. The configuration method is identical to that for H.265/H.264.

NOTE:

• Video quality and fixed quality refer to the compression rate. If you select to enter a Customized value in the Fixed quality menu, a lower value will produce higher quality.
• Converting high-quality video may significantly increase the CPU load, and you may encounter streaming disconnection or video loss while capturing a complicated scene. In the event of occurrence, we suggest you customize a lower video resolution or reduce the frame rate to obtain a smooth video.

Media > Audio

Audio Settings

Audio settings □ Mute Microphone source: Internal Internal microphone input gain: 70% 0 100% External microphone input gain: 70% 0 100% Audio type ● G.711: pcmu ○ G.726 bit rate: 32 Kbps Save

Mute: Select this option to disable audio transmission from the Network Camera to all clients. Note that if mute mode is turned on, no audio data will be transmitted even if audio transmission is enabled on the Client Settings page. In that case, the following message is displayed:

Warning The media type has been changed to video only because the media from server contains no audio OK

Microphone source: Select to stream the video with either the audio input from the internal or an external microphone.

Internal microphone input gain: Select the gain of the internal audio input according to ambient conditions. Adjust the gain from 0% (least) to 100% (most).

Enternal microphone input gain: Select the gain of the internal audio input according to ambient conditions. Adjust the gain from 0% (least) to 100% (most).

Audio type: Select audio codec as G.711 or G.726 and the bit rate.

■ G.711 provides good sound quality and requires about 64Kbps. Select pcmu ( -Law) or pcma (A-Law) mode.
■ G.726 is a speech codec standard covering voice transmission at rates of 16, 24, 32, and 40kbit/s.

When completed with the settings on this page, click Save to enable the settings.

Network > General settings

This section explains how to configure a wired network connection for the Network Camera.

Network Type

Network type LAN Get IP address automatically Use fixed IP address Enable UPnP presentation Enable UPnP port forwarding PPPoE Enable IPv6 Save

LAN

Select this option when the Network Camera is deployed on a local area network (LAN) and is intended to be accessed by local computers. The default setting for the Network Type is LAN. Remember to click Save when you complete the Network setting.

Get IP address automatically: Select this option to obtain an available dynamic IP address assigned by the DHCP server each time the camera is connected to the LAN.

Use fixed IP address: Select this option to manually assign a static IP address to the Network Camera.

Network type LAN Get IP address automatically Use fixed IP address IP address: 192.168.4.108 Subnet mask: 255.255.255.0 Default router: 192.168.4.1 Primary DNS: 192.168.0.10 Secondary DNS: 192.168.0.20 Primary WINS server: 192.168.0.10 Secondary WINS server: 192.168.0.20 Enable UPnP presentation Enable UPnP port forwarding PPPoE Enable IPv6

1. You can make use of VIVOTEK Installation Wizard 2 on the software CD to easily set up the Network Camera on LAN. Please refer to Software Installation on page 16 for details.
2. Enter the Static IP, Subnet mask, Default router, and Primary DNS provided by your ISP.

Subnet mask: This is used to determine if the destination is in the same subnet. The default value is "255.255.255.0".

Default router: This is the gateway used to forward frames to destinations in a different subnet. Invalid router setting will fail the transmission to destinations in different subnet.

Primary DNS: The primary domain name server that translates hostnames into IP addresses.

Secondary DNS: Secondary domain name server that backups the Primary DNS.

Primary WINS server: The primary WINS server that maintains the database of computer name and IP address.

Secondary WINS server: The secondary WINS server that maintains the database of computer name and IP address.

Enable UPnP presentation: Select this option to enable UPnP ^TM presentation for your Network Camera so that whenever a Network Camera is presented to the LAN, shortcuts of connected Network Cameras will be listed in My Network Places. You can click the shortcut to link to the web browser. Currently, UPnP ^TM is supported by Windows XP or later. Note that to utilize this feature, please make sure the UPnP ^TM component is installed on your computer.

My Network Places File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Back Search Folders Address My Network Places Network Tasks Add a network place View network connections Set up a home or small office network View workgroup computers Local Network Wireless Network Camera (192.168.5.128) Mega-pixel Network Camera (192.168.5.151) Wireless Network Camera with Pan/Tit (192.169.5.141)

Enable UPnP port forwarding: To access the Network Camera from the Internet, select this option to allow the Network Camera to open ports on the router automatically so that video streams can be sent out from a LAN. To utilize of this feature, make sure that your router supports UPnP ^TM and it is activated.

PPPoE (Point-to-point over Ethernet)

Select this option to configure your Network Camera to make it accessible from anywhere as long as there is an Internet connection. Note that to utilize this feature, it requires an account provided by your ISP.

Follow the steps below to acquire your Network Camera's public IP address.

1. Set up the Network Camera on the LAN.

2. Go to Configuration > Event > Event settings > Add server (please refer to Add server on page 121) to add a new email or FTP server.

3. Go to Configuration > Event > Event settings > Add media (please refer to Add media on page 125). Select System log so that you will receive the system log in TXT file format which contains the Network Camera's public IP address in your email or on the FTP server.

4. Go to Configuration > Network > General settings > Network type. Select PPPoE and enter the user name and password provided by your ISP. Click Save to enable the setting.

LAN PPPoE User name: Password: Confirm password: Enable IPv6 Save

1. The Network Camera will reboot.

2. Disconnect the power to the Network Camera; remove it from the LAN environment.

NOTE:

▶ If the default ports are already used by other devices connected to the same router, the Network Camera will select other ports for the Network Camera.
If UPnP ^TM is not supported by your router, you will see the following message: Error: Router does not support UPnP port forwarding.
Below are steps to enable the UPnP ^TM user interface on your computer: Note that you must log on to the computer as a system administrator to install the UPnP ^TM components.

1. Go to Start, click Control Panel, then click Add or Remove Programs.

ControlPanel File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Search Options ControlPanel Control Panel Switch to Clear View Next Also Windows Update Pick and Support Other Control Panel Options Pick a category Appearance and Themes Networks and Internet Commandors Add or Remove Programs Sounds, Speech, and Audio Devices Preferences and Masterclasses Printers and Other Procedures User Accounts Data, Term, Language, and Original Options Accessible Options

1. In the Add or Remove Programs dialog box, click Add/Remove Windows Components.

Add or Remove Programs Currently installed programs: Sort by: Name Apple Software Update Add here for support information. Size: 2.0MB Used: 7.0MB Last Used On: 7/27/2007 To change this program or remove it from your computer, dics Change or Remove. Change Remove Installation Wizard Microsoft Office Professional Edition 2003 Macella Firefox (2.0.0.6) PostgreSQL 8.2 QuickTime Virtual Machine Addrons Vivetak Installation Wizard 2 KVOTEK ST7501 Windows Genuine Advantage Validation Tool (KB892130) Windows XP Hafte - KB823559 Windows XP Hafte - KB829741 Windows XP Hafte - KB833407 Windows XP Hafte - KB836732 Close

1. In the Windows Components Wizard dialog box, select Networking Services and click Details.

Windows Components Wizard Windows Components You can add or remove components of Windows XP. To add or remove a component, click the checkbox. A shaded box means that only part of the component will be installed. To use what's included in a component, click Details. Components: □ Message Queue 0.0 MB ☑ MSN Explorer 13.5 MB ☑ Networking Services 0.3 MB □ Other Network Files and Print Services 0.0 MB □ Windows Front Guidelines 0.0 MB Description: Contains a variety of specialized, network-related services and protocols. Total disk space required: 0.0 MB Space available on disk: 12125.4 MB Details... < Back Next > Cancel

1. In the Networking Services dialog box, select Universal Plug and Play and click OK.

Networking Services To add or remove a component, click the check box. A shaded box means that only part of the component will be installed. To see what's included in a component, click Details. Subcomponents of Networking Services: FIP Listener 0.0 MB Simple TCP/IP Services 0.0 MB Universal Plug and Play 0.2 MB Description: Listens for route updates sent by routers that use the Routing Information Protocol version 1 (RIPv1). Total disk space required: 0.0 MB Space available on disk: 12125.4 MB Details... OK Cancel

1. Click Next in the following window.

Windows Components Wizard Windows Components You can add or remove components of Windows XP To add or remove a component, click the checkbox. A shaded box means that only part of the component will be installed. To see what's included in a component, click Details Components Message Queueing 0.0 MB MSN Explorer 13.5 MB Networking Services 0.3 MB Other Network File and Print Services 0.0 MB Set Indicate Front Certificates 0.0 MB Description: Contains a variety of specialized, network related services and protocols. Total disk space required 0.0 MB Space available on disk 12125.4 MB Details... < Back Next > Cancel

1. Click Finish. UPnP ^TM is enabled.

▶ How does UPnP ^TM work?
UPnP ^TM networking technology provides automatic IP configuration and dynamic discovery of devices added to a network. Services and capabilities offered by networked devices, such as printing and file sharing, are available among each other without the need for cumbersome network configuration. In the case of Network Cameras, you will see Network Camera shortcuts under My Network Places.
Enabling UPnP port forwarding allows the Network Camera to open a secondary HTTP port on the router-not HTTP port-meaning that you have to add the secondary HTTP port number to the Network Camera's public address in order to access the Network Camera from the Internet. For example, when the HTTP port is set to 80 and the secondary HTTP port is set to 8080, refer to the list below for the Network Camera's IP address.

From the Internet In LAN
http://203.67.124.123:8080 http://192.168.4.160 or http://192.168.4.160:8080

▶ If the PPPoE settings are incorrectly configured or the Internet access is not working, restore the Network Camera to factory default; please refer to Restore on page 54 for details. After the Network Camera is reset to factory default, it will be accessible on the LAN.

Enable IPv6

Select this option and click Save to enable IPv6 settings.

Please note that this only works if your network environment and hardware equipment support IPv6. The browser should be Microsoft® Internet Explorer 6.5, Mozilla Firefox 3.0 or above.

Network type LAN PPPoE User name: Password: Confirm password: Enable IPv6 IPv6 information Manually setup the IP address Save

When IPv6 is enabled, by default, the network camera will listen to router advertisements and be assigned with a link-local IPv6 address accordingly.

IPv6 Information: Click this button to obtain the IPv6 information as shown below.

[eth0 address] fe80:0000:0000:0000:0202:d1ff.fe0e:d4c8/64@Link [Gateway] IPv6 address list of gateway [DNS] IPv6 address list of DNS

If your IPv6 settings are successful, the IPv6 address list will be listed in the pop-up window. The IPv6 address will be displayed as follows:

Refers to Ethernet

[eth0 address] 2001:0c08:2500:0002:0202:d1ff:fe04:65f4/64@Global fe80:0000:0000:0000:0202:d1ff:fe04:65f4/64@Link [Gateway] fe80:211:d8ff:fea2:1a2b [DNS] 2010:05c0:978d::

Please follow the steps below to link to an IPv6 address:

1. Open your web browser.
2. Enter the link-global or link-local IPv6 address in the address bar of your web browser.
3. The format should be:

http://[2001:0c08:2500:0002:0202:d1ff:fe04:65f4]/ IPv6 address

1. Press Enter on the keyboard or click Refresh button to refresh the webpage.

For example:

Network Camera - Microsoft Internet Explorer File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Back Search Favorites Address http://[2001:0c08:2500:0002:0202:d1ff:fe04:65f4]/ VIVOTEK www.vivotek.com

NOTE:

▶ If you have a Secondary HTTP port (the default value is 8080), you can also link to the webpage in the following address format: (Please refer to HTTP streaming on page 88 for detailed information.)

http://[2001:0c08:2500:0002:0202:d1ff:fe04:65f4]/:8080 IPv6 address Secondary HTTP port

▶ If you choose PPPoE as the Network Type, the [PPP0 address] will be displayed in the IPv6 information column as shown below.

[eth0 address] fe80:0000:0000:0000:0202:d1ff:fe11:2299/64@Link [ppp0 address] fe80:0000:0000:0000:0202:d1ff:fe11:2299/10@Link 2001:b100:01c0:0002:0202:d1ff:fe11:2299/64@Global [Gateway] fe80::90:1a00:4142:8ced [DNS] 2001:b000::1

Manually setup the IP address: Select this option to manually set up IPv6 settings if your network environment does not have DHCPv6 server and router advertisements-enabled routers. If you check this item, the following blanks will be displayed for you to enter the corresponding information:

Enable IPv6

IPv6 information

√ Manually setup the IP address

Optional IP address / Prefix length

Optional default router

Optional primary DNS

/ 64

Network > Streaming protocols

HTTP streaming

To utilize HTTP authentication, make sure that your have set a password for the Network Camera first; please refer to Security > User account on page 100 for details.

HTTP streaming RTSP streaming Authentication: basic HTTP port: 80 Secondary HTTP port: 8080 Access name for stream 1: video.mjpg Access name for stream 2: video2.mjpg Access name for stream 3: video3.mjpg Access name for stream 4: video4.mjpg Save

Authentication: Depending on your network security requirements, the Network Camera provides two types of security settings for an HTTP transaction: basic and digest.

If basic authentication is selected, the password is sent in plain text format and there can be potential risks of being intercepted. If digest authentication is selected, user credentials are encrypted using MD5 algorithm and thus provide better protection against unauthorized access.

HTTP port / Secondary HTTP port: By default, the HTTP port is set to 80 and the secondary HTTP port is set to 8080. They can also be assigned to another port number between 1025 and 65535. If the ports are incorrectly assigned, the following warning messages will be displayed:

Microsoft Internet Explorer HTTP port must be 80 or from 1025 to 65535 OK

Microsoft Internet Explorer Secondary HTTP port must be from 1025 to 65535 OK

To access the Network Camera on the LAN, both the HTTP port and secondary HTTP port can be used to access the Network Camera. For example, when the HTTP port is set to 80 and the secondary HTTP port is set to 8080, refer to the list below for the Network Camera's IP address.

On the LAN

http://192.168.4.160 or http://192.168.4.160:8080

Access name for Channel # and stream #: This Network camera supports multiple streams simultaneously. The access name is used to differentiate the streaming source. Users can click Media > Video > Stream settings to set up the video quality of linked streams. For more information about how to set up the video quality, please refer to Stream settings on page 70.

When using Mozilla Firefox or Netscape to access the Network Camera and the video mode is set to JPEG, users will receive video comprised of continuous JPEG images. This technology, known as “server push”, allows the Network Camera to feed live pictures to Mozilla Firefox and Netscape.

URL command -- http://:/

For example, when the Access name for stream 2 is set to video2.mjpg:

1. Launch Mozilla Firefox or Netscape.
2. Type the above URL command in the address bar. Press Enter.
3. The JPEG images will be displayed in your web browser.

video2.mjpg (JPEG Image, 320x240 pixels) - Mozilla Firefox File Edit View History Bookmarks Tools Help http://192.168.5.151/video2.mjpg Customize Links Free Hotmail Windows Media Windows

IMPORTANT:

▶ Microsoft® Internet Explorer does not support server push technology; therefore, using http://:/ will fail to access the Network Camera.
▶ Users can only use URL commands to request the stream 5. For more information about URL commands, please refer to page 151.

RTSP Streaming

To utilize RTSP streaming authentication, make sure that you have set a password for the Network Camera first; please refer to Security > User account on page 100 for details.

HTTP streaming RTSP streaming Authentication: basic Access name for stream 1: live.sdp Access name for stream 2: live2.sdp Access name for stream 3: live3.sdp Access name for stream 4: live4.sdp RTSP port: 554 RTP port for video: 5556 RTCP port for video: 5557 RTP port for metadata: 6556 RTCP port for metadata: 6557 RTP port for audio: 5558 RTCP port for audio: 5559 Multicast settings for stream 1 Multicast settings for stream 2 Multicast settings for stream 3 Multicast settings for stream 4 Save

Authentication: Depending on your network security requirements, the Network Camera provides three types of security settings for streaming via RTSP protocol: disable, basic, and digest.

If basic authentication is selected, the password is sent in plain text format, but there can be potential risks of it being intercepted. If digest authentication is selected, user credentials are encrypted using MD5 algorithm, thus providing better protection against unauthorized access.

The availability of the RTSP streaming for the three authentication modes is listed in the following table:

	Quick Time player VLC Player
Disable O O
Basic O O
Digest O X

Access name for Channel # and stream #: This Network camera supports multiple streams simultaneously. The access name is used to differentiate the streaming source.

If you want to use an RTSP player to access the Network Camera, you HAVE TO set the video mode to H.265 or 264 and use the following RTSP URL command to request transmission of the streaming data. rtsp://:/

For example, when the access name for stream 1 is set to live.sdp:

1. Launch an RTSP player.
2. Choose File > Open URL. A URL dialog box will pop up.
3. Type the above URL command in the address field.
4. The live video will be displayed in your player as shown below.

Interior view of a busy electronics store with customers browsing products on wooden tables (no visible text or signage)

Open URL Enter an Internet URL to open: rispc://192.168.5.151:554/live.scp OK Cancel

RTSP port /RTP port for video, audio/ RTCP port for video, audio

■ RTSP (Real-Time Streaming Protocol) controls the delivery of streaming media. By default, the port number is set to 554.
■ The RTP (Real-time Transport Protocol) is used to deliver video and audio data to the clients. By default, the RTP port for video is set to 5556 and the RTP port for audio is set to 5558.
■ The RTCP (Real-time Transport Control Protocol) allows the Network Camera to transmit the data by monitoring the Internet traffic volume. By default, the RTCP port for video is set to 5557 and the RTCP port for audio is set to 5559.

The ports can be changed to values between 1025 and 65535. The RTP port must be an even number and the RTCP port is the RTP port number plus one, and thus is always an odd number. When the RTP port changes, the RTCP port will change accordingly.

If the RTP ports are incorrectly assigned, the following warning message will be displayed:

Microsoft Internet Explorer Invalid port number. RTP video port must be an even number. OK

Multicast settings for stream #1 \~ #4: Click the items to display the detailed configuration information. Select the Always multicast option to enable multicast for streams #1 \~ #4.

Multicast settings for stream 1

□ Always multicast

Multicast group address:

Multicast video port:

Multicast RTCP video port

Multicast metadata port:

Multicast RTCP metadata port:

Multicast audio port:

Mulicast RTCP audio port

Multicast TTL [1\~255]

Multicast settings for stream 2

□ Always multicast

Multicast group address:

Multicast video port:

Multicast RTCP video port

Multicast metadata port:

Multicast RTCP metadata port:

Multicast audio port:

Multicast RTCP audio port

Multicast TTL [1\~255]

239.128.1.99 5560 5561 6560 6561 5562 5563 15

239.128.1.100

Unicast video transmission delivers a stream through point-to-point transmission; multicast, on the other hand, sends a stream to the multicast group address and allows multiple clients to acquire the stream at the same time by requesting a copy from the multicast group address. Therefore, enabling multicast can effectively save Internet bandwidth.

The ports can be changed to values between 1025 and 65535. The multicast RTP port must be an even number and the multicast RTCP port number is the multicast RTP port number plus one, and thus is always odd. When the multicast RTP port changes, the multicast RTCP port will change accordingly.

If the multicast RTP video ports are incorrectly assigned, the following warning message will be displayed:

Microsoft Internet Explorer Invalid port number. Multicast stream 1 video port must be an even number. OK

Multicast TTL [1\~255]: The multicast TTL (Time To Live) is the value that tells the router the range a packet can be forwarded.

Initial TTL Scope

0 Restricted to the same host

1 Restricted to the same subnetwork

32 Restricted to the same site

64 Restricted to the same region

128 Restricted to the same continent

255 Unrestricted in scope

IMPORTANT:

The Multicast metadata port is utilized by VIVOTEK VADP modules to transfer video analytics results, PTZ stream, textual data, and event messages between the camera and the client side running and observing the video analysis. If your client side computer is located outside the local network, you may need to open the associated TCP port on routers and firewall.

SIP

SIP is short for Session Initiation Protocol. If necessary, you can change the default port number, 5060, to one between 1025 and 65535.

Two way audio port: By default, the two way audio port is set to 5060. Also, it can also be assigned to another port number between 1025 and 65535.

The Network Camera supports two way audio communication so that operators can transmit and receive audio simultaneously. By using the Network Camera's built-in or external microphone and an external speaker, you can communicate with people around the Network Camera.

Note that as JPEG only transmits a series of JPEG images to the client, to enable the two-way audio function, make sure the video mode is set to H.265 or H.264 on the Media > Video > Stream settings page and the media option is set to "Media > Video > Stream settings" on the Client Settings page. Please refer to Client Settings on page 43 and Stream settings on page 70.

graph TD
    A["America"] -->|Audio transmitted from operators| B["Taiwan"]
    B --> C["CD"]
    C --> D["Operating Device"]
    D --> E["Data Collection"]
    style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style B fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style C fill:#cfc,stroke:#333
    style D fill:#fcc,stroke:#333
    style E fill:#ffc,stroke:#333

Audio is being transmitted to the Network Camera

Video (TCP-AV) DELISKY Go to -Select one - Talk Button Mic Volume Mute

Click to enable audio transmission to the Network Camera; click to adjust the volume of microphone; click to turn off the audio. To stop talking, click again.

Network > DDNS

This section explains how to configure the dynamic domain name service for the Network Camera. DDNS is a service that allows your Network Camera, especially when assigned with a dynamic IP address, to have a fixed host and domain name.

Manual setup

DDNS: Dynamic domain name service

DDNS: Dynamic domain name service

Enable DDNS:

Provider:

Host name:

User name:

Password:

Dyndns.org(Dynamic)

Enable DDNS: Select this option to enable the DDNS setting.

Provider: Select a DDNS provider from the provider drop-down list.

VIVOTEK offers Safe100.net, a free dynamic domain name service, to VIVOTEK customers. It is recommended that you register Safe100.net to access VIVOTEK's Network Cameras from the Internet. Additionally, we offer other DDNS providers, such as Dyndns.org(Dynamic), Dyndns.org(Custom), Safe100.net, and CustomSafe100.

Note that before utilizing this function, please apply for a dynamic domain account first.

■ Safe100.net

1. In the DDNS column, select Safe100.net from the drop-down list. Click I accept after reviewing the terms of the Service Agreement.
2. In the Register column, fill in the Host name (xxxx.safe100.net), Email, Key, and Confirm Key, and click Register. After a host name has been successfully created, a success message will be displayed in the DDNS Registration Result column.

Register

Host name:

Email:

Key:

Confirm key:

VVTK.safe100.net

[e-mail]

...

...

Forget key

To apply for a domain name for the camera, or to modify the previously registered information, fill in

the following fields and then click "Register".

Register

DDNS Registration Result

[Register] Successfully Your account information has been mailed to registered e-mail address

Upon successful registration, you can click copy to automatically upload relevant information to the

DDNS form or you can manually fill it in. Then, click "Save" to save new settings.

1. Click Copy and all the registered information will automatically be uploaded to the corresponding fields in the DDNS column at the top of the page as seen in the picture.

DDNS: Dynamic domain name service

Enable DDNS:

Provider:

Host name:

Email:

Key:

Safe100.net VVTK.safe100.net [e-mail] [*.safe100.net]

Register

Host name:

Email:

Key:

Confirm key:

WTK.safe100.net

[e-mail]

...

...

Forget key

To apply for a domain name for the camera, or to modify the previously registered information, fill in the following fields and then click "Register".

Register

DDNS Registration Result:

[Register] Successfully Your account information has been mailed to registered e-mail address

Upon successful registration, you can click copy to automatically upload relevant information to the DDNS form or you can manually fill it in. Then, click "Save" to save new settings.

1. Select Enable DDNS and click Save to enable the setting.

■ CustomSafe100

VIVOTEK offers documents to establish a CustomSafe100 DDNS server for distributors and system integrators. You can use CustomSafe100 to register a dynamic domain name if your distributor or system integrators offer such services.

1. In the DDNS column, select CustomSafe100 from the drop-down list.
2. In the Register column, fill in the Host name, Email, Key, and Confirm Key; then click Register. After a host name has been successfully created, you will see a success message in the DDNS Registration Result column.
3. Click Copy and all for the registered information will be uploaded to the corresponding fields in the DDNS column.
4. Select Enable DDNS and click Save to enable the setting.

Forget key: Click this button if you have forgotten the key to Safe100.net or CustomSafe100. Your account information will be sent to your email address.

Refer to the following links to apply for a dynamic domain account when selecting other DDNS providers:

■ Dyndns.org(Dynamic) / Dyndns.org(Custom): visit http://www.dyndns.com/

Express link

Express Link is a free service provided by VIVOTEK server, which allows users to register a domain name for a network device. One URL can only be mapped to one MAC address. This service will examine if the host name is valid and automatically open a port on your router. If using DDNS, the user has to manually configure UPnP port forwarding. Express Link is more convenient and easier to set up.

Manual setup Express link Enable express link http:// .2bthere.net Help Save By Express link, all users need to do is create host name for the camera. It will generate the link to access the camera from Internet.

Please follow the steps below to enable Express Link:

1. Make sure that your router supports UPnP port forwarding and it is activated.
2. Check Enable express link.
3. Enter a host name for the network device and click Save. If the host name has been used by another device, a warning message will show up. If the host name is valid, it will display a message as shown below.

Manual setup Express link Enable express link http:// vivotek_test3454 .2bthere.net Help Save The camera can now be accessed at http://vivotek_test3454.2bthere.net

Network Camera - Microsoft Internet Explorer File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Back Search Favorites https://vivotek test3454.2bthere.net VIVOTEK www.vivottek.com Video Stream 1 Manual Trigger: Digital Output On Off Focus Assist On Off Mega-Pixel Network Camel Auto 100% 50% 25% (TCP-AV)

Network > QoS (Quality of Service)

Quality of Service refers to a resource reservation control mechanism, which guarantees a certain quality to different services on the network. Quality of service guarantees are important if the network capacity is insufficient, especially for real-time streaming multimedia applications. Quality can be defined as, for instance, a maintained level of bit rate, low latency, no packet dropping, etc.

The following are the main benefits of a QoS-aware network:

■ The ability to prioritize traffic and guarantee a certain level of performance to the data flow.
■ The ability to control the amount of bandwidth each application may use, and thus provide higher reliability and stability on the network.

Requirements for QoS

To utilize QoS in a network environment, the following requirements must be met:

■ All network switches and routers in the network must include support for QoS.
■ The network video devices used in the network must be QoS-enabled.

QoS models

CoS (the VLAN 802.1p model)

IEEE802.1p defines a QoS model at OSI Layer 2 (Data Link Layer), which is called CoS, Class of Service. It adds a 3-bit value to the VLAN MAC header, which indicates the frame priority level from 0 (lowest) to 7 (highest). The priority is set up on the network switches, which then use different queuing disciplines to forward the packets.

Below is the setting column for CoS. Enter the VLAN ID of your switch (0\~4095) and choose the priority for each application (0\~7).

CoS Enable CoS VLAN ID: 1 Live video: 0 Live audio: 0 Event/Alarm: 0 Management: 0

If you assign Video the highest priority level, your network switch will handle video packets first.

NOTE:

• A VLAN-capable switch (802.1p) is required. Web browsing may fail if the CoS setting is incorrect.
- Class of Service technologies do not guarantee a level of service in terms of bandwidth and delivery time; they offer a “best-effort.” Users can think of CoS as a “coarsely-grained” traffic control and QoS as a “finely-grained” traffic control.
- Although CoS is simple to manage, it lacks scalability and does not offer end-to-end guarantees since it is based on L2 protocol.

QoS/DSCP (the DiffServ model)

DSCP-ECN defines QoS at Layer 3 (Network Layer). The Differentiated Services (DiffServ) model is based on packet marking and router queuing disciplines. The marking is done by adding a field to the IP header, called the DSCP (Differentiated Services Codepoint). This is a 6-bit field that provides 64 different class IDs. It gives an indication of how a given packet is to be forwarded, known as the Per Hop Behavior (PHB). The PHB describes a particular service level in terms of bandwidth, queueing theory, and dropping (discarding the packet) decisions. Routers at each network node classify packets according to their DSCP value and give them a particular forwarding treatment; for example, how much bandwidth to reserve for it.

Below are the setting options of DSCP (DiffServ Codepoint). Specify the DSCP value for each application (0\~63).

QoS/DSCP Enable QoS/DSCP Live video: 0 Live audio: 0 Event/Alarm: 0 Management: 0 Save

Note that different vendors of network devices might have different methodologies and unique implementations. Shown below is a sample corresponding information from a Cisco switch. You should enter a DSCP tag value according to the information provided by the network devices.

DSCP to Queue Table Ingress DSCP Output Queue Ingress DSCP Output Queue Ingress DSCP Output Queue Ingress DSCP Output Queue 0(BE) 1▼ 16(CS2) 2▼ 32(CS4) 3▼ 48(CS6) 3▼ 1 1▼ 17 2▼ 33 3▼ 49 3▼ 2 1▼ 18(AF21) 2▼ 34(AF41) 3▼ 50 3▼ 3 1▼ 19 2▼ 35 3▼ 51 3▼ 4 1▼ 20(AF22) 2▼ 36(AF42) 3▼ 52 3▼ 5 1▼ 21 2▼ 37 3▼ 53 3▼ 6 1▼ 22(AF23) 2▼ 38(AF43) 3▼ 54 3▼ 7 1▼ 23 2▼ 39 3▼ 55 3▼ 8(CS1) 1▼ 24(CS3) 3▼ 40(CS5) 4▼ 56(CS7) 3▼ 9 1▼ 25 3▼ 41 4▼ 57 3▼ 10(AF11) 1▼ 26(AF31) 3▼ 42 4▼ 58 3▼ 11 1▼ 27 3▼ 43 4▼ 59 3▼ 12(AF12) 1▼ 28(AF32) 3▼ 44 4▼ 60 3▼ 13 1▼ 29 3▼ 45 4▼ 61 3▼ 14(AF13) 1▼ 30(AF33) 3▼ 46(EF) 4▼ 62 3▼ 15 1▼ 31 3▼ 47 4▼ 63 3▼ Queue 1 has the lowest priority, queue 4 has the highest priority. Apply Cancel Restore Defaults

QoS/DSCP Enable QoS/DSCP Live video 32 0 Live audio 0 Event/warm 0 Management 0

QoS Baseline/Technical Marketing Classification and Marking Recommendations
Application Layer3 Classification Layer 2 CoS/MPLS EXP
	IPP PHB DSCP
IP Routing 6 CS6 48 6
Voice 5 EF 46 5
Interactive Video 4 AF41 34	4 QoS B
Streaming-Video 4 CS4 32 4
Locally-defined Mission-Critical Data	3 -	25 3
Call-signaling	3 AF31/CS3	26/24	3
Transactional Data	2 AF21 18 2
Network Management	2 CS2 16 2
Bulk Data	1 AF11	10 1

Network > SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol)

This section explains how to use the SNMP on the network camera. The Simple Network Management Protocol is an application layer protocol that facilitates the exchange of management information between network devices. It helps network administrators to remotely manage network devices and find, solve network problems with ease.

■ The SNMP consists of the following three key components:

1. Manager: Network-management station (NMS), a server which executes applications that monitor and control managed devices.
2. Agent: A network-management software module on a managed device which transfers the status of managed devices to the NMS.
3. Managed device: A network node on a managed network. For example: routers, switches, bridges, hubs, computer hosts, printers, IP telephones, network cameras, web server, and database.

Before configuring SNMP settings on the this page, please enable your NMS first.

SNMP Configuration

Enable SNMPv1, SNMPv2c

Select this option and enter the names of Read/Write community and Read Only community according to your NMS settings.

Enable SNMPv1, SNMPv2c

SNMPv1, SNMPv2c Settings

Read/Write community:

Private

Read only community:

Public

Enable SNMPv3

This option contains cryptographic security, a higher security level, which allows you to set the Authentication password and the Encryption password.

■ Security name: According to your NMS settings, choose Read/Write or Read Only and enter the community name.
■ Authentication type: Select MD5 or SHA as the authentication method.
■ Authentication password: Enter the password for authentication (at least 8 characters).
■ Encryption password: Enter a password for encryption (at least 8 characters).

Enable SNMPv3

SNMPv3 Settings Read/Write Security name: Private Authentication Type: MD5 Authentication Password: Encryption Password: Read only Security name: Public Authentication Type: MD5 Authentication Password: Encryption Password:

Network > FTP

The newer firmware disabled the FTP port for security concerns. You can manually enable the FTP server service to enable the FTP function. You can disable the FTP server function when it is not in use.

FTP port: The FTP server allows the user to save recorded video clips. You can utilize VIVOTEK's Shepherd utility to upgrade the firmware via FTP server. By default, the FTP port is set to 21. It can also be assigned to another port number between 1025 and 65535.

Tips:

You can FTP the camera's IP address to download videos recorded in the SD card, or use the "http://ip/cgi-bin/admin/lsctrl.cgi?cmd=search" command to examine the recorded files on your SD card.

Security > User accounts

This section explains how to enable password protection and create multiple accounts.

Account management

Security > User accounts

Account management

Privilege management

--New user--

User name:

User password:

* At least 8 characters with no space, one alphabet character and one numeric character

Confirm user password:

Privilege:

Delete

Add

Update

The administrator account name is "root", which is permanent and can not be deleted. If you want to add more accounts in the Account management window, please apply the password for the "root" account first.

The administrator can create up to 20 user accounts.

To create a new user,

1. Click to unfold the pull-down menu. Select New user.
2. Enter the new user's name and password. Type the password identically in both text boxes.

Some, but not all special ASCII characters are supported: !, \$, %, -, ., @, ^, _, and \~.

You can use them in the password combination.

The strength of your password combination is shown on the right, use the combination of alphabetic, numeric, upper case, and lower case characters until the password strength is good enough.

1. Select the privilege level for the new user account. Click Add to enable the setting.

The privilege levels are listed below:

Administrator Full control
Operator Control	DO, white-light illuminator, snapshot, and PTZ; unable to enter the camera Configuration page.
Viewer Control	DO, white-light illuminator, view, listen, PTZ, and talk through the camera interface.

Access rights are sorted by user privilege (Administrator, Operator, and Viewer). Only administrators can access the Configuration page. Although operators cannot access the Configuration page, they can use the URL Commands to get and set the value of parameters. For more information, please refer to URL Commands of the Network Camera on page 150. Viewers can only access the main page for live viewing.

Here you also can change a user's access rights or delete user accounts.

1. Select an existing account to modify.
2. Make necessary changes and click Update or Delete to enable the setting.

Privilege management

Account management Privilege management Allow anonymous viewing Operator: ✓ Digital output ✓ PTZ control Viewer: □ Digital output ✓ PTZ control Save

Digital Output & PTZ control: You can modify the management privilege as operators or viewers. Select or de-select the checkboxes, and then click Save to enable the settings. If you give Viewers the privilege, Operators will also have the ability to control the Network Camera through the main page. (Please refer to Configuration on page 45).

Allow anonymous viewing: If you select this item, any client can access the live stream without entering a User ID and Password.

Security > HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol over SSL)

This section explains how to enable authentication and encrypted communication over SSL (Secure Socket Layer). It helps protect streaming data transmission over the Internet on higher security level.

Create and Install Certificate Method

Before using HTTPS for communication with the Network Camera, a Certificate must be created first. There are three ways to create and install a certificate:

Create self-signed certificate

1. Select the first option.
2. Check Enable HTTPS secure connection, then select a connection option: "HTTP & HTTPS" or "HTTPS only".
3. Click Create certificate to generate a certificate.

HTTPS Enable HTTPS secure connection Mode: HTTP & HTTPS HTTPS only Certificate: Certificate information Status: Not installed Method: Create self-signed certificate Country: TW State or province: Asia Locality: Asia Organization: VIVOTEK Inc. Organization unit: VIVOTEK Inc. Common name: www.vivotek.com Validity: 3650 days Please wait while the certificate is being generated... Create certificate

1. The Certificate Information will automatically be displayed in the lower screen as shown below. You can click Certificate properties to view detailed information about the certificate.

Certificate information Status: Active Method: Create self-signed certificate Country: TW State or province: Asia Locality: Asia Organization: VIVOTEK Inc. Organization unit: VIVOTEK Inc. Common name: www.vivotek.com Certificate properties Remove certificate Save

1. Click Save to preserve your configuration, and your current session with the camera will change to the encrypted connection.
2. If your web session does not automatically change to an encrypted HTTPS session, click Home to return to the main page. Change the URL address from "http://" to "https://" in the address bar and press Enter on your keyboard. Some Security Alert dialogs will pop up. Click OK or Yes to enable HTTPS.

https://

Mega-Pixel Network Camera - Microsoft Internet Explorer File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Back Search Favorites Address https://8.163.4.120/ VIVOTEK Display mode 10 Video stream 1 > Manual trigger Digital output Zoom + Pan speed 0 Tilt speed 0 Zoom speed 0 Panoramic speed 5 Rotate speed 1 Mega-Pixel Network Camera Fishery-HTTP-V Security Alert You are about to view pages over a secure connection. Any information you exchange with this site cannot be viewed by anyone due on the Web. In the future, do not show this warning OK Move Info

Security Alert Information you exchange with this site cannot be viewed or changed by others. However, there is a problem with the site's security certificate. The security certificate was issued by a company you have not chosen to trust. View the certificate to determine whether you want to trust the certifying authority. The security certificate date is valid. The name on the security certificate is invalid or does not match the name of the site Do you want to proceed? Yes No View Certificate

Security Information This page contains both secure and nonsecure items. Do you want to display the nonsecure items? Yes No More Info

Create certificate request and install

1. Select the option from the Method pull-down menu.
2. Click Create certificate to proceed.
3. The following information will show up in a pop-up window after clicking Create. Then click Save to generate the certificate request.

Certificate information Status: Not installed Method: Create certificate request and install Country: TW State or province: Asia Locality: Asia Organization: VIVOTEK Inc. Organization unit: VIVOTEK Inc. Common name: www.vivotek.com Please wait while the certificate is being generated... Create certificate

1. The Certificate request window will prompt.

Create certificate (PEM format) ----BEGIN CERTIFICATE REQUEST---- MIIBssCCARvCAQIvcsELMAkGA1UE8hMCVFcxDTALBgNVBAqTBEFsaWExDTALBgNV BACTBEEFzaWExFTATBgNVBAcTDFZJVk9URdsgSw5jLjEVMBMGA1UExCmDMVklWT1RF SyBJomMulNRwFgYDVQgDEwS3d3cudml2b3Rlay8jb20wgI8wDQXJMeZIhvcaNAQEB BQADgVOAMICJAoCBALfF6jkjh1CoufOMp43fOWUngCIDcQ8si94XCTeravhpun/W AD2JAYkH5hLQxGcmpsMy9erSVtu0JuG7bkblAaRn/T5T2dv24DC0acGvmSAg2S16 ZpnGI2PY9L244VnhuaircvwrA1VH0mXixflcdD2UEKmC3UHpNLBk5JSr7vASAgNB AAAGADANBgkqtkiIG5v0BAQUFAOBSgBDqGpKDJulcbWND1APNEU5EIM3nBr1XHmY rk/igI7ELXkPWE3KAlgi9I4XpFNjAVBU=OLwOOOh/njHR3c2a2tEIWi3JhD1A1Fm I2NXND1IAvC46aaOh9bqT9eSILK6V1lxClpAXNmroEuUgNz4MXVyz3gd3soeQUZSVs 3Mxmrfluow= ----END CERTIFICATE REQUEST----

If you see the following Information bar, click OK and click on the Information bar at the top of the page to allow pop-ups.

HTTPS - Microsoft Internet Explorer File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Back Search Favorites Address http://90.168.5.151/setup/HTTPS.html Pop-up blocked. To see this popup or additional options click here... VIVOTEK 802.1x System Security User account HTTPS Access list IEEE 802.1x Network Home Configuration Language VIVOTEK 802.1x VIVOTEK 802.1x VIVOTEK 802.1x VIVOTEK 802.1x > HTTPS Information Bar Did you notice the Information Bar? The Information Bar alerts you when Internet Explorer blocks a pop-up window or file download that might not be safe. If a Web page does not display properly, look for the Information Bar (near the top of your browser). Do not show this message again. Learn about the Information Bar... OK

1. Look for a trusted certificate authority, such as Symantec's VeriSign Authentication Services, that issues digital certificates. Sign in and purchase the SSL certification service. Copy the certificate request from your request prompt and paste it in the CA's signing request window. Proceed with the rest of the process as CA's instructions on their webpage.

Symantec. Trust Center Free Trial ▶ 1) Options ▶ 2) Technical Contact ▶ 3) CSR ▶ 4) Summary Enter Certificate Signing Request (CSR) Server platform Select one Sample CSR BISH CERTIFICATE REQUEST BISH CERTIFICATE REQUEST BISH CERTIFICATE SIGNING Order details Symantec™ SSL Test Certificate • Validly period 30 days Total (free trial) US $0 Paste Certificate Signing Request (CSR): ---- BEGIN CERTIFICATE REQUEST---- IMERCCARS.CAGWECILNANATGUEBMCVFCXDTALBgIVVBAgTBEFZWEBDTALBgNV BAGTDEP.pAWE.FTATBgIVBAoTPZJVM5URUugAVGLEYHEMGATUCCvNNIVM7TRP SYLBJUNMURKcYQFDVVDGDEW5XDCU2RUANTOYLmMTCTBRAHIGdHOKAOBAOGF AAQ0DAvgnBCgYEA2gYTS2wno2DevLDGYflgYcWxILuJlna202fsbD2pGA B1GnHSbCQCRDLkNE6DFQBBBAHDgBhCZSINRiOZHgYQCYBbAqXQG8 ZEbGdgmxtFBSAgNCsLTNTKlsCCKYOsEFSGZGeymaCfpgzGspHKcAvEA EraAMADPCsGyB3DEEBQLM4GDAeGfKcnOMffesravDQFHNMLUTFSGnVv TRevtHlurongYCpntcyrcycysteYFrlngprcPLVXHKWYvN66YVZDBoHQXY cQRISXQCVYtFtpcGpCBnBSGyKjDPYKyVxBMgABCEcpE17eHpN0EBFiq V23xxCM ----END CERTIFICATE REQUEST---- Total: US $0 (free trial) < Back Cancel Continue Help What is a CSR? A CSR is generated from your server and is your server's unique filing eprint. The CSR includes your server's public key which enables server authentication and secure communication. Keep help generating a CSR? >> Close Legal Notices | Privacy | Responsify | Feedback TrUSTe Norton Norton

1. Once completed, your SSL certificate should be delivered to you via an email or other means. Copy the contents of the certificate in the email and paste it in a text/HTML/hex editor/converter, such as IDM Computer Solutions' UltraEdit.

immediately, please dial 066.093.6565 or 650.426.5112 option 3 or send an email to [e-mail]

Thank you for your interest in Symantec!

----BEGIN CERTIFICATE 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&BrDbNtTWAtVagBqrBgEFTEQCpAyrIHoClbHY6Ly3dCudynYeKpZ24aY29cTL2Nwcy90CNXY2EWrqDYVR01EBBYFAYTKWBBQUAAeGCCCAQAFVBwCBMB8AIolDIyKNMAcRGKeXq9lgk1A3sr7caONRm71MHGCCCAQAFVBWEBGvZjAxBggrFGEqBCWAYYraHKbcDovT2jcIacUdvyAknPZ4vU73MDAGCCsQAQUFEbAACbjJoDilRWol6VIZSYPLWtWyRtCyWHLnLzIncIcaWuLnw5bSTVTJUkmLhbCcyLmNlcJAHBgkhci90wBAQUFAOCAspUxt7FnIac/X7T6z,snr9eHHLKGEQPgaQloSwimSc120Pck3mEKyp6TCLSNBeOPGpValFPhAEUTTrNSLCoXRRLAjWp12VsbDFgVdwKtl7rddoLRcMye6lcFNtsTub9cZtTaPwALnAH/UwxC+jG0BV8zssFASnN/qcapKcgXhvycveDeCWNRgsCsl365gPkZasvTOrtnlrnhpJxNXESIGru3M13CKrAtQev1Rad15QCYSTp30Ng2mApghdAuTahCHDwwgGnDubeIi03ITFE70mCoPolntblgmPcyj5EvglUVdc6YImInn2BOqSe5gJiZARPB/i//KeGp----END CERTIFICATE

1. Open a new edit, paste the certificate contents, and press ENTER at the end of the contents to add an empty line.

[Edit1*] - UltraEdit File Edit Search Insert Project View Format Column Macro Scripting Advanced Window Help File View Project Open Explorer Lists Filter: *.* Name Date modified Open Files Edit1* CmCGS1GG+EUBBxUwNTAvEggrBgEFBQcCAPYjaHROcHM6Ly93d3cudnVyaXNpZ24u Y29tL2Nvcy90ZYNQY2EfHQYDVRO1BBYwFAYIKwYBBQUHAwEGCCsGAQUFBvMCMB8G A1UdIwQYMBaAFCgXE4q01qK13AYst7eO2hBmYG71MHQGCCsGAQUFBvEBBCgv2jAk BggrBgEFBQcwAYYYaHRCcDcvL2Djc3AudnVyaXNpZ24uY29tMD4GCCsGAQUFBzAC hjJodHRwOi0vU12SVK0pYWwtRzItYW1hLnZ1cmIzaWdulmNvbS9TVIJUcmIhbEcy LmWlcjANDgkqhk:G9wCEAQUFAACCAQEATxuH7FnIae/K7T6z/ssr9eEKhLKSEQSp qaNc06wixSc1Z9P5JkzERvpCTCLPSMbrOPGjPaILFxAEUITr3WLSCoXVR1AjUp12 qVSbDfxgVHUx9T7rd2cURzjmeGifcM5Ttub3Qc2Tu3pWeAKbAH/U+x+jGOEvE3z cPaShn/qcapEcqOXvHycwBeCUNORQgsGciJ6GqkPzssv7oErbnLhupjdxUE3GExu 3M13CXrAtQZv1Rad1fOQYSTgSCNkg2mA9qhdeUKTnhCHUwwqOxN6uceIJ63ITPK70 m6CoTpntbIqmFtyj9EvgIUdc6YZImm2BOqSc5q3IZARPH/q1//XeGg== ----LWD CERTIFICATE---- Macro List Soft List XML Manager

1. Convert file format from DOS to UNIX. Open File menu > Conversions > DOS to Unix.

[Edit1*] - UltraEdit File Edit Search Insert Project View Format Column Macro Scripting Advanced Window Help New Ctrl+N Open... Ctrl+O Quick Open... Ctrl+Q Close Close All Files Ctrl+Shift+F4 Close All Files Except This FIF/Telnet Recent to Snap Save Ctrl+S Save As... F12 Save All Alt+F12 Save Description As... Make Copy/Backup Encryption Rename File Compare... Alt+F11 Sort Conversions Special Functions Print... Ctrl+P Print All Files Print Preview Print Setup/Configuration Favorite Files... Ctrl+Shift+F Recent Files Recent Projects/Workspace Exit 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 --END CERTIFICATE---- UNIX/MAC to DOS DOS to MAC DOS to UNIX EBCDIC to ASCII ASCII to EBCDIC OEM to ANSI ANSI to OEM ASCII to Unicode UTF-0 to Unicode Unicode to ASCII Template List Global Power User

1. Save the edit using the ".crt" extension, using a file name like "CAcert.crt."

[C:\Documents and Settings\eric3a\Desktop\Edit2.crt*] - UltraEdit File Edit Search Insert Project View Format Column Macro Scripting Advanced Window Help File View Project Open Explorer Lists Filter: *.* > A: C: D: E: F: Network FTP Accounts Save As Save in: Desktop My Documents My Computer My Network Places Adobe Reader 9 Fizzilla Client Google Chrome Installation Wizard 2 LiveClient McAfee Security Scan Plus Milestone XProtect Smart Client Mozilla Firefox Playbach. QuickTime Player RealPlayer TeamViewer 6 UltraCompare UltraEdit VIVOTEK BlackholePM公用资料夹 (位於 Blackhole) New Folder 41 45 46 802.1x 802.1x-1 802.1x-2 802.1x-3 access_alert activeX_plugin activeX_plugin1 My Recent Documents Desktop My Documents My Computer My Network Places File name: CAcert.cit Save as type: All Files, [.*] Line Terminator: Default Format: Default Leave as "Default" far normal use, or change if conversion can save required. ADS Stream: (All Data Stream is only for files on NTFS drives)

1. Return to the original firmware session, use the Browse button to locate the crt certificate file, and click Upload to enable the certification.

SUPREME IT NO. 0000017 Home Client settings Configuration Language Security > HTTPS System Media Network Security User accounts HTTPS Access list IEEE 802.1x PTZ Event Applications Recording Local storage [ Basic mode ] Version 0100c HTTPS Enable HTTPS secure connection Mode: HTTP & HTTPS C HTTPS only Certificate: Certificate information Status: Waiting for certificated Select certificate file: C:\Documents and Se Browse... Upload Method: Create certificate request and install Country: TW State or province: Asia Locality: Asia Organization: VIVOTEK Inc. Organization unit: VIVOTEK Inc. Common name: www.vivletek.com Remove certificate

1. When the certificate file is successfully loaded, its status will be stated as Active. Note that a certificate must have been created and installed before you can click on the "Save" button for the configuration to take effect.

HTTPS Enable HTTPS secure connection Mode: HTTP & HTTPS ○ HTTPS only Certificate: Certificate information Status: Active Method: Create certificate request and install Country: TW State or province: Asia Locality: Asia Organization: VIVOTEK Inc. Organization unit: VIVOTEK Inc. Common name: www.vivotek.com Certificate properties Remove certificate Save

1. To begin an encrypted HTTPS session, click Home to return to the main page. Change the URL address from "http://" to "https://" in the address bar and press Enter on your keyboard. Some Security Alert dialogs will pop up. Click OK or Yes to enable HTTPS.

Security Alert You are about to view pages over a secure connection. Any information you exchange with this site cannot be viewed by anyone else on the Web. In the future, do not show this warning OK More Info

Security Information This page contains both secure and nonsecure items. Do you want to display the nonsecure items? Yes No More Info

Security Alert Information you exchange with this site cannot be viewed or changed by others. However, there is a problem with the site's security certificate. The security certificate was issued by a company you have not chosen to trust. View the certificate to determine whether you want to trust the certifying authority. The security certificate date is valid. The name on the security certificate is invalid or does not match the name of the site Do you want to proceed? Yes No View Certificate

Security > Access List

This section explains how to control access permission by verifying the client PC's IP address.

General Settings

General settings Maximum number of concurrent streaming: 10 ▼ Connection management

Maximum number of concurrent streaming connection(s) limited to: Simultaneous live viewing for 1\~10 clients (including stream #1, #2, and #3). The default value is 10. If you modify the value and click Save, all current connections will be disconnected and automatically attempt to re-link (IE Explorer or Quick Time Player).

Connection management: Click this button to display the connection status window showing a list of the current connections. For example:

IP address Elapsed time User ID 192.168.1.147 12:20:34=root 61.22.15.3 00:10:09 anonymous 192.168.3.25 45:00:34 greg Refresh Add to deny list Disconnect Close

■ IP address: Current connections to the Network Camera.
■ Elapsed time: How much time the client has been at the webpage.
■ User ID: If the administrator has set a password for the webpage, the clients have to enter a user name and password to access the live video. The user name will be displayed in the User ID column. If the administrator allows clients to link to the webpage without a user name and password, the User ID column will be empty.

There are some situations which allow clients access to the live video without a user name and password:

1. The administrator does not set up a root password. For more information about how to set up a root password and manage user accounts, please refer to Security > User account on page 100.
2. The administrator has set up a root password, but set RTSP Authentication to "disable". For more information about RTSP Authentication, please refer to RTSP Streaming on page 89.
3. The administrator has set up a root password, but allows anonymous viewing. For more information about Allow Anonymous Viewing, please refer to page 100.

■ Refresh: Click this button to refresh all current connections.

■ Add to deny list: You can select entries from the Connection Status list and add them to the Deny List to deny access. Please note that those checked connections will only be disconnected temporarily and will automatically try to re-link again (IE Explore or Quick Time Player). If you want to enable the denied list, please check Enable access list filtering and click Save in the first column.

■ Disconnect: If you want to break off the current connections, please select them and click this button. Please note that those checked connections will only be disconnected temporarily and will automatically try to re-link again (IE Explorer or Quick Time Player).

Enable access list filtering: Check this item and click Save if you want to enable the access list filtering function.

Filter

Filter type: Select Allow or Deny as the filter type. If you choose Allow Type, only those clients whose IP addresses are on the Access List below can access the Network Camera, and the others cannot access. On the contrary, if you choose Deny Type, those clients whose IP addresses are on the Access List below will not be allowed to access the Network Camera, and the others can access.

Then you can Add a rule to the following Access List. Please note that the IPv6 access list column will not be displayed unless you enable IPv6 on the Network page. For more information about IPv6 Settings, please refer to Network > Enable IPv6 on page 84 for detailed information.

Filter Enable access list filtering Filter type: Allow Deny IPv4 access list Add Delete IPv6 access list Add Delete

There are three types of rules:

Single: This rule allows the user to add an IP address to the Allowed/Denied list.

For example:

Filter address Rule: Single IP address: OK Cancel

Network: This rule allows the user to assign a network address and corresponding subnet mask to the Allow/Deny List. The routing prefix is written in CIDR (Classless Inter-Domain Routing) notation. For example:

Filter address Rule: Network Network address / Network mask: 192.168.2.0 / 24 OK Cancel

accesses from IP address 192.168.2.x will be bolcked.

For example:

• 192.168.100.14/24 represents the IPv4 address 192.168.100.14 and its associated routing prefix 192.168.100.0, or equivalently, its subnet mask 255.255.255.0 has 24 leading 1-bits.
• The IPv4 block 192.168.100.0/22 represents the 1024 IPv4 addresses from 192.168.100.0 to 192.168.103.255.

If IPv6 filter is preferred, you will be prompted by the following window. Enter the IPv6 address and the two-digit prefix length to specify the range of IP addresses in your configuration.

>Add ipv6 filter list Filter address Rule: Network Network address /Network mask: / OK Cancel

Range: This rule allows the user to assign a range of IP addresses to the Allow/Deny List. Note: This rule is only applied to IPv4.

For example:

Filter address Rule: Range IP address - IP address: 192.168.2.0 - 192.168.2.255 OK Cancel

Administrator IP address

Always allow the IP address to access this device: You can check this item and add the Administrator's IP address in this field to make sure the Administrator can always connect to the device.

Administrator IP address □ Always allow the IP address to access this device Save

Security > IEEE 802.1x

Enable this function if your network environment uses IEEE 802.1x, which is a port-based network access control. The network devices, intermediary switch/access point/hub, and RADIUS server must support and enable 802.1x settings.

The 802.1x standard is designed to enhance the security of local area networks, which provides authentication to network devices (clients) attached to a network port (wired or wireless). If all certificates between client and server are verified, a point-to-point connection will be enabled; if authentication fails, access on that port will be prohibited. 802.1x utilizes an existing protocol, the Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP), to facilitate communication.

■ The components of a protected network with 802.1x authentication:

graph LR
    A["Supplicant\n(Network Camera)"] <--> B["Authenticator\n(Network Switch)"]
    B <--> C["Authentication Server\n(RADIUS Server)"]

1. Supplicant: A client end user (camera), which requests authentication.
2. Authenticator (an access point or a switch): A "go between" which restricts unauthorized end users from communicating with the authentication server.
3. Authentication server (usually a RADIUS server): Checks the client certificate and decides whether to accept the end user's access request.

■ VIVOTEK Network Cameras support two types of EAP methods to perform authentication: EAP-PEAP and EAP-TLS.

Please follow the steps below to enable 802.1x settings:

1. Before connecting the Network Camera to the protected network with 802.1x, please apply a digital certificate from a Certificate Authority (i.e., MIS of your company) which can be validated by a RADIUS server.
2. Connect the Network Camera to a PC or notebook outside of the protected LAN. Open the configuration page of the Network Camera as shown below. Select EAP-PEAP or EAP-TLS as the EAP method. In the following blanks, enter your ID and password issued by the CA, then upload related certificate(s).

IEEE 802.1x

Enable IEEE 802.1x

EAP method:

Identity:

Password:

CA certificate:

Status: no file

EAP-PEAP Browse... Upload Remove

IMPORTANT

The maximum length of password is 200 symbols.

IEEE 802.1x

Enable IEEE 802.1x

EAP method:

Identity:

Private key password:

CA certificate:

Status: no file

Client certificate:

Status: no file

Client private key:

Status: no file

EAP-TLS

Save

1. When all settings are complete, move the Network Camera to the protected LAN by connecting it to an 802.1x enabled switch. The devices will then start the authentication automatically.

NOTE:

▶ The authentication process for 802.1x:

1. The Certificate Authority (CA) provides the required signed certificates to the Network Camera (the supplicant) and the RADIUS Server (the authentication server).
2. A Network Camera requests access to the protected LAN using 802.1X via a switch (the authenticator). The client offers its identity and client certificate, which is then forwarded by the switch to the RADIUS Server, which uses an algorithm to authenticate the Network Camera and returns an acceptance or rejection back to the switch.
3. The switch also forwards the RADIUS Server's certificate to the Network Camera.
4. Assuming all certificates are validated, the switch then changes the Network Camera's state to authorized and is allowed access to the protected network via a pre-configured port.

graph TD
    A["Certificate"] --> B["VIVOTEK Network Camera"]
    B --> C["Network Switch"]
    C --> D["RADIUS Server"]
    D --> E["Certificate Authority (CA)"]
    E --> F["Certificate"]
    F --> B
    C --> G["Protected LAN"]
    G --> D
    style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style E fill:#ccf,stroke:#333

PTZ > PTZ settings

This section explains how to control the Network Camera's Pan/Tilt/Zoom operation.

The fisheye PTZ function allows users to move among regional views for close-up viewing. The PTZ view takes effect when the current field of view is not the circular Original view or the Panoramic view. Users can then move the view in different directions or zoom in or zoom out on the screen.

graph TD
    A["Central Device"] -->|Dashed arrow| B["P6"]
    A -->|Dashed arrow| C["P7"]
    D["P5"] --> E["P4"]
    F["P2"] --> G["P3"]
    H["P1"] --> I["P1"]
    style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style B fill:#bbf,stroke:#333
    style C fill:#bbf,stroke:#333
    style D fill:#bfb,stroke:#333
    style E fill:#ffb,stroke:#333
    style F fill:#ffb,stroke:#333
    style G fill:#ffb,stroke:#333
    style H fill:#ffb,stroke:#333
    style I fill:#ffb,stroke:#333

PTZ Settings

PTZ > PTZ settings Select stream : 1 Zoom In Zoom Out 1 1 Pan speed 0 Tilt speed 0 Zoom speed 0 Panoramic speed 1 Go to: -- Select one -- Preset and rotate settings Name: Ad xxxxxx Add 4 Rotate speed 1 User preset locations 1 2 3 4 5 Remove More 7 Rotate locations 1 2 3 4 5 Remove More Misc settings Zoom factor display 9 Save

Preset positions and rotation settings

In the PTZ settings page, you can create preset positions in the hemisphere covered by the fisheye lens. A total of 20 preset positions can be configured.

Please follow the steps below to configure preset positions and arrange them in a rotational tour through different positions.

1. First select a video stream on which the PTZ settings will take place.

2. Adjust the shooting area to the desired position using the PTZ keypad, the FOV indicators, or mouse clicks on the live screen. To begin the mouse control, click on the two interactive windows. Due to the highly-sensitive mouse control, the PTZ control buttons can help fine-tune to an optimal location.

3. After you selected an area of interest, enter a name for the new position, which can contain up to forty alphabetic and numeric characters.
4. Click Add to enable the settings. The preset positions will be listed on the User preset locations. (To add more positions you wish, please repeat steps 1\~3.)
5. Select the preset positions by their checkboxes.
6. Click on the move button (>>) to move positions to the Patrol locations window.
7. You may select some or all of the imported positions as the stop points during the tour.
8. Select a preset position when you need to move to a specific place on screen.

Select a preferred Rotate speed or move the preset positions for consecutively displaying views of multiple positions. The speeds for rotating through each position on a Regional view window are shown below:

1. Click on the Save button to preserve your configuration.

To remove a preset position from the list, select it and click Remove. You can re-arrange the order of the position hop on the list using the buttons.

Event > Event settings

This section explains how to configure the Network Camera to respond to particular situations (event). A typical application is that when a motion is detected, the Network Camera sends buffered images to an FTP server or e-mail address as notifications. Click on Help, there is an illustration shown in the pop-up window explaining that an event can be triggered by many sources, such as motion detection or external digital input devices. When an event is triggered, you can specify what type of action that will be performed.

graph TD
    A["Add"] --> B["Help"]
    B --> C["Action (What to do)"]
    C --> D["Media (What to send)"]
    C --> E["Server (Where to send)"]

Event

An event is an action initiated by a user-defined trigger source. In the Event column, click Add to open the event settings window.

Event Name Status Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Time Trigger Add Help Event name: Enable this event Priority: Normal Detect next motion detection or digital input after 10 second(s). 1. Schedule 2. Trigger 3. Action Event schedule ✓ Sun ✓ Mon ✓ Tue ✓ Wed ✓ Thu ✓ Fri ✓ Sat Time Always From 00:00 to 24:00 [hh:mm] Save event Close

■ Event name: Enter a name for the event setting.
■ Enable this event: Select this checkbox to enable the event setting.
■ Priority: Select the relative importance of this event (High, Normal, or Low). Events with a higher priority setting will be executed first.
- Detect next motion detection or digital input after □ seconds: Enter the duration in seconds to pause motion detection after a motion is detected. This prevents too many events to be triggered within a short time.

Follow the steps 1\~3 to arrange the three elements -- Schedule, Trigger, and Action to set an event. A total of 3 event settings can be configured.

1. Schedule

Specify the period for the event. Please select the days of the week and the time in a day (in 24-hr time format) to specify when will the event-triggering conditions take effect.

2. Trigger

This is the cause or stimulus which defines what will trigger the event. The trigger source can be configured to use the Network Camera's built-in motion detection mechanism or external digital inputs.

There are several choices of trigger sources as shown below. Select each item to display its related options.

■ Video motion detection

This option makes use of the built-in motion detection mechanism as a trigger source. To enable this function, you need to configure a Motion Detection Window first. For more information, please refer to Motion Detection on page 131 for details.

Video motion detection

Normal: □ door

Profile: hallway

Note: Please configure Motion detection first

■ Periodically

This option allows the Network Camera to trigger periodically for every other defined minute. Up to 999 minutes are allowed.

Periodically

Trigger every other 1 minutes

■ Digital input

This option allows the Network Camera to use an external digital input device or sensor as a trigger source. Depending on your application, there are many choices with digital input devices on the market which help detect changes in temperature, vibration, sound, light, etc.

■ System boot

This option triggers the Network Camera when the power to the Network Camera is disconnected.

■ Recording notify

This option allows the Network Camera to trigger when the recording disk is full or when recording starts to overwrite older data.

■ Audio detection

A preset threshold can be configured with an external microphone as the trigger to system event. The triggering condition can be an input exceeding or falling below a threshold. Audio detection can take place as a complement to motion detection or as a method to detect activities not covered by the camera's view.

■ Camera tampering detection

This option allows the Network Camera to trigger when the camera detects that is is being tampered with. To enable this function, you need to configure the Tampering Detection option first. Please refer to page 134 for detailed information.

Camera tampering detection

Tampering detection □ Too dark □ Too bright □ Too blurry

Note: Please configure Camera tampering detection first

■ Manual Trigger

This option allows user to enable event triggers manually by clicking the on/off button on the homepage. Please configure 1 \~ 3 events before using this function.

VIVOTEK WWW.VIVOTEK.COM Display mode 1R Video stream 1 Manual trigger: 1 On Off 2 On Off 3 On Off Digital output On Off

■ VADP

It is presumed that you already uploaded and enabled the VADP modules before you can associate VADP triggers with an Event setting.

Click on the Set VADP Trigger button to open the VADP setup menu. The triggering conditions available with 3rd-party software modules known as VADP will be listed. Use the arrow buttons to select these triggers. Users may implant these modules for different purposes such as triggering motion detection, or applications related to video analysis, etc. Please refer to page 138 for the configuration options with VADP modules.

graph TD
    A["VADP"] --> B["Set VADP Trigger"]
    B --> C{Triggers for Event Settings}
    C --> D[">>"]
    C --> E["<<"]
    D --> F["Close"]
    E --> G["Save"]

Once the triggers are configured, they will be listed under the VADP option.

VADP TriggerD TriggerA TriggerB TriggerC Set VADP Trigger ManualTrigger TriggerD TriggerA TriggerB TriggerC Close Save

3. Action

Define the actions to be performed by the Network Camera when a trigger is activated.

graph TD
    A["Event name: ddd"] --> B["Enable this event"]
    B --> C["Priority: Normal"]
    C --> D["Detect next motion detection or digital input after 10 second(s)."]
    D --> E["Action"]
    E --> F["1. Schedule"]
    F --> G["2. Trigger"]
    G --> H["3. Action"]
    H --> I["Action"]
    I --> J["Trigger digital output for 1 seconds"]
    J --> K["do duration (seconds)"]
    K --> L["Backup media if the network is disconnected"]
    L --> M["Server Media Extra parameter"]
    M --> N["SD snapshot SD test View"]
    M --> O["NAS snapshot Create folders by date time and hour automatically View"]
    O --> P["Add server Add media"]
    P --> Q["Close Save event"]

■ Trigger digital output for □seconds

Select this option to turn on the digital output signals (via the DO connectors on the main assembly) when a trigger is activated. Specify the length of the trigger interval in the text box.
■ Backup media if the network is disconnected

Select this option to backup media files to SD card if the network is disconnected. Please note that this function will apply after you configure the Email, FTP, HTTP or NAS notification. For example, if a snapshot is supposed to be delivered to an Email receiver, in the event of network failure, the snapshot will be saved in the SD card.

To configure an event with video recording or snapshots, it is necessary to configure/provide servers and storage media settings so that the Network Camera will know where to send the media files to when a trigger is activated.

Add server

Click Add server to unfold the server setting window. You can specify how the notification messages are delivered when a trigger is activated. A total of 5 server settings can be configured.

There are four choices of server types available: Email, FTP, HTTP, and Network storage. Select the item to display the detailed configuration options. You can configure either one or all of them.

Add server Add media Server name: Email Server type Email Sender email address: [e-mail] Recipient email address: [e-mail] Server address: Ms.vivotek.tw User name: Password: Server port 25 This server requires a secure connection (SSL) FTP HTTP Network storage Test Close Save server

Server type - Email

Select to send the media files via email when a trigger is activated.

■ Server name: Enter a name for the server setting.
■ Sender email address: Enter a valid email address as the sender address.
■ Recipient email address: Enter a valid email address as the recipient address.
■ Server address: Enter the domain name or IP address of the email server.
■ User name: Enter the user name of the email account if necessary.
■ Password: Enter the password of the email account if necessary.
■ Server port: The default mail server port is set to 25. You can also manually set another port.

If your SMTP server requires a secure connection (SSL), check This server requires a secure connection (SSL).

To verify if the email settings are correctly configured, click Test. The result will be shown in a pop-up window. If successful, you will also receive an email indicating the result.

The email has been sent successfully.

Error in sending email.

Click Save server to enable the settings, then click Close to exit the Add server page.

After you set up the first event server, a new item for event server will automatically appear on the Server list. If you wish to add more server options, click Add server.

Server Media Extra parameter SD ----None ----- SD test View Email ----None ----- Add server Add media

Server type - FTP

Select to send the media files to an FTP server when a trigger is activated.

Add server Add media Server name: FTP Server type ○ Email ● FTP Server address: ftp.vivotek.vom Server port: 21 User name: vivotek Password: ••••••• FTP folder name: ✓ Passive mode ○ HTTP ○ Network storage Test Close Save server

■ Server name: Enter a name for the server setting.
■ Server address: Enter the domain name or IP address of the FTP server.
■ Server port: By default, the FTP server port is set to 21. It can also be assigned to another port number between 1025 and 65535.
■ User name: Enter the login name of the FTP account.
■ Password: Enter the password of the FTP account.
■ FTP folder name

Enter the folder where the media file will be placed. If the folder name does not exist, the Network Camera will create one on the FTP server.

■ Passive mode

Most firewalls do not accept new connections initiated from external requests. If the FTP server supports passive mode, select this option to enable passive mode FTP and allow data transmission to pass through the firewall.

To verify if the FTP settings are correctly configured, click Test. The result will be shown in a pop-up window as shown below. If successful, you will also receive a test.txt file on the FTP server.

ftp transmission successfully.

ftp transmission failed.

Click Save server to enable the settings, then click Close to exit the Add server page.

Server type - HTTP

Select to send the media files to an HTTP server when a trigger is activated.

Add server Add media Server name: HTTP Server type Email FTP HTTP URL: http://192.168.5.10/cgi-bin/upload.cgi User name: Password: Network storage Test Close Save server

■ Server name: Enter a name for the server setting.
■ URL: Enter the URL of the HTTP server.
■ User name: Enter the user name if necessary.
■ Password: Enter the password if necessary.

To verify if the HTTP settings are correctly configured, click Test. The result will be shown in a pop-up window as below. If successful, you will receive a test.txt file on the HTTP server.

HTTP Transmission successfully. Thanks

HTTP Transmission failed.

Click Save server to enable the settings and click Close to exit the Add server page.

Network storage:

Select to send the media files to a network storage location when a trigger is activated. Please refer to NAS server on page 143 for details.

Click Save server to enable the settings, then click Close to exit the Add server page.

Action Trigger digital output for: Backup media if the network is disconnected Server Media Extra parameter SD None SD test View Email Snapshot Video clip FTP System log HTTP None NAS None Create folders by date time and hour automatically View Add server Add media Close Save event

■ SD Test: Click to test your SD card. The system will display a message indicating success or failure. If you want to use your SD card for local storage, please format it before use. Please refer to page 146 for detailed information.

Add media

Click Add media to open the media setting window. You can specify the type of media that will be sent when a trigger is activated. A total of 5 media settings can be configured. There are three choices of media types available: Snapshot, Video Clip, and System log. Select the item to display the detailed configuration options. You can configure either one or all of them.

Add server Add media Media name: Snapshot Media type Attached media: Snapshot Channel: 1 Stream: 1 Send 1 pre-event image(s) [0~7] Send 1 post-event image(s) [0~7] File name prefix: Snapshot_ □ Add date and time suffix to file name Video clip System log Close Save media

Media type - Snapshot

Select to send snapshots when a trigger is activated.

■ Media name: Enter a name for the media setting.
■ Source: Select the stream number from which the snapshots will be taken.

■ Send □ pre-event images

The Network Camera has a buffer area; it temporarily holds data up to a certain limit. Enter a number to decide how many images to capture before a trigger is activated. Up to 7 images can be generated.

■ Send □ post-event images

Enter a number to decide how many images to capture after a trigger is activated. Up to 7 images can be generated.

For example, if both the Send pre-event images and Send post-event images are set to 7, a total of 15 images are generated after a trigger is activated.

1 pic. 2 pic. 3 pic. 4 pic. 5 pic. 6 pic. 7 pic. 8 pic. 9 pic. 10 pic. 11 pic. 10 pic. 12 pic. 13 pic. 14 pic. 15 pic. Trigger Activation

■ File name prefix

Enter the text that will be appended to the front of the file name.

■ Add date and time suffix to the file name. Select this option to add a date/time suffix to the file name. For example:

Snapshot_20180720_100341 File name prefix Date and time suffix The format is: YYYYMMDD_HHMMSS

Click Save media to enable the settings, then click Close to exit the Add media page.

After you set up the first media server, a new column for media server will automatically display on the Media list. If you wish to add more media options, click Add media.

Server Media Extra parameter SD None SD test View ----None---- Snapshot NAS None Create folders by date time and hour automatically View Add server Add media

Media type - Video clip

Select to send video clips when a trigger is activated.

Add server Add media Media name: Video Clip Media type Attached media: Snapshot Video clip Source: Stream 1 Pre-event recording: 0 seconds [0~9] Maximum duration: 5 seconds [1~20] Maximum file size: 500 Kbytes [50~8192] File name prefix: Channel1s1_ System log Save media Close

■ Media name: Enter a name for the media setting.
■ Source: Select the source of video clip from the stream number.
■ Pre-event recording

The Network Camera has a buffer area; it temporarily holds data up to a certain limit. Enter a number to decide the duration of recording before a trigger is activated. Up to 9 seconds of video can be recorded.

■ Maximum duration

Specify the maximum recording duration in seconds. Up to 10 seconds of video can be recorded. For example, if pre-event recording is set to 5 seconds and the maximum duration is set to 10 seconds, the Network Camera continues to record for another 4 seconds after a trigger is activated.

1 sec. 2 sec. 3 sec. 4 sec. 5 sec. 6 sec. 7 sec. 8 sec. 9 sec. 10 sec. Trigger Activation

■ Maximum file size

Specify the maximum file size allowed.

■ File name prefix

Enter the text that will be appended to the front of the file name. For example:

Video_20180720_100341 File name prefix Date and lime suffix The format is: YYYYMMDD_HHMMSS

Click Save media to enable the settings, then click Close to exit the Add media page.

Media type - System log

Select to send a system log when a trigger is activated.

Add server Add media Media name: Media type Attached media: Snapshot Video clip System log Save media Close

Click Save media to enable the settings, then click Close to exit the Add media page.

Action Trigger digital output for: Backup media if the network is disconnected Server Media Extra parameter SD ----None ---- SD test View ----None---- Email Snapshot Video clip System log FTP HTTP ----None---- NAS ----None ---- View Create folders by date time and hour automatically View Add server Add media Close Save event

■ View: Click this button to open a file list window. This function is only for SD card and Network Storage. If you click View button of SD card, a Local storage page will pop up for you to manage recorded files on SD card. For more information about Local storage, please refer to page 146. If you click View button of Network storage, a file directory window will pop up for you to view recorded data on Network storage.
■ Create folders by date, time, and hour automatically: If you check this item, the system will generate folders automatically by date.

The following is an example of a file destination with video clips:

20180320 20180321 20180322 The format is: YYYYMMDD Click to open the directory Delete Delete all click to delete all recorded data delete selected items

Click 20180320 to open the directory:

The format is: HH (24r) Click to open the file list for that hour < 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 ≥ file name size date time Video Clip_58.mp4 2526004 2018/03/20 07 58 28 Video Clip_59.mp4 2563536 2018/03/20 07 59 28 Delete Delete all Back Click to delete selected items Click to delete all recorded data

< 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 > file name size date time Video Clip_58.mp4 2526004 2018/03/20 07:58:28 Video Clip_59.mp4 2563536 2018/03/20 07:59:28 Delete Delete all Back The format is: File name prefix + Minute (mm) You can set up the file name prefix on Add media page.

Here is an example of the Event setting:

Event name: intru_alarm Enable this event Priority: Normal Detect next motion detection or digital input after 10 second(s) 1. Schedule 2. Trigger 3. Action Action Trigger digital output for: Backup media if the network is disconnected Server Media Extra parameter SD None SD test View Create folders by date time and hour False_NAS snapshots automatically View Add server Add media Media name: Media type Attached media: Snapshot Video clip System log Save media Close Save event Close

When completed the settings with steps 1\~3 to arrange Schedule, Trigger, and Action of an event, click Save event to enable the settings and click Close to exit the page.

The following is an example of the Event setting page:

Event Name Status Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Time Trigger intru alarm ON V V V V V V V V 00:00~24:00 motion Delete motiondetect ON V V V V V V V V V 00:00~24:00 motion Delete Add Help Server settings Name Way Address/Location False_NAS ns \\JOCHEN-PC\False_NAS Delete Add Media Available memory space: 18500KB Name Type snapshots snapshot Delete Add Customized script Name Date Time Add

When the Event Status is ON, once an event is triggered by motion detection, the Network Camera will automatically send snapshots via e-mail.

If you want to stop the event trigger, you can click ON to turn it to OFF status or click Delete to remove a previously-configured event setting.

To remove a server setting from the list, select a server name and click Delete. Note that only when the server setting is not being applied to an event setting can it be deleted.

To remove a media setting from the list, select a media name and click Delete. Note that only when the media setting is not being applied to an event setting can it be deleted.

Customized Script

This function allows you to upload a sample script (.xml file) to the webpage, which will save your time on configuring the settings. Please note that there is a limited number of customized scripts you can upload; if the current amount of customized scripts has reached the limit, an alert message will prompt. If you need more information, please contact VIVOTEK's technical support.

Customized Script Name Date Time User1 2016 0413 18:13:46 User2 2016 0413 18:11:32 Click to upload a file Add User1 Delete Click to modify the script online 1 1-5 08:30:00-20:30:00 trigger trigger Mail system log to email address c0 0 10 /usr/bin/smtpclient -s "Motion" -f [e-mail] -b /var/log/messages -S ms.vivotek.tw -M 3 [e-mail] 0 Upload

Applications > Motion detection

This section explains how to configure the Network Camera to enable motion detection. A total of 5 motion detection windows can be configured.

Enable motion detection Normal light mode Profile mode Motion Detection Setting 2: For special situations Window name Motion1 Item size: 17 Sensitivity: 80% New Save Motion Detection Setting 1: For normal situations

Follow the steps below to enable motion detection:

1. Click New to add a new motion detection window.
2. In the Window Name text box, enter a name for the motion detection window.

■ Use 4 mouse clicks to designate a detection window. You can change the window shape by dragging the corner marks to a preferred location.
- Drag the item size tab to change the minimum size of item to trigger an alarm. An item size box will appear in the center of screen for your reference (in semi-transparent red). An intruding object must be larger than the Item size to trigger an alarm. Change the item size according to the live view.
■ To delete a window, click the X mark on the right of the window name.

1. Define the sensitivity to moving objects by moving the Sensitivity slide bar. Note that a high sensitivity is prone to produce false alarms such as the fast changes of light (such as day/night mode switch, turning lights on/off). A movement must persist longer than 0.3 second for the motion to be detected.

2. Click Save to enable the settings.

3. Select Enable motion detection to enable this function.

For example:

Enable motion detection Normal light mode Profile mode Window name Motion1 Item size: 17 Sensillity: 80% New Save

The Percentage Indicator will rise or fall depending on the variation between sequential images. When motions are detected by the Network Camera and are considered to exceed the preset threshold, the red bar rises. Meanwhile, the motion detection window will be outlined in red.

Photos or videos can be captured instantly and configured to be sent to a remote server (via an Email or FTP server). For more information on how to configure an event setting, please refer to Event settings on page 117.

A green bar indicates that even though motions have been detected, the event has not been triggered because the image variations still fall under the preset threshold.

Larger than the min. item size

If you want to configure other motion detection settings for day/night/schedule mode (e.g., for a different lighting condition during a specific period of time), please click Profile mode to open the Motion Detection Profile Settings page as shown below. Another three motion detection windows can be configured on this page.

Enable motion detection Normal light mode Profile mode Window name Motion1 Item size: 15 Sensitivity: 80% Enable to apply these settings at ● Night mode ○ Schedule mode [hh:mm] New Save

Please follow the steps beolw to set up a profile:

1. Create a new motion detection window, and configure the minimum item size.
2. Click the Profile mode tab.
3. Select the applicable Schedule mode. Please manually enter a time range.
4. Click Save to enable the settings and click Close to exit the page.

This motion detection window will also be displayed on the Event Settings page. You can go to Event > Event settings > Trigger to select it as a trigger source. Please refer to page 117 for detailed information.

NOTE:

▶ How does motion detection work?

There are two motion detection parameters: Sensitivity and Min. Item Size. As illustrated above, frame A and frame B are two sequential images. Pixel differences between the two frames are detected and highlighted in gray in which the sensitivity setting will take effect. Sensitivity is a value that expresses the sensitivity to moving objects. A higher sensitivity setting allows camera to detect slight movements while a lower sensitivity setting will neglect them.

The minimum item size is a threshold value that determines how many “alerted pixels” can trigger an event. When the size of an intruding object is larger than the minimum size, and its movement persist for 0.3 second, the motion is judged to exceed the defined threshold; and the motion window will be outlined in red. With a large minimum item size, the size of moving object in frame C is considered as smaller than the minimum item size, no motion alarm is triggered. With a smaller minimum item size, the same moving object in frame D triggers the alarm.

For applications that require a high level of security management, it is suggested to use higher sensitivity settings. However, a higher sensitivity level can also produce false alarms due to fast light changes when switching between the day and night modes, AE switch, turning the light on or off, etc.

Applications > DI and DO

Applications > DI and DO Digital Input Normal status: High Low Current status: High Digital output Normal status: Open Grounded Current status: Open Save

Digital input: Select High or Low as the Normal status for the digital input. Connect the digital input pin of the Network Camera to an external device to detect the current connection status.

Digital output: Select Grounded or Open to define the normal status for the digital output. Connect the digital output pin of the Network Camera to an external device to determine the current status.

Set up the event source as DI on Event > Event settings > Trigger. Please refer to page 118 for detailed information.

Applications > Tampering detection

This section explains how to set up camera tamper detection. With tamper detection, the camera is capable of detecting incidents such as redirection, blocking or defocusing, or even the spray paint.

Camera tampering detection Tampering detection Trigger duration 10 seconds [10~600] Trigger threshold 12 [0~100] Image too dark detection Trigger duration 2 seconds [1~10] Trigger threshold 15 [0~100] Image too bright detection Trigger duration 2 seconds [1~10] Trigger threshold 15 [0~100] Image too blurry detection Trigger duration 7 seconds [1~10] Trigger threshold 12 [0~100]

Please follow the steps below to set up the camera tamper detection function:

1. Click to select the checkbox before tampering conditions: Tampering detection, Image too dark, Image too bright, and Image too blurry. Enter the tamper trigger duration. (10 sec. \~ 10 min.). The duration specifies the set of time before the tampering is considered as a real alarm. This helps avoid false alarms by short-lived changes.

The tamper alarm will be triggered only when the tampering factor (the difference between current frame and pre-saved background) exceeds the trigger threshold. Conditions such as image too dark, too bright, or too blurry (defocused) can also be configured as tampering conditions. The Trigger threshold determines how sensitive is your tamper detection setting. Lower the threshold number, easier to trigger.

Too bright: shining a flash light. The average lighting level of the scene is taken into consideration.

Too dark: covering the objective or spraying paint.

Too blurry: blurry scene can be the result of strong interference on the device, such as EMI interference.

1. You can configure Tampering Detection as a trigger element to the proactive event configurations in Event -> Event settings -> Trigger. For example, when the camera is tampered with, camera can be configured to send the pre- and post-event video clips to a networked storage device. Please refer to page 118 for detailed information.

Applications > Audio detection

Audio detection, along with video motion detection, is applicable in the following scenarios:

1. Detection of activities not covered by camera view, e.g., a loud input by gun shots or breaking a door/window.
2. A usually noisy environment, such as a factory, suddenly becomes quiet due to a breakdown of machines.
3. A PTZ camera can be directed to turn to a preset point by the occurrence of audio events.
4. Dark environments where video motion detection may not function well.

The red circles indicate where the audio alarms can be triggered when breaching or falling below the preset threshold.

How to configure Audio detection:

1. Once the Audio detection window is opened, the current sound input will be interactively indicated by a fluctuating yellow wave diagram.
2. Use a mouse click to drag the Alarm level tab to a preferred location on the slide bar.
3. Select the "Enable audio detection" checkbox and click Save to enable the feature.

NOTE:

1. Note that the volume numbers (0\~100) on the side of wave diagram does not represent decibel (dB). Sound intensity level has already been mapped to preset values. You can, however, use the real-world inputs at your installation site that are shown on the wave diagram to configure an alarm level.
2. To configure this feature, you must not mute the audio in Configuration > Media > Audio. The default of the camera can be muted due to the lack of an internal microphone. An external microphone is provided by users.

You can use the Profile window to configure a different Audio detection setting. For example, a place can be noisy in the day time and become very quiet in the night.

1. Click on the Enable this profile checkbox. Once the Audio detection window is opened, the current sound input will be interactively indicated by a fluctuating yellow wave diagram.
2. Use a mouse click to drag the Alarm level tab to a preferred location on the slide bar.
3. Select the Day, Night, or Schedule mode check circles. You may also manually configure a period of time during which this profile will take effect.
4. Click Save and then click Close to complete your configuration.

>Audio detection profile settings

General settings Enable this profile This profile is applied to: Day mode Night mode Schedule mode From 18:00 to 06:00 [hh:mm]

IMPORTANT:

• If the Alarm level and the received volume are set within a range of 20% on the wave diagram, frequent alarms will be triggered. It is recommended to set the Alarm level farther apart from the detected sound level.
• To configure and enable this feature, you must not configure video stream #1 into Motion JPEG. If an external microphone input is connected and recording of audio stream is preferred, audio stream is transmitted between camera and viewer/recording station along with stream #1.
• Refer to page 79 for Audio settings, and page 70 for video streaming settings.

Applications > Package management - a.k.a., VADP (VIVOTEK Application Development Platform)

Upload package Save to SD card Select file Browse... Upload Resource status ✓ Storage status: storage_size: 10240 KBytes Free size: 10240 KBytes ✓ SD card status: Detached Total size: 0 KBytes Free size: 0 KBytes Used size: 0 KBytes Use (%): 0 % ✓ Memory status: Total size: 24576 KBytes • Free size: 24576 KBytes Package list Module name Vendor Version Status License Backup Reload Restore Start Stop

Users can store and execute VIVOTEK's or 3rd-party software modules onto the camera's flash memory or SD card. These software modules can apply in video analysis for intelligent video applications such as license plate recognition, object counting, or as an agent for edge recording, etc.

• Once the software package is successfully uploaded, the module configuration (vadp.xml) information is displayed. When uploading a module, the camera will examine whether the module fits the predefined VADP requirements. Please contact our technical support or the vendor of your 3rd-party module for the parameters contained within.
• Users can also run VIVOTEK's VADP packages as a means to access updated functionality instead of replacing the entire firmware.
• Note that for some cameras the flash is too small to hold VADP packages. These cameras will have its "Save to SD card" checkbox selected and grayed-out for all time.
• The file system of SD card (FAT32) does not support soft (symbolic) link. It will return failure if your module tries to create soft links on SD card.

To utilize a software module, acquire the software package and click Browse and Upload buttons. The screen message for a successful upload is shown below:

: Starting VADP upload procedure, please wait a moment... Uploading new module: Hello World / ABC Update configuration... . Reloading configuration httpd: . Upload VADP package successfully

To start a module, select the checkcircle in front, and click the Start button.

Package list Module name Vendor Version Status(License Hello World ABC 1.0.0 ON=yes Backup Reload Restore Start Stop

If you should need to remove a module, select the checkcircle in front and then click the Stop button. By then the module status will become OFF, and the X button will appear at the end of the row. Click on the X button to remove an existing module.

Package list Module name Vendor Version Status(License Hello World ABC 1.0.0 ON=no Backup Reload Restore Start Stop

When prompted by a confirm message, Click Yes to proceed.

Do you want to delete the VADP module? Yes No

Note that the actual memory consumed while operating the module will be indicated on the Memory status field. This helps determine whether a running module has consumed too much of system resources.

On the License page, register and activate the license for using VIVOTEK's VADP modules. You should acquire the license key elsewhere, and manually upload to the network camera.

Follow the onscreen instruction on VIVOTEK's website for the registration procedure.

Status License

Manual License To receive a license key for VADP application, go to http://www.vivotek.com and join the VWTK member. This device's VADP number is: BbM79RE=0dGu1PIUEqJRFgc6sacoRs7g4PXl Select file Browse… No file selected. Upload

Recording > Recording settings

This section explains how to configure the recording settings for the Network Camera.

Recording Settings

Insert your SD card and click here to test Recording settings Name Status Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Time Source Destination Delete Add SD test

NOTE:

1. Each Recording setting records a video stream from one channel, i.e., from a single lens module.
2. Please remember to format your SD card when used for the first time. Please refer to page 146 for detailed information.

Recording Settings

Click Add to open the recording setting window. On this page, you can define the adaptive recording, recording source, recording schedule, and recording capacity. A total of 2 recording settings can be configured.

Recording name: Video Enable this recording With adaptive recording (Help) Pre-event recording: 5 seconds [0~9] Post-event recording: 5 seconds [0~10] Priority: Normal Source: Stream 1 1. Trigger 2. Destination Trigger Schedule Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Time Always From 00:00 to 24:00 [hh:mm] Network fail Note: To enable recording notification please configure Event first Save Close

■ Recording name: Enter a name for the recording setting.
■ Enable this recording: Select this option to enable video recording.
■ With adaptive recording:

Select this option will activate the frame rate control according to alarm trigger. The frame control means that when there is a triggered alarm/event, the frame rate will raise up to the value you've set on the Stream setting page. Please refer to page 70 for more information.

If you enable adaptive recording on Camera A, only when an event is triggered on Camera A will the server record the streaming data in full frame rate; otherwise, it will only request the I frame data during normal monitoring, thus effectively save lots of bandwidths and storage.

graph TD
    A["1: I frame"] --> B["2: Full frame rate"]
    B --> C["3: full frame rate"]
    C --> D["4: full frame rate"]
    style A fill:#f9f,stroke:#333
    style B fill:#ccf,stroke:#333
    style C fill:#cfc,stroke:#333
    style D fill:#fcc,stroke:#333

Bandwidth

NOTE:

To enable adaptive recording, please make sure you've set up the triggering sources such as Motion Detection, DI Device, or Manual Trigger.
▶ When there is no alarm trigger: - JPEG mode: record 1 frame per second. - H.265/H.264 mode: record the I frame only.
▶ When the Intra frame period has been set to larger than >1s on Video settings page, the Intra frame period will be forced into 1s when the adaptive recording is activated.

The alarm trigger includes: motion detection and DI detection. Please refer to Event settings on page 117.

■ Pre-event recording and post-event recording
The Network Camera has a buffer area; it temporarily holds data up to a certain limit. Enter a number to decide the duration of recording before and after a trigger is activated.
■ Priority: Select the relative importance of this recording (High, Normal, or Low). Recording with a higher priority setting will be executed first.
■ Channel # Stream #: Select a channel and a stream under it as the recording source.

NOTE:

▶ To enable adaptive recording, please also enable time shift caching stream and select a caching stream on Media > Video > Stream settings. Please refer to page 70 for detailed instruction.
▶ To enable recording notification please configure Event settings first. Please refer to page 117.

Please follow steps 1\~2 below to set up the recording:

1. Trigger

Select a trigger source.

Trigger

Schedule

Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat

Time

Always

From 00:00 to 24:00 [hh:mm]

Network fail

■ Schedule: The server will start to record files on the local storage or network attached storage (NAS).
■ Network fail: Since network fail, the server will start to record files onto the local storage (SD card).

2. Destination

You can select the SD card or network storage (NAS) for the recorded video files.

Recording name: Video Enable this recording With adoptive recording (Help) Pre-event recording: 5 seconds [0-9] Post-event recording: 5 seconds [0-10] Priority: Normal Source: Stream 1 Destination Destination: SD Recording file management Maximum duration: 1 minutes [1-60] Maximum file size: 100 MB [100-2000] File name prefix Add NAS server 1. Trigger 2. Destination Note: To enable recording notification please configure Event first Save Close

NAS server

Click Add NAS server to open the server setting window and follow the steps below to set up:

1. Fill in the information for the access to the shared networked storage.

For example:

Add NAS server Server name: NAS Server type Network storage Network storage location: \192.160.5.122\nas (For example: \my_nas\disk\folder) Workgroup: vivotek User name: ritali User name and password for your server Password: •••••••• Test Save server Close 2 4

1. Click Test to check the setting. The result will be shown in the pop-up window.

http://192.168.5.151/cgi-bin/admin/testserver... Mount succeeded.

http://192.168.5.151/cgi-bin/admin/testserver... Mount failed. Done Internet

If successful, you will receive a test.txt file on the networked storage server.

10.22.22.225 Organize Search active directory Network and Sharing Center View remote printers Favorites Desktop Downloads Recent Places Libraries Documents Music Pictures Videos Computer Network direct Share Shortcut to test Shortcut: 1.00 test - Nolepad File Edit Format View Help [NOTIFICATION]The Result of Server Test of Your IP Camera0

1. Enter a server name.
2. Click Save to complete the settings and click Close to exit the page.

Enable this recording With adaptive recording (Help) Priority: Normal Source: Stream 1 1. Trigger Destination Destination: NAS Capacity: Entire free space Reserved space: 100 Mbytes Enable cyclic recording 2. Destination Recording file management Maximum duration: 1 minutes [1~60] Maximum file size: 100 MB [100~2000] File name prefix: Bahasa Note: To enable recording notification please configure Event first Save Close

■ Capacity: You can either choose the entire available space or impose a reserved space. The Reserved space should be of the size of at least 15MBytes. The reserved space can be used as a safe buffer especially when the cyclic recording function is enabled, during the transaction stage when a storage space is full and the incoming streaming data is about to overwrite the previously saved videos.
■ File name prefix: Enter the text that will be appended to the front of the file name.

■ Enable cyclic recording: If you check this item, when the maximum capacity is reached, the oldest file will be overwritten by the latest one.

Recording file management

■ Maximum duration: This determines the length of each recorded video, applicable from 1 to 60 minutes.
■ Maximum file size: This determines the file size of each concluded recording. The applicable sizes range from 100 to 2000 Megabytes.
■ File name prefix: Enter a name for each recorded video.

If you want to enable recording notification, please click Event to set up. Please refer to Event > Event settings on page 117 for more details.

When completed, select Enable this recording. Click Save to enable the setting and click Close to exit this page. When the system begins recording, it will send the recorded files to the network storage or SD card. The new recording name will appear on the recording page as shown below.

To remove an existing recording setting from the list, single-click to select it and click Delete.

Recording settings Name Status Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Time Source Destination Delete Video ON V V V V V V V V 00:00~24:00 sream1 SD Delete Add SD test

■ Video (Name): Click to open the Recording settings page to modify.
■ ON (Status): Click to manually adjust the Status. (ON: start recording; OFF: stop recording)
■ NAS or SD (Destination): Click to open the file list of recordings as shown below. For more information about folder naming rules, please refer to page 128 for details.

Local storage > SD card management

NOTE:

• It is recommended to turn OFF the recording activity before you remove an SD card from the camera.
• The lifespan of an SD card is limited. Regular replacement of the SD card can be necessary.
• Camera filesystem takes up several megabytes of memory space. The storage space cannot be used for recording.
• Using an SD card that already contains data recorded by another device should not be used in this camera.
• Please do not modify or change the folder names in the SD card. That may result in camera malfunctions.

This section explains how to manage the local storage on the Network Camera. Here you can view SD card status, and implement SD card control.

SD card staus

This column shows the status and reserved space of your SD card. Please remember to format the SD card when using for the first time.

SD card status SD card status: Detached — no SD card Total size: 0 KBytesFree size:0 KBytes Used size:0 KBytesUse (%): 0 % Format

SD card status SD card status: Ready File system: FAT32 Total size: 15323496 KBytes Free size: 15087976 KBytes Used size: 235520 KBytes Use (%): 1.537 %

SD card format

The Linux kernel EXT4 file system format applies to SD card larger than 32GB. However, if EXT4 is applied, the computers running Windows will not be able to access the contents on the SD card unless using some 3rd-party software.

SD card format Ext4 Ext4 FAT32 Format

SD card control

SD card control Enable cyclic storage Enable automatic disk cleanup Maximum duration for keeping files: 7 days Save

■ Enable cyclic storage: Check this item if you want to enable cyclic recording. When the maximum capacity is reached, the oldest file will be overwritten by the latest one.
■ Enable automatic disk cleanup: Check this item and enter the number of days you wish to retain a file. For example, if you enter "7 days", the recorded files will be stored on the SD card for 7 days.

Click Save to enable your settings.

Local storage > Content management

This section explains how to manage the content of recorded videos on the Network Camera. Here you can search and view the records and view the searched results.

Searching and Viewing the Records

This column allows the user to set up search criteria for recorded data. If you do not select any criteria and click Search button, all recorded data will be listed in the Search Results column.

Search Trigger type Backup System boot Digital input Motion Network fail Recording notify Periodically Tampering detection VADP Manual triggers Audio detection Media type Video clip Snapshot Text Time Search for last 1 minute(s) hours days weeks From: 2015/05/18 02 36 PM to: 2015/05/25 02 36 PM Search

Tips:

You can also FTP the camera or use the "http://ip/cgi-bin/admin/lsctrl.cgi?cmd=search" command to examine the recorded files on your SD card.

■ File attributes: Select one or more items as your search criteria.
■ Trigger time: Manually enter the time range you want to search for contents created at a specific point in time.

Click Search and the recorded data corresponding to the search criteria will be listed in Search Results window.

Search Results

The following is an example of search results. There are four columns: Trigger time, Media type, Trigger type, and Locked. Click to sort the search results in either direction.

Numbers of entries displayed on one page Search results Name Trigger type Starting time Ending time to SD Periodically Today at 3:45 PM Today at 3:58 PM to SD Periodically Today at 3:58 PM test Motion Today at 3:45 PM Today at 3:45 PM test Motion Today at 3:49 PM Today at 3:49 PM test Motion Today at 3:49 PM Today at 3:49 PM test Motion Today at 3:50 PM Today at 3:50 PM test Motion Today at 3:50 PM Today at 3:50 PM 10 Download Lock/Unlock JPEGs to AVI Remove Click to open a live view

■ Play: Click on a search result which will highlight the selected item. A Play window will appear on top for immediate review of the selected file.

For example:

Play Back to search (TCP: Ax) 2016/8/26 15:45:39

■ Download: Click on a search result to highlight the selected item in purple as shown above. Then click the Download button and a file download window will pop up for you to save the file.
■ JPEGs to AVI: This functions only applies to "JPEG" format files such as snapshots. You can select several snapshots from the list, then click this button. Those snapshots will be converted into an AVI file.

■ Lock/Unlock: Select the checkbox in front of a desired search result, then click this button. The selected items will become Locked, which will not be deleted during cyclic recording. You can click again to unlock the selections.

For example:

Search results Name Trigger type Starting time Ending time to SD Periodically Today at 3:45 PM Today at 3:58 PM to SD Periodically Today at 3:58 PM test Motion Today at 3:45 PM Today at 3:45 PM test Motion Today at 3:49 PM Today at 3:49 PM test Motion Today at 3:49 PM Today at 3:49 PM test Motion Today at 3:50 PM Today at 3:50 PM test Motion Today at 3:50 PM Today at 3:50 PM 10 ✓ 1 /3 Download Lock/Unlock JPEGs to AVI Remove Click to switch pages

■ Remove: Select the desired search results, then click this button to delete the files.

Appendix

URL Commands for the Network Camera

1. Overview

For some customers who already have their own web site or web control application, the Network Camera/Video Server can be easily integrated through URL syntax. This section specifies the external HTTP-based application programming interface. The HTTP-based camera interface provides the functionality to request a single image, control camera functions (PTZ, output relay etc.), and get and set internal parameter values. The image and CGI-requests are handled by the built-in Web server.

2. Style Convention

In URL syntax and in descriptions of CGI parameters, text within angle brackets denotes content that is to be replaced with either a value or a string. When replacing the text string, the angle brackets should also be replaced. An example of this is the description of the name for the server, denoted with in the URL syntax description below, that is replaced with the string myserver in the URL syntax example further down in the page.

URL syntax is denoted with the word "Syntax:" written in bold face followed by a box with the referenced syntax as shown below. For example, name of the server is written as and is intended to be replaced with the name of the actual server. This can either be a name, e.g., "mywebcam" or "thecam.adomain.net" or the associated IP number for the server, e.g., 192.168.0.220.

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/viewer/video.jpg 

Description of returned data is written with "Return:" in bold face followed by the returned data in a box. All data is returned in HTTP format, i.e., each line is separated with a Carriage Return and Line Feed (CRLF) printed as \r\n.

Return:

HTTP/1.0 <HTTP code> <HTTP text>\r\n 

URL syntax examples are written with "Example:" in bold face followed by a short description and a light grey box with the example.

Example: request a single snapshot image

http://mywebserver/cgi-bin/viewer/video.jpg 

3. General CGI URL Syntax and Parameters

CGI parameters are written in lower-case and as one word without any underscores or other separators. When the CGI request includes internal camera parameters, these parameters must be written exactly as they are named in the camera or video server. The CGIs are organized in functionally-related directories under the cgi-bin directory. The file extension .cgi is required.

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/<subdir>[/<subdir>...]/<cgi>.<ext>
[?<parameter>=<value>[&<parameter>=<value>...]] 

Example: Set digital output #1 to active

http://mywebserver/cgi-bin/dido/setdo.cgi?dol=1 

4. Security Level

SECURITY LEVEL	SUB-DIRECTORY DESCRIPTION	TION
0 anonymous	Unprotected.
1 [view] anonymous	us, viewer, dido, camctrl	1. Can view, listen, talk to camera.2. Can control DI/DO, PTZ of the camera.
4 [operator] anonymous	mous, viewer, dido, camctrl, operator	Operator access rights can modify most of the camera's parameters except some privileges and network options.
6 [admin] anonymous	us, viewer, dido, camctrl, operator, admin	Administrator access rights can fully control the camera's operations.
7 N/A Internal parameters. Unable to be changed by any external interfaces.

5. Get Server Parameter Values

Note: The access right depends on the URL directory.

Method: GET/POST

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/anonymous/getparam.cgi?[<parameter>]
[&<parameter>...]

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/viewer/getparam.cgi?[<parameter>]
[&<parameter>...]

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/operator/getparam.cgi?[<parameter>]
[&<parameter>...]

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/getparam.cgi?[<parameter>]
[&<parameter>...] 

Where the should be [_] or [.]. If you do not specify any parameters, all the parameters on the server will be returned. If you specify only , the parameters of therelated group will be returned.

When querying parameter values, the current parameter values are returned.

A successful control request returns parameter pairs as follows:

Return:

HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n
Content-Type: text/html\r\n
Context-Length: <length>\r\n
\r\n
<parameter pair> 

where is

= \r\n

[]

is the actual length of content.

Example: Request IP address and its response

Request:

http://192.168.0.123/cgi-bin/admin/getparam.cgi?network_ipaddress

Response:

HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n

Content-Type: text/html\r\n

Context-Length: 33\r\n

\r\n

network.ipaddress=192.168.0.123\r\n

6. Set Server Parameter Values

Note: The access right depends on the URL directory.

Method: GET/POST

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/anonymous/setparam.cgi? <parameter>=<value>[&<parameter>=<value>...][&update=<value>][&return=<return page>]
http://<servername>/cgi-bin/viewer/setparam.cgi? <parameter>=<value>[&<parameter>=<value>...][&update=<value>][&return=<return page>]
http://<servername>/cgi-bin/operator/setparam.cgi? <parameter>=<value>[&<parameter>=<value>...][&update=<value>][&return=<return page>]
http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/setparam.cgi? <parameter>=<value>[&<parameter>=<value>...][&update=<value>][&return=<return page> 

PARAMETER VALUE	DESCRIPTION
	value to assigned	Assignto the parameter.
update	Set to 1 to update all fields (no need to update parameter in each group).
return		Redirect to the pageafter the parameter is assigned.Thecan be a full URL path or relative path according to the current path. If you omit this parameter, it will redirect to an empty page.(Note: The return page can be a general HTML file(.htm, .html) or a VIVOTEK server script executable (.vspx) file. It cannot be a CGI commandor have any extra parameters.This parameter must beplaced at the end of the parameter list

Return:

HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n
Content-Type: text/html\r\n
Context-Length: <length>\r\n
\r\n
<parameter pair> 

where<parameter pair> is 

<parameter> = <value> \r\n 

[<parameter pair>] 

Only the parameters that you set and are readable will be returned.

Example: Set the IP address of server to 192.168.0.123:

Request:
http://myserver/cgi-bin/admin/setparam.cgi?network_ipaddress=192.168.0.123
Response:
HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n
Content-Type: text/html\r\n
Context-Length: 33\r\n
\r\n
network.ipaddress=192.168.0.123\r\n 

7. Available parameters on the server

Valid values:

VALID VALUES DESCRIPTION
string[] Text strings sh	orter than `n' characters. The characters '',<,>,& are invalid.
string[n~m] Text strings lon	nger than `n' characters and shorter than `m' characters. The characters '',<,>,& are invalid.
password[] The same as string but displays'*' instead.
Any single integer number in 32-bits.The range is -2147483648~2147483647.
Any single positive integer number in 32-bits.The range is 1~ 4294967295.
~ Any number be	between `m' and `n'.
domain name[] A string limited to a domain name shorter than `n' characters (eg. www.ibm.com).
email address []	A string limited to an email address shorter than `n' characters (eg. [e-mail]).
A string limited to an IP address (eg. 192.168.1.1).
	A string limited to contain a MAC address without hyphens or colons.
	A boolean value of 1 or 0 represents [Yes or No], [True or False], [Enable or Disable].
	Enumeration. Only given values are valid.
	...
blank	A blank string.
everything inside <>	A description
integer primary key	SQLite data type. A 32-bit signed integer. The value is assigned a unique integer by the server.
	SQLite data type. The value is a text string, stored using the database encoding (UTF-8, UTF-16BE or UTF-16-LE).
	x, y coordinate (eg. 0,0)
	window width and height (eg. 800x600)
	The format for coordinate in 2D.W is the pixel number of width.H is the pixel number of height.EX: (176,144)
	The format for resolution.
	W is the pixel number of width.H is the pixel number of height.Ex: 1920x1080, 2048x1536
available The API is listed in product WebAPIs.
non-available The API is not in product WebAPIs.
valid The API is listed in product WebAPIs, and is functional.
non-valid The API is listed in product WebAPIs, but is malfunction in this status.
	Any decimal number expressed in 32-bits ranging from 1.18e-38~3.40e+38.

NOTE: The camera should not be restarted when parameters are changed.

7.1system

Group: system

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
hostname string[64] 1/6 Host name of server			(Network Camera, Wireless Network Camera, Video Server, Wireless Video Server).
ledoff6/6 Turn on (0) or turn off (1) all led indicators.
date, keep, auto		6/6 Current date of system. Set to 'keep' to keep date unchanged. Set to 'auto' to use NTP to synchronize date.
time, keep, auto		6/6 Current time of the system. Set to 'keep' to keep time unchanged. Set to 'auto' to use NTP to synchronize time.
datetime	6/6 Another current time format of the system.
ntp,	6/6 NTP server.*Do not use "skip to invoke default server" for default value.
timezoneindex	-489 ~ 529	6/6 Indicate timezone and area.-480: GMT-12:00 Eniwetok, Kwajalein-440: GMT-11:00 Midway Island, Samoa-400: GMT-10:00 Hawaii-360: GMT-09:00 Alaska-320: GMT-08:00 Las Vegas, San_Francisco, Vancouver-280: GMT-07:00 Mountain Time, Denver-281: GMT-07:00 Arizona-240: GMT-06:00 Central America, Central Time, Mexico City, Saskatchewan-200: GMT-05:00 Eastern Time, New York, Toronto-201: GMT-05:00 Bogota, Lima, Quito, Indiana-180: GMT-04:30 Caracas-160: GMT-04:00 Atlantic Time, Canada, La Paz, Santiago
			-140: GMT-03:30 Newfoundland-120: GMT-03:00 Brasilia, Buenos Aires, Georgetown, Greenland-80: GMT-02:00 Mid-Atlantic-40: GMT-01:00 Azores, Cape_Verde_IS.0: GMT Casablanca, Greenwich Mean Time: Dublin, Edinburgh, Lisbon, London40: GMT 01:00 Amsterdam, Berlin, Rome, Stockholm, Vienna, Madrid, Paris41: GMT 01:00 Warsaw, Budapest, Bern80: GMT 02:00 Athens, Helsinki, Istanbul, Riga81: GMT 02:00 Cairo82: GMT 02:00 Lebanon, Minsk83: GMT 02:00 Israel120: GMT 03:00 Baghdad, Kuwait, Riyadh, Moscow, St. Petersburg, Nairobi121: GMT 03:00 Iraq140: GMT 03:30 Tehran160: GMT 04:00 Abu Dhabi, Muscat, Baku, Tbilisi, Yerevan180: GMT 04:30 Kabul200: GMT 05:00 Ekaterinburg, Islamabad, Karachi, Tashkent220: GMT 05:30 Calcutta, Chennai, Mumbai, New Delhi230: GMT 05:45 Kathmandu240: GMT 06:00 Almaty, Novosibirsk, Astana, Dhaka, Sri Jayawardenepura260: GMT 06:30 Rangoon280: GMT 07:00 Bangkok, Hanoi, Jakarta, Krasnoyarsk320: GMT 08:00 Beijing, Chongging, Hong Kong, Kuala Lumpur, Singapore, Taipei360: GMT 09:00 Osaka, Sapporo, Tokyo, Seoul, Yakutsk380: GMT 09:30 Adelaide, Darwin400: GMT 10:00 Brisbane, Canberra, Melbourne, Sydney, Guam, Vladivostok440: GMT 11:00 Magadan, Solomon Is., New
			Caledonia480: GMT 12:00 Auckland, Wellington, Fiji,Kamchatka, Marshall Is.520: GMT 13:00 Nuku'Alofa
daylight_enable	6/6 Enable automat	c daylight saving time in time zone.
daylight_dstactualmode	6/7	Check if current time is under daylight saving time.(Used internally)
daylight_auto_begintime string[19] 6/7 Display the current daylight saving start time.
daylight_auto_endtime	string[19]	6/7	Display the current daylight saving end time
daylight_timezones string	6/6 List time zone index which support daylight saving time.
updateinterval	0,3600,86400,604800,2592000	6/6 0 to D	sable automatic time adjustment,otherwise, it indicates the seconds betweenNTP automatic update intervals.
restore	0,	7/6 Restore the system parameters to default values afterseconds.
reset	0,	7/6 Restart the server afterseconds ifis non-negative.
restoreexceptnet	0,	7/6 Restore the system parameters to default values except (ipaddress, subnet, router,dns1, dns2, pppoe).This command can cooperate with other "restoreexceptXYZ" commands. When cooperating with others, the system parameters will be restored to the default value except for a union of the combined results.
restoreexceptdst	0,	7/6 Restore the system parameters to default values except all daylight saving time settings.This command can cooperate with other "restoreexceptXYZ" commands. When cooperating with others, the system parameters will be restored to default values except for a union of combined results.
restoreexceptlang	0,	7/6 Restore the system parameters to default values except the custom language file the
			user has uploaded.This command can cooperate with other"restoreexceptXYZ" commands. When cooperating with others, the system parameters will be restored to the default value except for a union of the combined results.
restoreexceptvadp	0,	7/6 Restore the system parameters to default values except the vadp parameters and VADP modules that stored in the system.This command can cooperate with other"restoreexceptXYZ" commands. When cooperating with others, the system parameters will be restored to the default value except for a union of the combined results.
restoreexceptfocusvalue	0,	7/6 Restore the system parameters to default values except zoom and focus value.This command can cooperate with other"restoreexceptXYZ" commands. When cooperating with others, the system parameters will be restored to the default value except for a union of the combined results.* Only available when"capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_remotefocus" != 0.

7.1.1 system.info

Subgroup of system: info (The fields in this group are unchangeable.)

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
modelname string[40] 0/7	Internal model name	of the server
extendedmodelname string[40]	0/7 ODM specific model name	of server (eg.DCS-5610). If it is not an ODM model, this field will be equal to "modelname"
serialnumber	0/7 12 characters MAC address (without hyphens).
firmwareversion string[40]	0/7 Firmware version, including model, company,and version number in the format:
language_count		0/7	Number of webpage languages available on the server.
language_i<0~(count-1)>	string[16]language_i0 :Englishlanguage_i1 :Deutschlanguage_i2 :Españollanguage_i3 :Françaislanguage_i4 :Italianolanguage_i5 :日本語language_i6 :Portuguêslanguage_i7 :简体中文language_i8 :繁體中文	0/7	Available language lists.
customlanguage_maxcount	0,<positive integer>	0/6 Maximum number of custom languages supported on the server.
customlanguage_count	0,<positive integer>	0/6 Number of custom languages which have been uploaded to the server.
customlanguage_i<0~(ma	string	0/6 Custom language name.
xcount-1)>

7.2status

Group: status

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
di_i<0~(capability_ndi-1)>	1/7 0 => Inactive, normal1 => Active, triggered(capability.ndi > 0)
do_i<0~(capability_ndo-1)>	1/7 0 => Inactive, normal1 => Active, triggered(capability.ndo > 0)
onlinenum_rtsp	0,<positive integer>	6/7 Current number of RTSP connections.
onlinenum_httppush	0,<positive integer>	6/7 Current number of HTTP push server connections.
onlinenum_sip	0,<positive integer>	6/7 Current number of SIP connections.
eth_i0 <string> 1/7 Get network information from mii-tool.
vi_i<0~(capability_nvi-1)>	1/7 Virtual input		0 => Inactive1 => Active(capability.nvi > 0)

7.3digital input behavior define

Group: di_i<0(n-1)> for n is the value of "capability_ndi" (capability.ndi > 0)

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
normalstate	high,low	1/1 Indicates open circuit or closed circuit(inactive status)

7.4digital output behavior define

Group: do_i<0\~(n-1)> for n is the value of "capability_ndo" (capability.ndo > 0)

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
normalstate	open, grounded	1/1 Indicate	open circuit or closed circuit (inactive status)

7.5security

Group: security

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
privilege_do view, operator, admin		1/6 Indicate which privileges and above can control digital output (capability.ndo > 0)
privilege_camctrl view, operator, admin		1/6 Indicate which privileges and above can control PTZ (capability.ptzenabled > 0 or capability.eptz > 0)
user_i0_name string[64]	6/7 User name of root
user_i<1~20>_name string[64]	6/7 User name
user_i0_pass password[64]	6/6 Root password
user_i<1~20>_pass	password[64] 7/6 User password
user_i0_privilege	view, operator, admin	6/7 Root privilege
user_i<1~20>_privilege	view, operator, admin	6/6 User privilege

7.6network

Group: network

NAME	VALUE	SECURITY (get/set)	DESCRIPTION
preprocess		6/6	An 32-bit integer, each bit can be set separately as follows:Bit 0 => HTTP service;Bit 1=> HTTPS service;Bit 2=> FTP service;Bit 3 => Two way audio and RTSP Streaming service;To stop service before changing its port settings. It'srecommendedto set this parameter when change a service port to theport occupied by another service currently. Otherwise, the service may fail. Stopped service will auto-start after changing port settings.Ex: Change HTTP port from 80 to 5556, and change RTP port for video from 5556 to 20480. Then, set preprocess=9 to stop both service first."/cgi-bin/admin/setparam.cgi? network_preprocess=9&network_http_port=5556& network_rtp_videoport=20480"
type	lan, pppoe	6/6 Network connection type.
resetip6/6 1 => Get ipaddress, subnet, router, dns1, dns2 from DHCP server at next reboot. 0 => Use preset ipaddress, subnet, rounter, dns1, and dns2.
ipaddress6/6 IP address of server.
subnet6/6 Subnet mask.
router6/6 Default gateway.
dns16/6 Primary DNS server.
dns26/6 Secondary DNS server.
wins16/6 Primary WINS server.
wins26/6 Secondary WINS server.

7.6.1 802.1x

Subgroup of network: ieee8021x (capability.protocol.ieee8021x > 0)

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
enable		6/6 Enable/disable IEEE 802.1x
eapmethod	eap-peap, eap-tls	6/6 Selected EAP method
identity_peap	string[64]	6/6 PEAP identity
identity_tls	string[64]	6/6 TLS identity
password	string[200]	6/6 Password for TLS
privatekeypassword	string[200]	6/6 Password for PEAP
ca_exist		6/6 CA installed flag
ca_time	0,	6/7 CA installed time. Represented in EPOCH
ca_size	0,	6/7 CA file size (in bytes)
certificate_exist	6/6 Certificate installed flag (for TLS)
certificate_time	0,	6/7 Certificate installed time. Represented in EPOCH
certificate_size	0,	6/7 Certificate file size (in bytes)
privatekey_exist		6/6 Private key installed flag (for TLS)
privatekey_time	0,	6/7 Private key installed time. Represented in EPOCH
privatekey_size	0,	6/7 Private key file size (in bytes)

7.6.2 QOS

Subgroup of network: qos_cos (capability.protocol.qos.cos > 0)

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
enable6/6 Enable/disable CoS (IEEE 802.1p)
vlanid 1~4095 6/6 VLAN ID
video 0~7 6/6 Video channel for CoS
audio0~7 6/6 Audio channel for CoS(capability.naudioin >0)		0~7 6/6 Audio channel for CoS	(capability.naudioin >0)
eventalarm	0~7 6/6 Event/alarm channel for CoS
management	0~7 6/6 Management channel for CoS
eventtunnel	0~7 6/6 Event/Control channel for CoS

Subgroup of network: qos_dscp (capability.protocol.qos.dscp > 0)

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
enable6/6 Enable/disable DSCP
video 0~63	6/6 Video channel for DSCP
audio	0~63	6/6 Audio channel for DSCP(capability.naudioin > 0)
eventalarm	0~63	6/6 Event/alarm channel for DSCP
management	0~63	6/6 Management channel for DSCP
eventtunnel	0~63	6/6 Event/Control channel for DSCP

7.6.3 IPV6

Subgroup of network: ipv6 (capability.protocol.ipv6 > 0)

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
enable6/6 Enable IPv6.
addonipaddress6/6 IPv6 IP address.
addonprefixlen 0~128 6/6 IPv6 prefix length.
addonrouter6/6 IPv6 router address.
addondns6/6 IPv6 DNS address.
allowoptional6/6 Allow manually setup of IP address setting.

7.6.4 FTP

Subgroup of network: ftp

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
port 21, 1025~65535	6/6 Local ftp server port.

7.6.5 HTTP

Subgroup of network: http

NAME	VALUE	SECURITY (get/set)	DESCRIPTION
port	80, 1025 ~ 65535	1/6 HTTP port.
alternateport 1025~65535	6/6 Alternate	HTTP port.
authmode	basic,digest	1/6 HTTP authentication mode.
s<0~(capability_nmediastream-1)>_accessnameproduct dependent>	string[32]	1/6 Http server push access name for stream N,N= 1~ capability.nmediastream.(capability.protocol.spush_mjpeg =1 andcapability.nmediastream > 0)The value are shown asvideo.mjpg = s0_accessname, (stream1)video2.mjpg = s1_accessname, (stream2)video3.mjpg = s2_accessname, (stream3)video4.mjpg = s3_accessname, (stream4)etc.

anonymousviewing

1/6

Enable anonymous streaming viewing.

7.6.6 HTTPS port

Subgroup of network: https (capability.protocol.https > 0)

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
port 443, 1025 ~ 65535 1/6 HTTPS port.

7.6.7 RTSP

Subgroup of network: rtsp (capability.protocol.rtsp > 0)

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
port	554, 1025 ~ 65535	1/6 RTSP port.	(capability.protocol.rtsp=1)
anonymousviewing		1/6	Enable anonymous streaming viewing.
authmode	disable,basic,digest	1/6 RTSP authentication mode.(capability.protocol.rtsp=1)
s<0~(capability_nmediastream-1)>_accessnameproduct dependent>	string[32]	1/6 RTSP access name for stream N, N= 1~capability.nmediastream.(capability.protocol.spush_mjpeg =1 and capability.nmediastream >0)The value are shown as live.sdp = s0_accessname, (stream1)live2.sdp = s1_accessname, (stream2)live3.sdp = s2_accessname, (stream3)live4.sdp = s3_accessname, (stream4)etc.

7.6.7.1 RTSP multicast

Subgroup of network_rtsp_s<0\~(n-1)>: multicast n is stream count

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
alwaysmulticastan> 4/4 Enable always multicast.
ipaddress4/4 Multicast video IP address.* We replace"network_rtsp_s<0~(n-1)>_multicast_ipaddress" with "network_rtsp_s<0~(n-1)>_multicast_videoipaddress".* Reserved for compatibility, and suggest don't use this since [httpversion] > 0304a
videoipaddress4/4 Multicast video IP address.* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0304a.
audioipaddress4/4 Multicast audio IP address.* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0304a.* Only available when capability_naudioin > 0
metadataipaddress4/4 Multicast metadata IP address.* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0304a.
videoport 1025 ~ 65535 4/4 Multicast video port.
audiport1025 ~ 65535 4/4 Multicast audio port.* Only available when capability_naudioin > 0
metadaport 1026~65534 4/4 Multicast metadata port.
ttl	1 ~ 255	4/4 Multicast time to live value.

7.6.8 SIP port

Subgroup of network: sip (capability.protocol.sip> 0)

NAME	VALUE	SECURITY (get/set)	DESCRIPTION
port	1025 ~ 65535	1/6 SIP port.

7.6.9 RTP port

Subgroup of network: rtp

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
videoport 1025 ~ 65535 6/6 Video channel port for RTP.			(capability.protocol.rtp_unicast=1)
audiport 1025 ~ 65535 6/6 Audio channel port for RTP.			(capability.protocol.rtp_unicast=1)
metadataport 1025 ~ 65535 6/6 Metadata channel port for RTP.

7.6.10 PPPoE

Subgroup of network: pppoe (capability.protocol.pppoe > 0)

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
user string[128] 6/6 PPPoE account user name.
pass	password[64]	6/6 PPPoE	account password.

7.7 IP Filter

Group: ipfilter

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
enable		6/6 Enable	access list filtering.
admin_enable		6/6	Enable administrator IP address.
admin_ip	string[43]	6/6 Administrator IP address.
maxconnection	1~10	6/6 Maximum number of concurrent streaming connection(s).
type 0, 1	6/6 Ipfilter policy :		0 => allow1 => deny
ipv4list_i<0~9>	Single address:	6/6 IPv4 address list.
	Network address:
	rangeaddress:
	address>
ipv6list_i<0~9> string[43]	6/6 IPv6 address list.

7.8Video input

Group: videooin

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
cmosfreq 50, 60 4/4 CMOS frequency.			(capability.videoin.type=2)
whitebalanceauto, manual, rbgain, widerange, outdoor, indoor, sodiumauto, etc(Available values are listed in "capability_image_c <0~(n-1)>_wbmode")		4/4 Modes	of white balance."auto": Auto white balance"rbgain": Use rgain and bgain to set white balance manually."manual": 2 cases:a. if "rbgain" is not supported, this means keep current white balance status.b. if "rbgain" is supported, "rgain" and "bgain" are updated to the current values which is got from white balance module. Then, act as rbgain mode"widerange": Auto Tracing White balance (2000K to 10000K)."outdoor": auto white balance mode specifically for outdoor."indoor": auto white balance mode specifically for indoor."sodiumauto": sodium vapor lamps.* Only available when"capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_wbmode" !="-"
exposurelevel 0~12 4/4 Exposure level			"0,12": This range takes the concept from DC's exposure tuning options. The definition is:0: EV -2.01: EV -1.72: EV -1.33: EV -1.04: EV -0.7
			5: EV -0.36: EV 07: EV +0.38: EV +0.79: EV +1.010: EV +1.311: EV +1.712: EV +2.0
irismode fixed, indoor,	outdoor	4/4 Control	DC-Iris mode."outdoor": Auto-setting DC-Iris to get best quality, but easy to meet rolling or flicker effect in indoor environment."indoor": Avoid rolling and flicker effect first."fixed": Open the iris to maximum.* Only available when"capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_iristype"=dci ris
enableblc	4/4 Enable backlight compensation.* Not support this parameter anymore when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0301a.* It's recommended to use"exposurewin_c<0~(n-1)>_mode" to switch on/off BLC.
color 0, 1 4/4 0 =>monochrome			1 => color
flip4/4 Flip the image.
mirror4/4 Mirror the image.
rotate0,90,180,270 1/4 The rotation angle of image.Support only in Rotation mode(capability_videoin_c<0~(n-1)>_rotation=1)
ptzstatus	0,<positive integer>	1/7 A 32-bit integer, each bit can be set separately as follows:Bit 0 => Support camera control function;0(not support), 1(support)Bit 1 =>Built-in or external camera; 0(external), 1(built-in)Bit 2 => Support pan operation; 0(not support), 1(support)
			Bit 3 => Supporttiltoperation; 0(not support), 1(support)Bit 4 => Supportzoomoperation; 0(not support), 1(support)Bit 5 => Supportfocusoperation; 0(not support), 1(support)(SD/PZ/IZ series only)
text string[64] 1/4 Enclose caption.
imprinttimestamp <boolean> 4/4 Overlay time stamp on video.
minexposure<product dependent>	<1~32000>,<5~32000>,<1~8000>,<5~8000>,etc.* Available value is listed in"capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_exposure_minrange"	4/4 Minimum exposure time1~32000 => 1s ~ 1/32000s5~32000 => 1/5s ~ 1/32000s1~8000 => 1s ~ 1/8000s5~8000 => 1/5s ~ 1/8000setc.* Only available when"capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_exposure_minrange" != "-" * Only valid when "piris_mode" = manual or"irismode" = fixed* Only available when"capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_exposure_rangetype" is "twovalues".
maxexposureproduct dependent>	<1~32000>,<5~32000>,<1~8000>,<5~8000>,etc.* Available value is listed in"capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_exposure_maxrange"	4/4 Maximum exposure time1~32000 => 1s ~ 1/32000s5~32000 => 1/5s ~ 1/32000s1~8000 => 1s ~ 1/8000s5~8000 => 1/5s ~ 1/8000setc.* This parameter may also restrict image frame rate from sensor due to sensor generates a frame per exposure time. Ex: If this is set to 1/5s ~ 1/8000s and camera takes 1/5s on the night, then sensor only outputs 5 frame/s.* Only available when"capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_exposure_m
			axrange" != "-" * Only valid when "piris_mode" = manual or "irismode" = fixed * Only available when "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_exposure_ragetype" is "twovalues".
enablepreview	1/4 Usage for UI of exposure settings. Preview settings of video profile.

7.8.1 Video input setting per channel

Group: videoin_c<0\~(n-1)> for n channel products, and m is stream number

n denotes the value of "capability_nvideoin", m denotes the value of "capability_nmediastream"

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
cmosfreq 50, 60	4/4 CMOS frequency.		(capability.videoin.type=2)
mode 0 ~	"capability_videoin_c<0~(n-1)>_nmode"-1	4/4 Indicate the video mode on use.
whitebalance	auto,manual,rbgain,widerange,outdoor,indoor,sodiumauto,etc(Available values are listed in "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_wbmode")	4/4 Modes of white balance."auto": Auto white balance"rbgain": Use rgain and bgain to set white balance manually."manual": 2 cases:a. if "rbgain" is not supported, this means keep current white balance status.b. if "rbgain" is supported, "rgain" and "bgain" are updated to the current values which is got from white balance module. Then, act as rbgain mode "widerange": Auto Tracing White balance (2000K to 10000K)."outdoor": auto white balance mode specifically for outdoor."indoor": auto white balance mode specifically for indoor."sodiumauto": sodium vapor lamps.
			* Only available when "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_wbmode" != "-"
rgain 0~100 4/4	Manual set rgain value of gain control		setting.0: Weak <-> 100: Strong* Only available when "rbgain" is listed in "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_wbmode".* Only valid when "videoin_c<0~(n-1)>_whitebalance" != auto* Normalized range.
bgain 0~100 4/4	Manual set bgain value of gain control		setting.0: Weak <-> 100: Strong* Only available when "rbgain" is listed in "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_wbmode".* Only valid when "videoin_c<0~(n-1)>_whitebalance" != auto* Normalized range.
exposurelevel 0~12 4/4 Exposure level			"0,12": This range takes the concept from DC's exposure tuning options.The definition is:0: EV -2.01: EV -1.72: EV -1.33: EV -1.04: EV -0.75: EV -0.36: EV 07: EV +0.38: EV +0.7
			9: EV +1.010: EV +1.311: EV +1.712: EV +2.0
exposuremode	auto,shutterpriority,irispriority,qualitypriority,manual,etc(Available options are list in"capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_exposure_modetype")	4/4 Select	exposure mode."auto": Automatically adjust the Iris, Gain and Shutter Speed to fit the exposure level."shutterpriority": Manually adjust with variable Shutter Speed, and keep adjusting Iris, Gain automatically."irispriority": Manually adjust with variable Iris, and keep adjusting Gain and Shutter speed automatically."qualitypriority": Automatically adjust the Iris, Gain and Shutter Speed by VIVOTEK quality algorithm."manual": Manually adjust with variable Shutter, Iris and Gain.* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0302a.
irismode fixed, indoor, outdoor	4/4 Control	DC-Iris mode."outdoor": Auto-setting DC-Iris to get best quality, but easy to meet rolling or flicker effect in indoor environment."indoor": Avoid rolling and flicker effect first."fixed": Open the iris to maximum.* Only available when"capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_iristype"=dciris
piris_mode	manual, indoor, outdoor,- 1/4 Control	P-Iris mode.	"outdoor": Auto-setting P-Iris to get best quality, but easy to meet rolling or flicker effect in indoor environment."indoor": Avoid rolling and flickereffect first."manual": Manual set P-Iris by "piris_position"."-": not support. (only available when "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_sens ortype" is "smartsensor")* Only available when "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_iristype" = piris
piris_position	1~100 1/4 Manual set P-Iris.		1: Open <-> 100: Close* Only valid when "piris_mode" = manual or "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_sens ortype" is "smartsensor"* Only available when "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_iristype" = piris
enableblc	4/4 Enable backlight compensation		* Not support this parameter anymore when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0301a.* It's recommended to use "exposurewin_c<0~(n-1)>_mode" to switch on/off BLC.
maxgain 0~100	4/4 Maximum gain value.		0: Low <-> 100: High* Only available when "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_agc_maxgain" != "-"* Only valid when "piris_mode" = manual or "irismode" = fixed* Normalized range.* Only available when "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_exposure_reangetype" is "twovalues".
mingain 0~100	4/4 Minimum gain value.		0: Low <-> 100: High* Only available when "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_agc_mingain" != "-" * Only valid when "piris_mode" = manual or "irismode" = fixed* Normalized range.* Only available when "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_exposure_rangetype" is "twovalues".
gainvalue 0~100	4/4 Gain value.		0: Low <-> 100: High* Only available when "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_agc_maxgain" != "-" and "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_exposure_rangetype" is "onevalue".* Normalized range.* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0302a.
color 0, 1 4/4 0 =>monochrome			1 => color
flip4/4 Flip the image.
mirror4/4 Mirror the image.
rotate 0,90,180,270 1/4 The rotation angle of image.			Support only in Rotation mode (capability_videoin_c<0~(n-1)>_rotation=1)
ptzstatus 0,'itive integer> 1/7 A 32-bit integer, each bit can be set separately as follows:Bit 0 => Support camera control function; 0(not support), 1(support)Bit 1 =>Built-in or external camera; 0 (external), 1(built-in)
			Bit 2 => Support pan operation;0(not support), 1(support)Bit 3 => Support tilt operation; 0(not support), 1(support)Bit 4 => Support zoom operation;0(not support), 1(support)Bit 5 => Support focus operation;0(not support), 1(support)(SD/PZ/IZ series only)
text string[64]	1/4 Enclose caption.
imprinttimestamp
textonvideo_position	top, bottom 4/4 Text on video string position
textonvideo_size	20~40 4/4 Text on video font size
textonvideolontpath	/usr/share/font/Default.ttf,/mnt/flash2/upload.ttf	4/4 Choose camera default font file(/usr/share/font/Default.ttf) or user uploaded fontfile(/mnt/flash2/upload.ttf).
textonvideo_uploadfilename	Depends on the font file name uploaded by user	1/7 Show the uploaded font file name.
minexposure	<1~32000>,<5~32000>,<1~8000>,<5~8000>,etc.* Available value is listed in "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_exposure_minrange"	4/4 Minimum exposure time1~32000 => 1s ~ 1/32000s5~32000 => 1/5s ~ 1/32000s1~8000 => 1s ~ 1/8000s5~8000 => 1/5s ~ 1/8000setc.* Only available when "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_exposure_minrange" != "-" * Only valid when "piris_mode" = manual or "irismode" = fixed* Only available when "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_exposure_minrange" is "twovalues".
maxexposure	<1~32000>,<5~32000>,	4/4 Maximum exposure time1~32000 => 1s ~ 1/32000s
dependent>	<1~8000>,<5~8000>,etc.* Available value is listed in"capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_exposure_maxrange"		5~32000 => 1/5s ~ 1/32000s1~8000 => 1s ~ 1/8000s5~8000 => 1/5s ~ 1/8000setc.* This parameter may also restrict image frame rate from sensor due to sensor generates a frame per exposure time. Ex: If this is set to 1/5s ~ 1/8000s and camera takes 1/5s on the night, then sensor only outputs 5 frame/s.* Only available when"capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_exposure_maxrange" != "-" * Only valid when"piris_mode" = manual or"irismode" = fixed* Only available when"capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_exposure_rangetype" is "twovalues".
shuttervalueproductdependent>	<1~32000>,<5~32000>,<1~8000>,<5~8000>,etc.* Available value is listed in"capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_exposure_maxrange"	4/4 Exposure time1~32000 => 1s ~ 1/32000s5~32000 => 1/5s ~ 1/32000s1~8000 => 1s ~ 1/8000s5~8000 => 1/5s ~ 1/8000setc.* This parameter may also restrict image frame rate from sensor due to sensor generates a frame per exposure time. Ex: If this is set to 1/5s ~ 7/8000s and camera takes 1/5s on the night, then sensor only outputs 5 frame/s.* Only available when"capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_exposure_maxrange" != "-" and	"capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_exposure_rangetype" is "onevalue".* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0302a.
enablepreview <boolean> 1/4 Usage for UI of exposure settings.Preview settings of video profile.
crop_position <coordinate>(x,y)		1/7 Crop left-top corner coordinate.
crop_size <window size>(WxH)		1/7 Crop width and height.(width must be 16x or 32x and height must be 8x)
zoomratiodisplay y	<boolean> 1/4 Indicates multiple of zoom in is	zoom in is	"on-screen display" or not.* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0302a.
s<0~(m-1)>_enableptz	<boolean> 4/4 Indicate whether stream supperts optzor not
s<0~(m-1)>_codectype	Listed at "capability_videoin_codec"Possible values are: mjpeg,h264,h265product dependent>	1/4 Codec type for this stream
s<0~(m-1)>_resolution	Available options are list in "capability_videoin_c<0~(n-1)>_resolution".Besides, available options is referred to "capability_videoin_c<0~(n-1)>_maxresolution" and "capability_videoin_c<0~(n-1)>_minresolution"	1/4 Video resolution in pixels.
s<0~(m-1)>_h264_dintraperiod_enable	<boolean> 4/4 Enable "Dynamic intra frame period".Enable "Dynamic intra frame period".* Only available when "capability_videoin_c<0~(n-1)>_dintraperiod_support" is 1.
			* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0301c.
s<0~(m-1)>_h264_intraperiod	250, 500, 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000 4/4	The time in	interval between twoI-frames (Intra coded picture).The unit is millisecond (ms).
s<0~(m-1)>_h264_ratecontrol mode	cbr, vbr 4/4 cbr: Constant bit rate mode.		vbr: Fixed quality mode, all frames are encoded in the same quality.
s<0~(m-1)>_h264_quant	1~5,99, 100	4/4 Set the	pre-defined quality level:1: Medium2: Standard3: Good4: Detailed5: Excellent100: Use the quality level in "qpercent"99: Use the quality level in "qvalue"* Only valid when "ratecontrolmode"= vbr.
s<0~(m-1)>_h264_qvalue	0~51 4/4 Manual video quality level input. The Q		value which is used by encoded library directly.* Only valid when "ratecontrolmode" = vbr and s<0~(m-1)>_h264_quant = 99.
s<0~(m-1)>_h264_qpercent	1~100 4/4 Select customized quality in a		normalized full range.1: Worst quality100: Best quality* Only valid when "ratecontrolmode" = vbr and "quant" = 100.
s<0~(m-1)>_h264_maxvbrbitrate	20000~"capability_videoin_c<0~(n-1)>_h264_maxbitrate"	4/4	The maximum allowed bit rate in fixed quality mode.When the bit rate exceeds this value, frames will be dropped to restrict thebit rate.* Only valid when "ratecontrolmode" = vbr
s<0~(m-1)>_h264_cbr_quant	1~5, 100 4/4 Set the pre-defined quality level:		1: Medium2: Standard3: Good4: Detailed5: Excellent100: Use the quality level in "cbr_qpercent"* Only available when "ratecontrolmode" = cbr.* Only available when "capability_smartstream_version" = 2.0
s<0~(m-1)>_h264_cbr_qpercent	1~100 4/4 Select customized quality in a		normalized full range.1: Worst quality100: Best quality* Only valid when "ratecontrolmode" = cbr and "quant" = 100.* Only available when "capability_smartstream_version" = 2.0
s<0~(m-1)>_h264_bitrate	20000~"capability_videoin_c<0~(n-1)>_h264_maxbitrate"	4/4 The target bit rate in constant bit rate mode.* Only valid when "ratecontrolmode" = cbr
s<0~(m-1)>_h264_prioritypolicy	framerate,imagequality 4/4 Set priority policy		* Only valid when "ratecontrolmode" = cbr
s<0~(m-1)>_h264_maxframe	1~"capability_videoin_c<0~(n-1)>_h264_maxframerate"	1/4 The maximum frame rates of a H264 stream at different resolutions("capability_videoin_c<0~
			(n-1)>_resolution") are recorded in "capability_videoin_c<0~(n-1)>_h264_maxframerate"
s<0~(m-1)>_h264_profile	0~2 1/4 Indicate H264 profiles		0: baseline1: main profile2: high profile
s<0~(m-1)>_h265_dintraperiod_enable		frame period".* Only available when "capability_videoin_c<0~(n-1)>_dintraperiod_support" is 1 and h265 is listed in "capability_videoin_codec".* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0301c.
s<0~(m-1)>_h265_intraperiod	250, 500, 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000 4/4	The time interval between two I-frames (Intra coded picture).The unit is millisecond (ms).* Only available when h265 is listed in "capability_videoin_codec".
s<0~(m-1)>_h265_ratecontrol mode	cbr, vbr	4/4	cbr: Constant bit rate mode.vbr: Fixed quality mode, all frames are encoded in the same quality.* Only available when h265 is listed in "capability_videoin_codec".
s<0~(m-1)>_h265_quant	1~5,99, 100	4/4 Set the pre-defined quality level:1: Medium2: Standard3: Good4: Detailed5: Excellent100: Use the quality level in "qpercent"99: Use the quality level in "qvalue"* Only available when h265 is listed in "capability_videoin_codec" and
			"ratecontrolmode" = vbr.
s<0~(m-1)>_h265_qvalue	0~51 4/4 Manual video quality level input. The Q		value which is used by encoded library directly.* Only available when h265 is listed in "capability_videoin_codec".* Only valid when "ratecontrolmode" = vbr and s<0~(m-1)>_h265_quant = 99.
s<0~(m-1)>_h265_qpercent	1~100 4/4 Select customized quality in a		normalized full range.1: Worst quality100: Best quality* Only available when h265 is listed in "capability_videoin_codec".* Only valid when "ratecontrolmode" = vbr and "quant" = 100.
s<0~(m-1)>_h265_maxvbrbitrate	20000~"capability_videoin_c<0~(n-1)>_h265_maxbitrate"	4/4 The maximum allowed bit rate in fixed quality mode.When the bit rate exceeds this value, frames will be dropped to restrict the bit rate.* Only available when h265 is listed in "capability_videoin_codec".* Only valid when "ratecontrolmode" = vbr
s<0~(m-1)>_h265_cbr_quant	1~5, 100 4/4 Set the pre-defined quality level:		1: Medium2: Standard3: Good4: Detailed5: Excellent100: Use the quality level in "cbr_qpercent"* Only available when h265 is listed in "capability_videoin_codec" and
			"ratecontrolmode" = cbr.* Only available when "capability_smartstream_version" = "2.0"
s<0~(m-1)>_h 265_cbr_qpercent	1~100 4/4 Select customized quality in a		normalized full range.1: Worst quality100: Best quality* Only available when h265 is listed in "capability_videoin_codec".* Only valid when "ratecontrolmode" = cbr and "quant" = 100.* Only available when "capability_smartstream_version" = "2.0"
s<0~(m-1)>_h 265_bitrate	20000~"capability_videoin_c<0~(n-1)>_h265_maxbitrate"	4/4 The target bit rate in constant bit rate mode.* Only available when h265 is listed in "capability_videoin_codec".* Only valid when "ratecontrolmode" = cbr
s<0~(m-1)>_h 265_prioritypolicy	framerate,imagequality 4/4 Set prioritypolicy		* Only available when h265 is listed in "capability_videoin_codec".* Only valid when "ratecontrolmode" = cbr
s<0~(m-1)>_h 265_maxframe	1~"capability_videoin_c<0~(n-1)>_h 265_maxframerate"	1/4 The maximum frame rates of a H265 stream at different resolutions("capability_videoin_c<0~(n-1)>_resolution") are recorded in "capability_videoin_c<0~(n-1)>_h265_maxframerate"* Only available when h265 is listed in "capability_videoin_codec".
s<0~(m-1)>_h 265_profile	0~2 1/4 Indicate H265 profiles		0: baseline1: main profile2: high profile* Only available when h265 is listed in "capability_videoin_codec".
s<0~(m-1)>_m jpeg_ratecontrol mode	cbr, vbr 4/4 cbr: Constant bit rate mode.		vbr: Fixed quality mode, all frames are encoded in the same quality.
s<0~(m-1)>_m jpeg_quant	1~5,99, 100	4/4 * Only	valid when "ratecontrolmode" = vbr.Set the pre-defined quality level:1: Medium2: Standard3: Good4: Detailed5: Excellent100: Use the quality level in "qpercent"99: Use the quality level in "qvalue"
s<0~(m-1)>_m jpeg_qvalue	10~200(Only valid when "capability_api_httpversion" format isXXXXX_1 orXXXXX_3ex: 0301a_1 or 0301a_3)or 1~99(Only valid when "capability_api_httpversion" format isXXXXX_2,ex: 0301a_2)	4/4 Manual	video quality level input. The Q value which is used by encoded library directly.* Only valid when "ratecontrolmode" = vbr and s<0~(m-1)>_mjpeg_quant = 99
s<0~(m-1)>_m jpeg_qpercent	1~100 4/4 Select customized quality n a		normalized full range.1: Worst quality100: Best quality* Only valid when "ratecontrolmode" = vbr and s<0~(m-1)>_mjpeg_quant = 100.
s<0~(m-1)>_mjpeg_maxvbrbit rate	20000~"capability_videooin_c<0~(n-1)>_mjpeg_maxbitrate" quality mode.	4/4	The maximum allowed bit rate in fixedWhen the bit rate exceeds this value, frames will be dropped to restrict the bit rate.* Only valid when "ratecontrolmode" = vbr
s<0~(m-1)>_m jpeg_cbr_quant	1~5, 100 4/4 Set the pre-defined quality level:		1: Medium2: Standard3: Good4: Detailed5: Excellent100: Use the quality level in "cbr_qpercent"* Only available when "ratecontrolmode" = cbr.* Only available when "capability_smartstream_version" = "2 .0"
s<0~(m-1)>_m jpeg_cbr_qpercent	1~100 4/4 Select customized quality in a		normalized full range.1: Worst quality100: Best quality* Only valid when "ratecontrolmode" = cbr and "quant" = 100.* Only available when "capability_smartstream_version" = "2 .0"
s<0~(m-1)>_m jpeg_bitrate	20000~"capability_videoin_c<0~(n-1)>_mjpeg_maxbitrate"	4/4 The target bit rate in constant bit rate mode.* Only valid when "ratecontrolmode" = cbr
s<0~(m-1)>_m jpeg_prioritypolicy	framerate,imagequality 4/4 Set priority policy		* Only valid when "ratecontrolmode" = cbr
s<0~(m-1)>_m	1~"capability_videoin_c<0~(n-1)>_1/4	The maximum frame rates of a mjpeg
jpeg_maxframe	mjpeg_maxframerate" stream at different		resolutions("capability_videoin_c<0~(n-1)>_resolution") are recorded in "capability_videoin_c<0~(n-1)>_mjpeg_maxframerate"
wdrpro_mode	4/4 Enable WDR pro		* Only available when "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_wdrpro_mode" > 0
wdrpro_strength	1~100 4/4 The strength of WDR Pro.		The bigger value means the stronger strength of WDR Pro.* Only available when "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_wdrpro_strength" is 1
wdrc_mode	4/4 Enable WDR enhanced.		* Only available when "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_wdrc_mode" is 1
wdrc_strength	1~100 4/4 The strength of WDR enhanced.		The bigger value means the stronger strength of WDR enhanced.* Only available when "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_wdrc_mode" is 1
aespeed_mode	4/4 Turning AE converge speed on or off.		0: off1: on* Only available when "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_aespeed" is 1
aespeed_speedlevel	1~100 4/4 The speed level of AE converge speed.		1~20: level 121~40: level 241~60: level 361~80: level 481~100: level 5Level 1~4(low ~ high)The higher speed level meas shorter AE converged time during AE executing.* Only available when "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_aespeed" is 1
aespeed_sensitivity	1~100 4/4 The sensitivity of AE converge speed.		1~20: level 121~40: level 241~60: level 361~80: level 481~100: level 5Level 1~4(low ~ high)The higher sensitivity level meas that it is easy to be trigger while scene changed.* Only available when "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_aespeed" is 1 and "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_aespeedsupport sensitivity" is 1.
flickerless	4/4 Turn on(1) or turn off(0) the flickerless mode* Only available when "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_flickerless" is 1		mode* Only available when "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_flickerless" is 1
mounttype	ceiling, wall, floor 1/6 wall mount: 180° panoramic viewceiling mount: 360° surround view without blind spotsfloor mount: 360° surround view without blind spots* Only available when "capability_fisheye" > 0		viewceiling mount: 360° surround view without blind spotsfloor mount: 360° surround view without blind spots* Only available when "capability_fisheye" > 0
enablewatermark	0, 1 1/6 0: Not to add watermarks on images		1: Add watermarks on images* Only available when "capability_fisheye" > 0
s<0~(m-2)>_fi	'10, 1P, 2P, 1R, 4R' for ceiling/floor	1/4	Local dewarp mode.
sheyedewarpmode<product dependent>	mount‘10, 1P, 1R, 4R' for wall mount		"10" is original mode (disable).Supported dewarp mode is different by mount type.(videoin_c<0~(n-1)>_mounttype)Supported mode list could be extracted from(capability_videooin_c<0~(n-1)>_local dewarp_typeceilingmount) and(capability_videooin_c<0~(n-1)>_local dewarp_typewallmount)* Only available when"capability_fisheyelocaldewarp_c<0~(capability_nvideoin)-1>" > 0

Group: videoin_c<0\~(n-1)>_s<0\~(m-1)>_h264_smartstream2 (capability_smartstream_support=1 and capability_smartstream_version=2.0)

Group: videoin_c<0\~(n-1)>_s<0\~(m-1)>_h265_smartstream2 (capability_smartstream_support=1, capability_smartstream_version=2.0 and h265 is listed in "capability_videoin_codec")

n denotes the value of "capability_nvideoin", m denotes the value of "capability_nmediastream"

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
enable4/4	Enable or Disable smart codec function
mode autotracking,manual,hybrid 4/4 Set Smart stream mode		mode	"autotracking": only available when "capability_smartstream_mode_autotracking" is 1."manual": only available when "capability_smartstream_mode_manual" is 1."hybrid": only available when "capability_smartstream_mode_hybrid" is 1.
qualitypriority -5,-4,-3,-2,-1,1,2,3,4,5 4/4 The differential value of Q		The differential value of Q	between the regions of interest (ROI) and the areas of non-interest (non-ROI) of the display image.If the value is a positive number, the video quality of ROI is better than the
			non-ROI areas. The level is from 1 to 5. Level 5 is the maximum level of the quality difference between the ROI and non-ROI areas.If the value is a negative number, the video quality of non-ROI areas is better than the ROI. The level is from -1 to -5. Level -5 is the maximum level of the quality difference between the ROI and non-ROI areas.

Group: videoin_c<0\~(n-1)>_s<0\~(m-1)>_h264_smartstream2_win_i<0\~(k-1)>

(capability_smartstream_support=1, capability_smartstream_version=2.0 and

capability_smartstream_mode_manual = 1)

Group: videoin_c<0\~(n-1)>_s<0\~(m-1)>_h265_smartstream2_win_i<0\~(k-1)>

(capability_smartstream_support=1, capability_smartstream_version=2.0 and h265 is listed in

"capability_videoin_codec" and capability_smartstream_mode_manual = 1)

n denotes the value of "capability_nvideoin", m denotes the value of "capability_nmediastream", k denotes the value of "capability_smartstream_nwindow_manual".

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
enable4/4 Enable or disable the window.
home 0~320,0~240 4/4 Left-top corner coordinate of the window.
size 0~320x0~240 4/4 Width and height of the window

7.8.1.1 Alternative video input profiles per channel

In addition to the primary setting of video input, there can be alternative profile video input setting for each channel which might be for different scene of light (daytime or nighttime).

Group: videoin_c<0\~(n-1)>_profile_i<0\~(m-1)> for n channel products and m profile n denotes the value of "capability_nvideoin" and m denotes the value of "capability_nvideoinprofile"

(capability.nvideoinprofile> 0)

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
enable4/4 Enable/disable this profile setting
policy	night,schedule	4/4 The mode which the profile is applied to.* Not support "policy=day" anymore when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0301a.
begintime hh:mm 4/4 Begin time of schedule mode.
endtime hh:mm 4/4 End time of schedule mode.
minexposure	<1~32000>,<5~32000>,<1~8000>,<5~8000>,etc.* Available value is listed in "capability_image_c <0~(n-1)>_exposure_minrange"	4/4 Minimum exposure time1~32000 => 1s ~ 1/32000s5~32000 => 1/5s ~ 1/32000s1~8000 => 1s ~ 1/8000s5~8000 => 1/5s ~ 1/8000setc.* Only available when "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_exposure_minrange" != "-" * Only valid when "piris_mode" = manual or "irismode" = fixed* Only available when "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_exposure_rangetype" is "twovalues".
maxexposure	<1~32000>,<5~32000>,<1~8000>,<5~8000>,etc.	4/4 Maximum exposure time1~32000 => 1s ~ 1/32000s5~32000 => 1/5s ~ 1/32000s1~8000 => 1s ~ 1/8000s5~8000 => 1/5s ~ 1/8000setc.
	* Available value is listed in "capability_image_c <0~(n-1)>_exposure_maxrange"		* This parameter may also restrict image frame rate from sensor due to sensor generates a frame per exposure time. Ex: If this is set to 1/5s ~ 1/8000s and camera takes 1/5s on the night, then sensor only outputs 5 frame/s.* Only available when "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_exposure_maxrange" != "-" * Only valid when "piris_mode" = manual or "irismode" = fixed * Only available when "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_exposure_rangetype" is "twovalues".
shuttervalueproduct dependent>	<1~32000>,<5~32000>,<1~8000>,<5~8000>,etc.* Available value is listed in "capability_image_c <0~(n-1)>_exposure_maxrange"	4/4 Exposure time1~32000 => 1s ~ 1/32000s5~32000 => 1/5s ~ 1/32000s1~8000 => 1s ~ 1/8000s5~8000 => 1/5s ~ 1/8000setc.* This parameter may also restrict image frame rate from sensor due to sensor generates a frame per exposure time. Ex: If this is set to 1/5s ~ 1/8000s and camera takes 1/5s on the night, then sensor only outputs 5 frame/s.* Only available when "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_exposure_maxrange" != "-" and "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_exposure_rangetype" is "onevalue"* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0302a.
enableblc 4/4	Enable backlight compensation.
	* Not support this parameter anymore when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0301a.* It's recommended to use "exposurewin_c__mode" to switch on/off BLC.
exposurelevel 0~12 4/4 Exposure level			"0,12": This range takes the concept from DC's exposure tuning options. The definition is:0: EV -2.01: EV -1.72: EV -1.33: EV -1.04: EV -0.75: EV -0.36: EV 07: EV +0.38: EV +0.79: EV +1.010: EV +1.311: EV +1.712: EV +2.0
exposuremode	auto,shutterpriority,irispriority,qualitypriority,manual,etc(Available options are list in "capability_image_c <0~(n-1)>_exposure_modetype")	4/4 Select	exposure mode."auto": Automatically adjust the Iris, Gain and Shutter Speed to fit the exposure level."shutterpriority": Manually adjust with variable Shutter Speed, and keep adjusting Iris, Gain automatically."irispriority": Manually adjust with variable Iris, and keep adjusting Gain and Shutter speed automatically."qualitypriority": Automatically adjust the Iris, Gain and Shutter Speed by VIVOTEK quality algorithm."manual": Manually adjust with variable Shutter, Iris and Gain.* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than0302a.
whitebalance<product dependent>	auto,manual,rbgain,widerange,outdoor,indoor,sodiumauto,etc(Available values are listed in"capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_wbmode")	4/4 Modes	of white balance."auto": Auto white balance"rbgain": Use rgain and bgain to set white balance manually."manual": 2 cases:a. if "rbgain" is not supported, this means keep current white balance status.b. if "rbgain" is supported, "rgain" and "bgain" are updated to the current values which is got from white balance module. Then, act as rbgain mode"widerange": Auto Tracing White balance (2000K to 10000K)."outdoor": auto white balance mode specifically for outdoor."indoor": auto white balance mode specifically for indoor."sodiumauto": sodium vapor lamps.* Only available when"capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_wbmode" != "_"
rgain 0~100 4/4 Manual	set rgain value of gain	control setting.	0: Weak <-> 100: Strong* Only available when "rbgain" is listed in"capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_wbmode".* Only valid when"videoin_c<0~(n-1)>_whitebalance" != auto* Normalized range.
bgain 0~100 4/4 Manual	set bgain value of gain	control setting.	0: Weak <-> 100: Strong* Only available when "rbgain" is listed in"capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_wbmode".* Only valid when"videoin_c<0~(n-1)>_whitebalance" != auto* Normalized range.
maxgain 0~100 4/4 Maxi	num gain value.		0: Low <-> 100: High* Only available when "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_agc_maxgain" != "-"* Only valid when "piris_mode" = manual or "irismode" = fixed* Normalized range.* Only available when "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_exposure_rangetype" is "twovalues".
mingain 0~100 4/4 Minimum gain value.			0: Low <-> 100: High* Only available when "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_agc_mingain" != "-"* Only valid when "piris_mode" = manual or "irismode" = fixed* Normalized range.* Only available when "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_exposure_rangetype" is "twovalues".
gainvalue 0~100 4/4 Gain value.			0: Low <-> 100: High* Only available when "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_agc_maxgain" != "-" and "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_exposure_rangetype" is "onevalue".* Normalized range.* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0302a.
piris_mode	manual, indoor, outdoor,-	1/4 Control	P-Iris mode."outdoor": Auto-setting P-Iris to get best quality, but easy to meet rolling or flicker effect in indoor environment."indoor": Avoid rolling and flicker effect first."manual": Manual set P-Iris by"piris_position"."-": not support (only available when"capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_sensortype"is "smartsensor")* Only available when"capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_iristype"=piris
piris_position	1~100 1/4 Manual set P-Iris.		1: Open <-> 100: Close* Only valid when "piris_mode" = manual or"capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_sensortype"is "smartsensor"* Only available when"capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_iristype" = piris
irismode fixed, indoor,	outdoor	4/4 Control	DC-Iris mode."outdoor": Auto-setting DC-Iris to get best quality, but easy to meet rolling or flicker effect in indoor environment."indoor": Avoid rolling and flicker effect first."fixed": Open the iris to maximum.* Only available when"capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_iristype" = dci ris
wdrpro_mode	4/4 Enable WDR pro		* Only available when"capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_wdrpro_mode" > 0
wdrpro_strength	1~100 4/4 The strength of WDR		Pro.The bigger value means the stronger strength of WDR Pro.* Only available when"capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_wdrpro_strength" is 1
wdrc_mode	4/4 Enable WDR enhanced.		* Only available when
			"capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_wdrc_mode" is 1
wdrc_strength	1~100 4/4 The strength of WDR		enhanced.The bigger value means the stronger strength of WDR enhanced.* Only available when"capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_wdrc_mode" is 1
aespeed_mode	4/4 Turning AE converge speed on or off.0: off1: on* Only available when"capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_aespeed" is 1
aespeed_speedlevel	1~100 4/4 The speed level of AE converge speed.1~20: level 121~40: level 241~60: level 361~80: level 481~100: level 5Level 1~4(low ~ high)The higher speed level meas shorter AE converged time during AE executing.* Only available when"capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_aespeed" is 1
aespeed_sensitivity	1~100 4/4 The sensitivity of AE converge speed.1~20: level 121~40: level 241~60: level 361~80: level 481~100: level 5Level 1~4(low ~ high)The higher sensitivity level meas that it is easy to be trigger while scene changed.* Only available when"capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_aespeed" is 1 and"capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_aespeedsupport sensitivity" is 1.
flickerless	Turn on(1) or turn off(0) the flickerless mode
	* Only available when		"capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_flickerless" is 1

7.9 Time Shift settings

Group: timeshift for n channel products and m stream

n denotes the value of "capability_nvideoin", m denotes the value of "capability_nmediastream"

(capability.timeshift > 0)

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
enable4/4 Enable time shift streaming.
c<0~(n-1)>_s<0~(m-1)>_allow	4/4 Enable time shift	streaming for specific stream.

7.10 IR cut control

Group: ircutcontrol (capability.nvideoinprofile> 0 and capability_daynight_c<0\~(n-1)>_support > 0)

n denotes the value of "capability_nvideoin"

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
mode	auto,day,night,di,schedule	6/6 Set IR	cut control mode
sir	6/6 Enable/disable Smart IR	6/6 Enable/disable Smart IR	* Only available when"capability_daynight_c<0~"capability_nvideoi n"-1>_smartir" is 1
daymodebegintime 00:00~	23:59 6/6 Day mode begin time	23:59 6/6 Day mod end time	mod end time
daymodeendtime 00:00~2	3:59 6/6 Day	6/6	Enable/disable built-in IR led(capability_daynight_c<0~"capability_nvideoi n"-1>_buildinir > 0)
disableirled		6/6	Enable/disable built-in IR led(capability_daynight_c<0~"capability_nvideoi n"-1>_buildinir > 0)
enableextled	1/6 Enable/disable external IR led	1/6 Enable/disable external IR led	(capability_daynight_c<0~"capability_nvideoin"-1>_externalir > 0)
extledmode do, irring	* Available values are listed in "capability_daynight_c<0~(n-1)>_extled_interface"	6/6 Turn on	an external IR led which is mounted do (digital output) device or is a IR ring device.* Only available when "capability_daynight_c<0~"capability_nvideoin"-1>_externalir" is 1.* Only valid when "ircutcontrol_enableextled" is 1.
bwmode6/6Switch to B/W in night mode if enabled
sensitivity low, normal, high(ifcapability_daynight_c<0~(n-1)>_ircutsensitivity_type=options)1~100 (ifcapability_daynight_c<0~(n-1)>_ircutsensitivity_type=normalize)		6/6 Sensitivity of day/night control.There are two value format:"low,normal,high": ifcapability_daynight_c<0~(n-1)>_ircutsensitivity_type=options"1~100": ifcapability_daynight_c<0~(n-1)>_ircutsensitivity_type=normalize* Only available when "capability_daynight_c<0~(n-1)>_ircutsensitivity_type" is not "-".

7.11 Image setting per channel

Group: image_c<0\~(n-1)> for n channel products and m profile

n denotes the value of "capability_nvideoin" and m denotes the value of "capability_nvideoinprofile"

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
brightness<Not recommended to use this>	-5~5,100 4/4	-5: Darker <-> 5: Bright100: Use " image_c< n >_brightnesspercent"* Only available when bit 0 of"capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_basicsetting"is 1* We replace "brightness" with"brightnesspercent".* This parameter will not be used after theversion number (httpversion) is equal orgreater than 0400a.
contrast<Not recommended to use this>	-5~5,100 4/4	-5: Less contrast <-> 5: More contrast100: Use "image_c<0~(n-1)>_contrastpercent"* Only available when bit 1 of"capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_basicsetting"is 1.* We replace "contrast" with "contrastpercent".* This parameter will not be used after theversion number (httpversion) is equal orgreater than 0400a.
saturation<Not recommended to use this>	-5~5,100 4/4	-5: Less saturation <-> 5: More saturation100: Use " image_c< n >_saturationpercent"* Only available when bit 2 of"capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_basicsetting"is 1.* We replace "saturation" with	"saturationpercent".* This parameter will not be used after the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0400a.
sharpness<Not recommended to use this>	-3~3,100 4/4	-3: Softer <->3: Sharper100: Use "image_c<0~(n-1)>_sharpnesspercent"* Only available when bit 3 of"capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_basicsetting"is 1.* We replace "sharpness" with"sharpnesspercent".* This parameter will not be used after the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0400a.
brightnesspercent 0~100 4/4 Set brightness in the normalized range.0: Darker <-> 100: Bright* Only available when bit 0 of"capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_basicsetting"is 1.
contrastpercent 0~100 4/4 Set contrast in the normalized range.0: Less contrast <-> 100: More contrast* Only available when bit 1 of"capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_basicsetting"is 1
saturationpercent 0~100 4/4 Set saturation in the normalized range.0: Less saturation <-> 100: More saturation* Only available when bit 2 of"capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_basicsetting"is 1.
sharpnesspercent 0~100 4/4 Set sharpness in the normalized range.0: Softer <-> 100: Sharper* Only available when bit 3 of"capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_basicsetting"
			is 1
gammacurve	0~100 4/4 0: Fine-turned gamma curve by Vivotek.
	4/4 Enable/disable low light mode.
			1:enable* Only available when 'eis' is listed in "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_is_mode".
eis_strength	1~100 4/4 Strength of electronic image stabilizer
dis_mode	4/4 Digital image stabilizer
dis_strength	1~100 4/4 Strength of digital image stabilizer
scene_enable	4/4 Enable/disable scene mode
scene_mode	visibility, noiseless, lpcparkinglot, lpcstreet	4/4 Value of scene mode
restoreatwb	4/4 Restore of adjusting white balance of image according to mode settings
freeze	4/4 Enable/disable Image freeze while patrolling.
profile_i<0~(m-1)>_enable	4/4 Enable/disable Image freeze while patrolling.
profile_i<0~(m-1)>_policy	night, schedule	4/4 The mode which the profile is applied to.* Not support "policy=day" anymore when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0301a.
profile_i<0~(m-1)>_begintime hh:mm 4/4 Begin time of schedule mode.
profile_i<0~(m-1)>_endtime hh:mm 4/4 End time of schedule mode.
profile_i<0~(m-1)>_brightness-5~5,100 4/4-5: Darker <-> 5: Bright100: Use "image_c<0~(n-1)>_brightnesspercent"* Only available when bit 0 of"capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_basicsetting"is 1* We replace "profile_i0_brightness" with"profile_i0_brightnesspercent".* This parameter will not be used after theversion number (httpversion) is equal orgreater than 0400a.
profile_i<0~(m-1)>_contrast-5~5,100 4/4-5: Less contrast <-> 5: More contrast100: Use "image_c<0~(n-1)>_contrastpercent"* Only available when bit 1 of"capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_basicsetting"is 1.* We replace "profile_i0_contrast" with"profile_i0_contrastpercent".* This parameter will not be used after theversion number (httpversion) is equal orgreater than 0400a.
profile_i<0~(m-1)>_saturation-5~5,100 4/4-5: Less saturation <-> 5: More saturation100: Use "image_c<0~(n-1)>_saturationpercent"* Only available when bit 2 of"capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_basicsetting"is 1.* We replace "profile_i0_saturation" with"profile_i0_saturationpercent".* This parameter will not be used after theversion number (httpversion) is equal or
			greater than 0400a.
profile_i<0~(m-1)>_sharpness<Not recommended to use this>	-3~3,100 4/4	-5: Less saturation	5: More saturation100: Use "image_c<0~(n-1)>_saturationpercent"* Only available when bit 2 of"capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_basicsetting"is 1.* We replace "profile_i0_saturation" with"profile_i0_saturationpercent".* This parameter will not be used after theversion number (httpversion) is equal orgreater than 0400a.
profile_i<0~(m-1)>_brightnesspercent	0~100 4/4 Set	brightness	in the normalized range.0: Darker <-> 100: Bright* Only available when bit 0 of"capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_basicsetting"is 1.
profile_i<0~(m-1)>_contrastpercent	0~100 4/4 Set	contrast in	the normalized range.0: Less contrast <-> 100: More contrast* Only available when bit 1 of"capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_basicsetting"is 1
profile_i<0~(m-1)>_saturationpercent	0~100 4/4 Set	saturation in	the normalized range.0: Less saturation <-> 100: More saturation* Only available when bit 2 of"capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_basicsetting"is 1.
profile_i<0~(m-1)>_sharpnesspercent	0~100 4/4 Set	sharpness in	the normalized range.0: Softer <-> 100: Sharper* Only available when bit 3 of"capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_basicsetting"is 1
profile_i<0~(m-1)>_gammacurve	0~100 4/4 0: Fine-turned gamma curve by Vivotek.
			2: Gamma value = 0.023: Gamma value = 0.03...100: Gamma value = 1* Note: Although we set gamma value to 100 level, but not all gamma values are valid. Internal module will take the closest valid one. For example, 1~45 may all be mapped to gamma value = 0.45, etc.* Only available when"capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_gammacurve" is 1
profile_i<0~(m-1)>_lowlightmode		Enable/disable low light mode.* Only available when"capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_lowlightmode" is 1
profile_i<0~(m-1)>_dnr_mode		3D noise reduction.0: disable1: enable* Only available when"capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_dnr" is 1
profile_i<0~(m-1)>_dnr_strength		Strength of 3DNR* Only available when"capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_dnr" is 1
profile_i<0~(m-1) _defog_mode		Enable/disable defog mode.0: disable1: enable* Only available when"capability_image_c<0~(n-1) _defog_mode" is 1
profile_i<0~(m-1) _defog_strength		Strength of defog* Only available when"capability_image_c<0~(n-1) _defog_mode" is 1
profile_i<0~(m-1) _eis_mode		Electronic image stabilizer0: disable1: enable* Only available when 'eis' is listed in"capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_is_mode".

profile_i<0~(m-1)>_eis_strength	1~100 4/4 Strength of electronic image stabilizer* Only available when 'eis' is listed in "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_is_mode".
profile_i<0~(m-1)>_dis_mode	Digital image stabilizer0: disable1: enable* Only available when 'dis' is listed in "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_is_mode".
profile_i<0~(m-1)>_dis_strength	1~100 4/4 Strength of digital image stabilizer* Only available when 'dis' is listed in "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_is_mode".
profile_i<0~(m-1)>_scene_enable	Enable/disable scene mode0: disable1: enable* Only available when "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_scenemode_support" is 1
profile_i<0~(m-1)>_scene_mode	4/4 Value of scene mode* Only available when "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_scenemode_support" is 1* Available value is listed in "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_scenemode_supporttype"

7.12 Exposure window setting per channel

Group: exposurewin_c<0\~(n-1)> for n channel products

n denotes the value of "capability_nvideoin"

(Only available when "capability_image_c<0\~(n-1)>_exposure_mode"=1)

NAME VALUE	SECURITY	(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
mode auto, custom,blc,hlc* Available values are listed in "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_exposure_winmode"		4/4 "auto": Use full image view as the only exposure window."custom": Use custom windows."blc": Use BLC(Back Light Compensation), and the only exposure window is located at the center of view."hlc": Use HLC (High Light Compensation), and to perform the masking of bright light area.

Group: exposurewin_c<0\~(n-1)>_win_i<0\~(k-1)>

n denotes the value of "capability_nvideoin",

k denotes the value of "capability_image_c<0\~(n-1)>_exposure_winnum".

(Only available when custom is listed in "capability_image_c<0\~(n-1)>_exposure_winmode" and valid when

"exposurewin_c<0\~(n-1)>_mode"=custom or "exposurewin_c<0\~(n-1)>_mode"=hlc)

NAME VALUE	SECURITY	(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
enable	4/4 Enable or disable the window.
policy 0~1	4/4 0: Indicate exclusive.		1: Indicate inclusive.* Only available when exclusive is listed in "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_exposure_wi ntype".
home <0~	320,0~240> 4/4	Left-top corner coordinate of the window.* Only available when qvga is listed in "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_exposure_wi ndomain".
size	<0~320x0~240>	4/4 Width and height of the window.* Only available when qvga is listed in "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_exposure_wi
			ndomain".
homepx	<0~W,0~H>W: 0~ The current image width -1H: 0~ The current image height -1	4/4 Left-top corner coordinate of the window.* Only available when px is listed in "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_exposure_windomain".
sizepx <0~Wx0~ H>W: 0~ The current image width -1H: 0~ The current image height -1		4/4 Width and height of the window.* Only available when px is listed in "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_exposure_windomain".
homestead	<0~9999,0~9999> 4/4 Left-top corner coordinate of the window.* Only available when std is listed in "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_exposure_windomain".
sizestd <0~9999x0~9999> 4/4 Width and height of the window.* Only available when std is listed in "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_exposure_windomain".

Group: exposurewin_c<0\~(n-1)>_profile_i<0\~(m-1)> for n channel product and m profile, n denotes the value of "capability_nvideoin", m denotes the value of "capability_nvideoinprofile", (Only available when "capability_image_c<0\~(n-1)>_exposure_mode"=1)

NAME VALUE	SECURITY	(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
mode auto, custom,blc,hlc* Available values are listed in "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_exposure_winmode"		4/4 The mode indicates how to decide the exposure."auto": Use full view as the only one exposure window."custom": Use inclusive and exclusive window."blc": Use BLC(Back Light Compensation), and the only exposure window is located at the center of view."hlc": Use HLC (High Light Compensation), and to perform the masking of bright light area.

Group: exposurewin_c<0\~(n-1)>_profile_i<0\~(m-1)>_win_i<0\~(k-1)> for m profile and n channel product,

n denotes the value of "capability_nvideoin", m denotes the value of "capability_nvideoinprofile",

k denotes the value of "capability_image_c<0\~(n-1)>_exposure_winnum".

(Only available when custom is listed in "capability_image_c<0\~(n-1)>_exposure_winmode" and valid when

"exposurewin_c<0\~(n-1)>_mode"=custom or "exposurewin_c<0\~(n-1)>_mode"=hlc)

NAME VALUE	SECURITY	(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
enable	4/4 Enable or disable the window.
policy 0~1	4/4 0: Indicate exclusive.		1: Indicate inclusive.* Only available when exclusive is listed in "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_exposure_wintype".
home <0~320,0~240>	4/4 Left-top corner coordinate of the window.		window.* Only available when qvga is listed in "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_exposure_windomain".
size <0~320x0~240>	4/4 Width and height of the window.		* Only available when qvga is listed in "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_exposure_windomain".
homepx	<0~W,0~H>W: 0~ The current image width -1H: 0~ The current image height -1	4/4 Left-top corner coordinate of the window.* Only available when px is listed in "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_exposure_windomain".
sizepx	<0~Wx0~ H>W: 0~ The current image width -1H: 0~ The current image height -1	4/4 Width and height of the window.* Only available when px is listed in "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_exposure_windomain".
homestead	<0~9999,0~9999>	4/4	Left-top corner coordinate of the window.* Only available when std is listed in "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_exposure_windomain".
sizestd	<0~9999x0~9999>	4/4	Width and height of the window.* Only available when std is listed in "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_exposure_windomain".

7.13 Audio input per channel

Group: audioin_c<0\~(n-1)> for n channel products (capability.naudioin>0)

n denotes the value of "capability_nvideoin"

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
source<Not recommended to usethis>	micin, lineinproductdependent>	4/4 micin => use built-in microphone input.linein => use external microphone input.* Reserved for compatibility, and suggest don't use this since the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0301a.* We replace "source" with "input". More details, please refer the parameter description of "input".
input intmic, extmic		4/4 intmic: Internal (built-in) microphone.(Only available when capability_audio_intmic = 1)extmic: External microphone input.(Only available when capability_audio_extmic =1)* Note: If physical microphone switch is showed on product, this value is updated during booting to fit switch status.
volume_internal 0~100 4/4	Volume when take in	internal microphone as input source.0: Minimum100: Maximum* Only available when the channel supports internal microphone (The related bit of "capability_audio_intmic" is equal to 1).
volume_external 0~100 4/4	Volume when take	external microphone as input source.
			0: Minimum100: Maximum* Only available when the channel supports external microphone (The related bit of "capability_audio_extmic" is equal to 1).
mute 0, 1 1/4 0: Mute off			1: Mute on
gain<Not recommended to usethis>	0~100 4/4 Gain of input.		(audioin_c<0~(n-1)>_source = linein)* Reserved for compatibility, and suggest don't use this since the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0301a.* We replace "gain" with "volume_internal" and "volume_external". More details, please refer the parameter description of "volume_internal" and "volume_external".
boostmic<Not recommended to usethis>	0~100 4/4 Enable microphone boost.		Gain of input.(audioin_c<0~(n-1)>_source = micin)* Reserved for compatibility, and suggest don't use this since the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0301a.* We replace "boostmic" with "volume_internal" and "volume_external". More details, please refer the parameter description of "volume_internal" and "volume_external".
s0_codectype aac4, gamr,	g711,g726(Available codec are listed in "capability_audio_ codec")	4/4 Set audio codec type for input.aac4: Advanced Audio Coding (AAC)gamr: Adaptive Multi-Rate (AMR)g711: G.711g726: G.726
s0_aac4_bitrate 16000,	32000,48000,	4/4 Set AAC4 bitrate in bps.* Only available if AAC is supported.
	64000,96000,128000
s0_gamr_bitrate	4750,5150,5900,6700,7400,7950,10200,12200	4/4 AMR encoded bitrate in bps.* Only available if AMR is supported.
s0_g711_modepcmu,	pcma	4/4 Set G.711 companding algorithm.pcmu: μ-law algorithmpcma: A-law algorithm* Only available if G.711 is supported.
s0_g726_bitrate 16000,	24000,32000,40000	4/4 Set G.726 encoded bitrate in bps.* Only available if G.726 is supported.
s0_g726_bitstreampackingmode	little, big 4/4 Set G.726 bit streaming packing mode.little: Little-endian bitstream format.big: Big-endian bitstream format.* Only available if G.726 is supported.
s0_g726_vlcmode 0, 1 4/4	Enable vlcmode for G.726.		0: Standard mode.1: Solve compatibility problem with VLC player.* Only available if G.726 is supported.
alarm_enable		4/4 Enable audio detection
alarm_level 1~100 4/4 Audio detection alarm level
profile_i0_enable	4/4 Enable/disable this profile setting
profile_i0_policy	night,schedule	4/4 The mode which the profile is applied to.* Not support "policy=day" anymore when the
			version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0301a.
profile_i0_begintime hh:mm	4/4 Begin time of schedule mode.
profile_i0_endtime hh:mm	4/4 End time of schedule mode.
profile_i0_alarm_level 1~100	4/4 Audio detection alarm level

7.14 Motion detection settings

Group: motion_c<0\~(n-1)> for n channel products

n denotes the value of "capability_nvideoin"

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
enable <boolean> 4/4 Enable motion detection.
win_sensitivity	0 ~ 100	4/4	Sensitivity of all motion detection windows.* The value "0" is reserved for compatibility and will not be used after the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0400a.

Group: motion_c<0\~(n-1)>_win_i<0\~(k-1)>

n denotes the value of "capability_nvideoin", k denotes the value of "capability_nmotion".

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
enable4/4 Enable motion detection window.
name	string[14]	4/4 Name of motion window.
polygonstd	0 ~ 9999,0 ~ 9999,0 ~ 9999,0 ~ 9999,0 ~ 9999,0 ~ 9999,0 ~ 9999	4/4 Coordinate of polygon window position.(4 points: x0,y0,x1,y1,x2,y2,x3,y3)* Only available when"capability_motion_wintype" = polygon.* Only available when std is listed in"capability_motion_windomain"
objsize	1 ~ 100	4/4 Percent of motion detection window.
sensitivity<Not recommended to usethis>	0 ~ 100	4/4 Sensitivity of motion detection window.* We replace "sensitivity" with"win_sensitivity".* This parameter will not be used after the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0400a.
polygonpx<Not recommended to usethis>	0 ~ W,0 ~ H, 0 ~W,0 ~ H, 0 ~ W,0 ~H, 0 ~ W,0 ~ HW: 0~ The currentimage width -1H: 0~ The currentimage height -1	4/4 Coordinate of polygon window position.(4 points: x0,y0,x1,y1,x2,y2,x3,y3)* Only available when"capability_motion_wintype" = polygon.* Only available when px is listed in"capability_motion_windomain"* It's recommended to use polygonsd* This parameter will not be used after theversion number (httpversion) is equal orgreater than 0400a.
polygon<Not recommended to usethis>	0 ~ 320,0 ~ 240, 0~ 320,0 ~ 240, 0 ~320,0 ~ 240, 0 ~320,0 ~ 240	4/4 Coordinate of polygon window position.(4 points: x0,y0,x1,y1,x2,y2,x3,y3)* Only available when"capability_motion_wintype" = polygon.* Only available when qvga is listed in"capability_motion_windomain"* It's recommended to use polygonsd* This parameter will not be used after theversion number (httpversion) is equal orgreater than 0400a.
left<Not recommended to usethis>	0 ~ 320 4/4 Left coordinate of w	ndow position.* Only available when"capability_motion_wintype" = rectangle.* Only available when qvga is listed in"capability_motion_windomain"* It's recommended to use polygonsd* This parameter will not be used after theversion number (httpversion) is equal orgreater than 0400a.
top<Not recommended to usethis>	0 ~ 240 4/4 Top coordinate of w	ndow position.* Only available when"capability_motion_wintype" = rectangle.* Only available when qvga is listed in

			"capability_motion_windomain".* It's recommended to use polygonsd* This parameter will not be used after the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0400a.
width<Not recommended to usethis>	0 ~ 320 4/4 Width of motion detection window.* Only available when "capability_motion_wintype" = rectangle.* Only available when qvga is listed in "capability_motion_windomain"* It's recommended to use polygonsd* This parameter will not be used after the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0400a.
height<Not recommended to usethis>	0 ~ 240 4/4 Height of motion detection window.* Only available when "capability_motion_wintype" = rectangle.* Only available when qvga is listed in "capability_motion_windomain"* It's recommended to use polygonsd* This parameter will not be used after the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0400a.

Group: motion_c<0\~(n-1)>_profile_i<0\~(m-1)> for m profile and n channel product,

n denotes the value of "capability_nvideoin", m denotes the vaule of "capability_nmotionprofile",

(capability_nmotionprofile > 0)

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
enable4/4 Enable profile 1 ~ (m-1).
policy	night, schedule	4/4 The mode which the profile is applied to.* Not support "policy=day" anymore when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0301a.
begintime hh:mm 4/4 Begin time of schedule mode.
endtime hh:mm 4/4 End time of schedule mode.
win_sensitivity 0 ~ 100 4/4 Sensitivity of all motion detection windows.* The value "0" is reserved for compatibility and will not be used after the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0400a.

Group: motion_c<0\~(n-1)>_profile_i<0\~(m-1)>_win_i<0\~(k-1)> for m profile and n channel product,

n denotes the value of "capability_nvideoin", m denotes the vaule of "capability_nmotionprofile",

k denotes the value of "capability_nmotion".

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
enable4/4 Enable motion detection window.
name string[14] 4/4 Name of motion window.
polygonstd 0 ~ 9999,0 ~ 9999,0 ~ 9999,0 ~ 9999,0 ~ 9999,0 ~ 9999,0 ~ 9999		4/4 Coordinate of polygon window position.(4 points: x0,y0,x1,y1,x2,y2,x3,y3)* Only available when"capability_motion_wintype" = polygon.* Only available when std is listed in"capability_motion_windomain
objsize 1 ~ 100 4/4	Percent of motion detection window.
sensitivity0 ~ 100 4/4Sensitivity of motion detection window.* We replace "sensitivity" with"win_sensitivity".* This parameter will not be used after the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0400a.		Sensitivity of motion detection window.* We replace "sensitivity" with"win_sensitivity".* This parameter will not be used after the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0400a.
polygonpx0 ~ W,0 ~ H, 0 ~W,0 ~ H, 0 ~ W,0 ~H, 0 ~ W,0 ~ HW: 0~ The current image width -1H: 0~ The current image height -1		4/4 Coordinate of polygon window position.(4 points: x0,y0,x1,y1,x2,y2,x3,y3)* Only available when"capability_motion_wintype" = polygon.* Only available when px is listed in"capability_motion_windomain"* It's recommended to use polygonsd
			* This parameter will not be used after the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0400a.
polygon<Not recommended to usethis>	0 ~ 320,0 ~ 240,0~ 320,0 ~ 240,0 ~320,0 ~ 240,0 ~320,0 ~ 240	4/4 Coordinate of polygon window position.(4 points: x0,y0,x1,y1,x2,y2,x3,y3)* Only available when"capability_motion_wintype" = polygon.* Only available when qvga is listed in"capability_motion_windomain"* It's recommended to use polygonsd* This parameter will not be used after the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0400a.
left<Not recommended to usethis>	0 ~ 320 4/4 Left coordinate of window position.* Only available when"capability_motion_wintype" = rectangle.* Only available when qvga is listed in"capability_motion_windomain"* It's recommended to use polygonsd* This parameter will not be used after the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0400a.
top<Not recommended to usethis>	0 ~ 240 4/4 Top coordinate of window position.* Only available when"capability_motion_wintype" = rectangle.* Only available when qvga is listed in"capability_motion_windomain"* It's recommended to use polygonsd* This parameter will not be used after the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0400a.
width<Not recommended to usethis>	0 ~ 320 4/4 Width of motion detection window.* Only available when"capability_motion_wintype" = rectangle.
			* Only available when qvga is listed in "capability_motion_windomain".* It's recommended to use polygonsd* This parameter will not be used after the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0400a.
height<Not recommended to usethis>	0 ~ 240 4/4 Height of motion detection window.* Only available when "capability_motion_wintype" = rectangle.* Only available when qvga is listed in "capability_motion_windomain"* It's recommended to use polygonsd* This parameter will not be used after the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0400a.

7.15 Tampering detection settings

Group: tampering_c<0\~(n-1)> for n channel products (capability.tampering > 0)

n denotes the value of "capability_nvideoin"

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
enable4/4 Enable or disable tamper	detection.
threshold 0~100 4/4 Threshold of tamper detection.
duration 10~600 4/4 If tampering value exceeds	the "threshold" for more than "duration" second(s), then tamper detection is triggered.
ignorewidth	0,<positive integer>	1/7	Indicate the width to offset to start to analysis the image.
dark_enable4/4 Enable or disable image too dark detection
dark_threshold	0~100 4/4 Threshold of image too dark detection
dark_duration	1~10	4/4 If image too dark value exceeds the "threshold" for more than "duration" second(s), then image too dark detection is triggered.
bright_enable	4/4 Enable or disable image too bright detection
bright_threshold	0~100 4/4 Threshold of image too bright detection
bright_duration	1~10	4/4 If image too bright value exceeds the "threshold" for more than "duration" second(s), then image too bright detection is triggered.
blurry_enable	4/4 Enable or disable image too blurry detection
blurry_threshold	0~100 4/4 Threshold of image too blurry detection
blurry_duration	1~10	4/4 If image too blurry value exceeds the "threshold" for more than "duration" second(s), then image too blurry detection is triggered.

7.16 DDNS

Group: ddns (capability.protocol.ddns > 0)

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
enable6/6 Enable or disable the dynamic DNS.
provider	CustomSafe100, DyndnsDynamic, DyndnsCustom, Safe100	6/6 Safe100 => safe100.net DyndnsDynamic => dyndns.org (dynamic) DyndnsCustom => dyndns.org CustomSafe100 => Custom server using safe100 method
Anti-hostname string[128] 6/6 Your DDNS hostname.
Anti-username email	string[64] 6/6 Your user name or email to login to the DDNS service provider
Anti-passwordkey	string[64] 6/6 Your password or key to login to the DDNS service provider.
Anti-servername string[128] 6/6 The server name for safe100. (This field only exists if the provider is customsafe100)

7.17 Express link

Group: expresslink

PARAMETER	VALUE SECURITY	(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
enable6/6 Enable or disable express link.
state	onlycheck,onlyoffline,checkonline,badnetwork	6/6 Camera	will check the status of network environment and express link URL
url	string[64] 6/6 The url user define to link to camera

7.18 UPnP presentation

Group: upnppresentation

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
enable6/6 Enable or disable the UPnP presentation service.	Enable or disable the UPnP presentation service.	P presentation service.	service.

7.19 UPnP port forwarding

Group: upnpportforwarding

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
enable6/6 Enable or disable the UPnP port forwarding service.
upnpnatstatus 0~3 6/7 The status of UPnP port forwarding, used internally.0 = OK, 1 = FAIL, 2 = no IGD router, 3 = no need for port forwarding

7.20 System log

Group: syslog

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
enableremotelog6/6 Enable remote log.
serverip		6/6 Log server IP address.
serverport	514, 1025~65535	6/6 Server port used for log.
level	0~7	6/6 Levels	used to distinguish the importance of the information:0: LOG_EMERG1: LOG_ALERT2: LOG_CRIT3: LOG_ERR4: LOG_WARNING5: LOG_NOTICE6: LOG_INFO7: LOG_DEBUG
setparamlevel	0~2	6/6 Show log of parameter setting.
			0: disable1: Show log of parameter setting set from external.2. Show log of parameter setting set from external and internal.

7.21 SNMP

Group: snmp (capability.protocol.snmp > 0)

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
v26/6 SNMP	v2 enabled. 0 for disable, 1 for enable
v36/6 SNMP	v3 enabled. 0 for disable, 1 for enable
secnamerw string[31] 6/6	Read/write security name
secnamero string[31] 6/6	Read only security name
authpwrw string[8~128] 6/6	Read/write authentication password
authpwro string[8~128] 6/6	Read only authentication password
authtyperw MD5,SHA 6/6	Read/write authentication type
authtypero MD5,SHA 6/6	Read only authentication type
encryptpwrw	string[8~128] 6/6	Read/write password
encryptpwro	string[8~128] 6/6	Read only password
encrypttyperw	DES	6/6	Read/write encryption type
encrypttypero	DES	6/6	Read only encryption type
rwcommunity	string[31] 6/6	Write community
rocommunity	string[31] 6/6	Only community
syslocation	string[128]	System location
syscontact	string[128]	System contact

7.22 Layout configuration

Group: layout

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
logo_default1/6 0 => Custom logo			1 => Default logo
logo_link	string[128]http://www.vivotek.com	1/6 Hyperlink of the logo
logo_powerbyvvtk_hidden	1/6	0 => display the power by vivotek logo1 => hide the power by vivotek logo
custombutton_manualtrigger_show	1/6 Show or hide manual trigger (VI) button in homepage0 -> Hidden1 -> Visible
theme_option 1~4 1/6 1~3: One of the default themes.			4: Custom definition.
theme_color_font string[7]	1/6 Font color
theme_color_configfont	string[7] 1/6 Font color of configuration area.
theme_color_titlefont string[7] 1/6 Font color of video title.
theme_color_controlbackground	string[7] 1/6 Background color of control area.
theme_color_configbackground	string[7] 1/6 Background color of configuration area.
theme_color_videobackground	string[7] 1/6 Background color of video area.
theme_color_case	string[7] 1/6 Frame color

7.23 Privacy mask

Group: privacymask_c<0\~(n-1)> for n channel products and m privacy mask window.

n denotes the value of "capability_nvideoin" and m denotes the value of

"capability_videoin_c<0\~(n-1)>_nprivacymask"

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
enable4/4 Enable privacy mask.
win_i<0~(m-1)>_enable4/4 Enable privacy mask window.		privacy mask	window.
win_i<0~(m-1)>_name string[14] 4/4 Name of the privacy mask window.		the privacy	mask window.
win_i<0~(m-1)>_left 0 ~320 4/4 Left coordinate of window position.* Only available when"capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_privacymask_wintype" = rectangle.		of window	position.* Only available when"capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_privacymask_wintype" = rectangle.
win_i<0~(m-1)>_top 0 ~240 4/4 Top coordinate of window position.* Only available when"capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_privacymask_wintype" = rectangle.		of window	position.* Only available when"capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_privacymask_wintype" = rectangle.
win_i<0~(m-1)>_width 0 ~320 4/4 Width of privacy mask window.* Only available when"capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_privacymask_wintype" = rectangle.		of privacy mask	window.* Only available when"capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_privacymask_wintype" = rectangle.
win_i<0~(m-1)>_height0 ~240 4/4 Height of privacy mask window.* Only available when"capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_privacymask_wintype" = rectangle.		of privacy mask	window.* Only available when"capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_privacymask_wintype" = rectangle.
win_i<0~(m-1)>_polygon0 ~320,0 ~240,0 ~320,0 ~240,0 ~320,0 ~240,0 ~320,0 ~240		4/4 Coordinate of polygon window position.(4 points: x0,y0,x1,y1,x2,y2,x3,y3)* Only available when"capability_image_c<n>_privacymask_wintype" = polygon.* Only available when qvga is listed in"capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_privacymask_windomain".
win_i<0~(m-1)>_polygon0 ~W,0 ~H,0 ~W,0 ~H,0 ~W,0 ~H,		4/4 Coordinate of polygon window position.(4 points: x0,y0,x1,y1,x2,y2,x3,y3)* Only available when
	0 ~ W,0 ~ HW: 0~ The current image width -1H: 0~ The current image height -1		"capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_privacymask_wintype" = polygon.* Only available when px is listed in "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_privacymask_windomain".
win_i<0~(m-1)>_polygonstd	0 ~ 9999,0 ~ 9999,0 ~ 9999,0 ~ 9999,0 ~ 9999,0 ~ 9999,0 ~ 9999	4/4 Coordinate of polygon window position.(4 points: x0,y0,x1,y1,x2,y2,x3,y3)* Only available when "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_privacymask_wintype" = polygon.* Only available when std is listed in "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_privacymask_windomain".

7.24 3D Privacy mask

Group: privacymask3d_c<0\~(n-1)> for n channel products and m privacy mask window.

(capability_image_c<0\~(n-1)>_privacymask_wintype = 3Drectangle)

n denotes the value of "capability_nvideoin" and m denotes the value of

"capability_videoin_c<0\~(n-1)>_nprivacymask"

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
enable4/4 Enable the 3D privacy mask
color	0~"capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_privacymask_ncolor"-1	4/4 Privacy mask color
win_i<0~(m-1)>_name string[40] 4/4 Name of the privacy mask window.
win_i<0~(m-1)>_pan	"capability_ptz_c<0~(n-1)>_minpan" ~"capability_ptz_c<0~(n-1)>_maxpan"	4/4 Pan position of window position.* Only available when bit0 of "capability_camctrl_c<0~(n-1)>_buil dinpt" is "1"
win_i<0~(m-1)>_tilt	"capability_ptz_c<0~(n-1)>_mintilt" ~"capability_ptz_c<0~(n-1)>_maxtilt"	4/4 Tilt position of window position.* Only available when bit1 of "capability_camctrl_c<0~(n-1)>_buil dinpt" is "1"
win_i<0~(m-1)>_zoom	"capability_ptz_c<0~(n-1)>_minzoom" ~	4/4 Zoom position of window position.
	"capability_ptz_c<0~(n-1)>_maxzoom"
win_i<0~(m-1)>_fliped		4/4 Flip side of window	ow position.0: Non-flip side1: Flip side

7.25 Capability

Group: capability

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
api_httpversion	This number start with 0301a.	0/7 The version of VIVOTEK WebAPI with 4 integers plus 1 alphabet, There are composed by "major version", "minor version", "revision", "_platform". ex: 0301a_1Major versionIncrease the major version when change, remove the old features/interfaces or the firmware has substantially change in architecture and not able to roll back to previous version. This may cause incompatibility with supporting software.Minor versionIncrease the minor version when add new features/interfaces without change the old features and interfaces.RevisionIncrease the revision when fix bugs without change any features of the output.platformThis is a constant, it is used to distinguish between different platformsAPI version format:MMmmr_kWhere "MM" is the major version, "mm" is the minor version and "r" is the revision.'M' and 'm' and 'k' are decimal digit from 0 to 9, while 'r' is an alphabetic.
			EX: 0302b_1 => Major version = 03, minor version = 02, revision = b, platform = 1The 4 integer numbers are WebAPI version, we use short name: [httpversion] for it in this document.The 5th character is model-based version for API bug-fix and it's default to "a".Ex: If some APIs in a model does not follow the API definition of 0301a_1, we will fix them and change this API value to 0301b_1.
bootuptime	0/7 Server bootup time.
nir	0,	0/7 Number of IR interfaces.(Recommend to use capability_daynight_c<0~"capability_nvideoi n"-1>_builtinir for built-in IR and capability_daynight_c<0~"capability_nvideoi n"-1>_externalir for external IR)* Not support this parameter anymore when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0301a.
npir	0,	0/7 Number of PIRs.
ndi	0,	0/7 Number of digital inputs.
nvi	0,	0/7 Number of virtual inputs (manual trigger)
ndo	0,	0/7 Number of digital outputs.
naudioin	0,	0/7 The number of audio input channel. 0 means no audio input support.
naudioout	0,	0/7 The number of audio output channel
nvideoin	0/7 Number of video inputs.
nvideoout 0,	Integer>	0/7 Number of video out interface.
nvideoinprofile	0/7 Number of video input profiles.
nmediastream	0/7 Number of media stream per channels.
naudiosetting			0/7 Number of audio settings per channel.* Not support this parameter anymore when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0301a.* We replace "naudiosetting" with "naudioin". More details, please refer the parameter description of "volume_internal" and "volume_external".
nuart	0,		0/7 Number of UART interfaces.
nmotion	0/7 The number of motion window.
nmotionprofile 0,	integer>		0/7 Number of motion profiles.
ptzenabled 0,	integer>		0/7 An 32-bit integer, each bit can be set separately as follows:Bit 0 => Support camera control function;0(not support), 1(support)Bit 1 => Built-in or external video source;0(external), 1(built-in)Bit 2 => Support pan operation;0(not support), 1(support)Bit 3 => Support tilt operation;0(not support), 1(support)Bit 4 => Support zoom operation;0(not support), 1(support)(only available when RS-485 interface is supported or SD/PZ/PT/PD/video server series)Bit 5 => Support focus operation;0(not support), 1(support)(only available when RS-485 interface is supported or SD/PZ/PT/PD/video server series)Bit 6 => Reserved bit; always 0.Bit 7 => External or built-in PT;0(built-in), 1(external)
windowless	0/7 Indicate whether to support windowless plug-in.
evctrlchannel	0/7 Indicate whether to support HTTP tunnel for

			event/control transfer.
joystick0/7 Indicate whether to support joystick control.
remotefocus0,0/7 An 4-bit integer, which indicates the supportive application of remotefocus.If the value of this parameter is larger than 0, it means that the camera supports remotefocus function.bit 0 => Indicate whether to support both zoom and focus function.bit 1 => Only support zoom function.bit 2 => Only support focus function.bit 3 => Currently, this is a reserved bit, and the default value is 0.* It's strongly non-recommended to use this.* This is reserved for compatibility and will not be used after the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0400a.* We replace "capability_remotefocus" with "capability_image_c0_remotefocus".
npreset 0,integer>0/7 Number of preset locations
eptz 0,integer>0/7 For "nvideoin" = 1, the definition is as following:A 32-bits integer, each bit can be set separately as follows:Bit 0 => 1st stream supports ePTZ or not.Bit 1 => 2nd stream supports ePTZ or not, and so on.For nvideoin >= 2, the definition is different:First all 32 bits are divided into groups for channel.Ex:nvideoin = 2, bit 0~15 are the 1st group for 1st channel, bit 16~31 are the 2nd group for 2nd channel.nvideoin = 3, bit 0~9 are the 1st group for 1st
			channel, bit 10~19 are the 2nd group for 2nd channel, bit 20~31 are the 3rd group for 3rd channel.Then, the 1st bit of the group indicates 1st stream of a channel support ePTZ or not. The 2nd bit of the group indicates 2nd stream of a channel support ePTZ or not, and so on.* For most products, the last stream of a channel will not support ePTZ. It is reserved for full view of the channel. For some dual-stream products, both streams support ePTZ.
nanystream 0,	integer>	0/7 number	of any media stream per channel
iva0/7 Indicate whether to support Intelligent Video analysis
whitelight0/7	Indicate whether to support white light led.
iris0/7 Indicate whether to support iris control.
supportsd0/7	Indicate whether to support local storage.
fisheye0/7 The parameter is used to determine whether the product is fisheye or not.
tampering0/7	Indicate whether to support tampering detection.
tamperingmode	tamper,toodark,toob right,tooblurry	0/7 Available tampering mode list.* Only available when "capability_tampering" is 1.
adaptiverecording0/7 Indicate whether to support adaptive recording.
adaptivestreaming0/7 Indicate whether to support adaptive streaming.
supporttriggertypes	seq,boot,motion,net workfail,recnotify,tampering,vi,vadp,di, volalarm,temperature,pir, visignal, backup,smartsdproduct dependent>	0/7 list all	the trigger types which are supported in the camera:"seq" = Periodic condition"boot" = System boot"motion" = Video motion detection"networkfail" = network connection failure"recnotify" = Recording notification."tampering" = Tamper detection."vi" = Virtual input (Manual trigger)"vadp" = VADP trigger"di" = Digital input"volalarm" = Audio detection"temperature" = Temperature detection"pir" = PIR detection"visignal" = Video input signal loss."backup" = Backing up recorded files"smartsd" = Lifetime detection of SD card* Only available when [httpversion] >= 0301a
storage_dbenabled	0/7 Media files are indexed in database.
protocol_https < boolean >	0/7 Indicate whether to support HTTP over SSL.
protocol_rtsp < boolean >	0/7 Indicate whether to support RTSP.
protocol_sip0/7 Indicate whether to support SIP.
protocol_maxconnection0/7 The maximum number of allowed simultaneous connections.
protocol_maxgenconnection	0/7 The maximum general streaming connections.
protocol_rtp_multicast_scalable	0/7 Indicate whether to support scalable multicast.
protocol_rtp_multicast_backchannel	0/7 Indicate whether to support backchannel multicast.
protocol_rtp_tcp	0/7 Indicate whether to support RTP over TCP.
protocol_rtp_http	0/7 Indicate whether to support RTP over HTTP.
protocol_spush_mjpeg	0/7 Indicate whether to support server push MJPEG.
protocol_snmp	0/7 Indicate whether to support SNMP.
protocol_ipv6	0/7 Indicate whether to support IPv6.
protocol_pppoe	0/7 Indicate whether to support PPPoE.
protocol_ieee8021x0/7 Indicate whether to support IEEE802.1x.
protocol_qos_cos	0/7 Indicate whether to support CoS.
protocol_qos_dscp	0/7 Indicate whether to support QoS/DSCP.
protocol_ddns	0/7 Indicate whether to support DDNS.
videoin_type	0, 1, 2	0/7 0 => Interlaced CCD1 => Progressive CCD2 => CMOS
videoin_nresolution	ve integer> 0/7 This equals	"capability_videoin_c0_nresolution".* This is kept for compatibility.
videoin_resolution A list of		0/7 This equals"capability_videoin_c0_resolution"* This is kept for compatibility.
videoin_maxframerate A list of	0/7 This equals	"capability_videoin_c0_maxframerate"* This is kept for compatibility.
videoin_mjpeg_maxframe rate	A list ofand "-"	0/7 This equals"capability_videoin_c0_mjpeg_maxframerate"* This is kept for compatibility.
videoin_h264_maxframerate	A list ofand "-"	0/7 This equals"capability_videoin_c0_h264_maxframerate"* This is kept for compatibility.
videoin_codec mjpeg, h264, h265	0/7 Available codec of a device, split by comma.The sequence is not limited.EX:FD8183 supports H.264 and MJPEG, then this is "mjpeg,h264".IP9171 supports H.264, MJPEG and H.265, then this is "mjpeg,h264,h265"
videoin_streamcodec A list of	0/7 This equals"capability_videoin_c0_streamcodec"* This is kept for compatibility.
videoin_flexiblebitrate	0/7 Indicate whether to support flexible bit rate control.
videoout_codec -, ntsc, pal	0/7 Current output information about video out.1st element for 1st video-out, 2nd element for 2nd video-out, and so on. The number of element depends on "capability_nvideoout"."-": Video-out is not available

			ntsc: NTSC analog outputpal: PAL analog outputEx:"nvideoout"=0, "videoout_codec"=-"nvideoout"=1 with NTSC,"videoout_codec"=ntsc"nvideoout"=1 with PAL,"videoout_codec"=pal"nvideoout"=2 with both NTSC,"videoout_codec"=ntsc,ntsc* For camera, this feature is controlled by physical jump on device. No WebAPI to control it. This value is set only on camera power-on and maintains the status.* Only available when [httpversion] >= 0301a
timeshift0/7	Indicate whether to support time shift caching stream.
audio_aec0/7	Indicate whether to support acoustic echo cancellation.
audio_mic0/7 Indicate whether to support built-in microphone input.* Not support this parameter anymore when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0301a.* We replace "audio_mic" with "audio_intmic".
audio_intmic	<0~Positive Integer>	0/7 Internal (Built-in) Microphone.0: Not support1: SupportBit 0 for CH0, bit 1 for CH1, and so on.
audio_extmic	<0~Positive Integer>	0/7 External Microphone.0: Not support1: SupportBit 0 for CH0, bit 1 for CH1, and so on.
audio_alarm	<0~Positive Integer>	0/7 0: Not support audio alarm.1: Support audio alarm.Bit 0 for CH0, bit 1 for CH1, and so on.
audio_linein		0/7 Indicate whether to support external line input.* Not support this parameter anymore when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0301a.* It will be replaced by audio_intmic and audio_extmic.
audio_lineout	0/7 Indicate whether to support line output.
audio_michardwareswitch	0/7 Indicate whether the hardware supports built-in/external mic switch
audio_headphoneout	0/7 Indicate whether to support headphone output.* Not support this parameter anymore when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0301a.
audioin_codec aac4, gamr,	g711,g726, -	0/7 Available audio codec. We take comma to split codec without any space.aac4: Advanced Audio Coding (AAC)gamr: Adaptive Multi-Rate (AMR)g711: G.711g726: G.726-: Not supported.
audioout_codec g711, -		0/7 Available codec list for SIP.-: Not supported.
motion_wintype rectangle,	polygon 0/7 The supported motion window type.polygon: The window is a 2D polygon shape.rectangle: The window is a 2D rectangle shape.
motion_windomain qvga,	px, std, - 0/7 The domain to set an motion window.qvga: a 320x240 range to represent the whole image PX: Locate a window in the image with pixels. std: A normalized 0~9999 range.-: Not supported.
smartstream_support	0/7 Indicate whether smart stream is supported.
smartstream_version	0/7 Number of smart stream version

smartstream_nstream	0/7	Number of stream	am that support smart stream.*only available when"capability_smartstream_support" is 1
smartstream_windomain	vga, px, std, - 0/7	The domain to	set an focus window.qvga: a 320x240 range to represent the whole imagepx: Locate a window in the image with pixels. std: A normalized 0~9999 range.-: Not supported.*only available when"capability_smartstream_support" is 1
smartstream_mode_autotracking	0/7	Indicate whether	autotracking smart stream is supported.*only available when"capability_smartstream_support" is 1
smartstream_mode_manual	0/7	Indicate whether	manual smart stream is supported.*only available when"capability_smartstream_support" is 1
smartstream_mode_hybrid	0/7	Indicate whether	hybrid(autotracking+ manual) smart stream is supported.*only available when"capability_smartstream_support" is 1
smartstream_nwindow_autotracking	0/7	Maximum	number of tracking window of autotracking.*only available when"capability_smartstream_support" is 1
smartstream_nwindow_manual	0/7	Maximum	number of tracking window of manual.*only available when"capability_smartstream_support" is 1
smartstream_nwindow_hybrid_autotracking	0/7	Maximum	number of tracking window of autotracking in hybrid mode.*only available when"capability_smartstream_support" is 1
smartstream_nwindow_hybrid_manualvadp_supportfeature	0/7tive integer> 0/7 An	Maximum32-bit integer	number of tracking window of manual in hybrid mode.*only available when"capability_smartstream_support" is 1, each bit can be set separately as follows:Bit 0 => VADP interfaceBit 1 => Capture video raw dataBit 2 => Support encode jpegBit 3 => Capture audio raw dataBit 4 => Support event triggerBit 5 => Support license registrationBit 6 => Support shared memory APIBit 7 => Support digital signature of packageBit 8 => Support snapshot
vadp_npackage	integer> 0/7 Indicate	the maximum	number of VADP package that can be uploaded to the device.
thermal_support	0/7 Indicate whether to support thermal IC.
thermal_controlmode	auto,customheater	0/7 Indicate	the thermal control mode."auto": control by camera automatically"customheater": the threshold of heater can be sepcified by user.* only available when"capability_thermal_support" is 1.* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0302a.
thermal_temperaturedetection	0/7 Indicate whether to support temperature detection.
camctrl_httptunnel	0/7 Indicate whether to support httptunnel.* Not support this parameter anymore when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0301b.* It will be replaced by capability_camctrl_ptztunnel.
camctrl_ptztunnel	0/7 Indicate whether to support ptztunnel.* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0301b.This equals"capability_camctrl_c0_ptztunnel".* This is kept for compatibility.

camctrl_privilege	0/7 Indicate whether to support	"Manage Privilege" of PTZ control in the security page.1: support both /cgi-bin/camctrl/camctrl.cgi and /cgi-bin/viewer/camctrl.cgi0: support only /cgi-bin/viewer/camctrl.cgiThis is equivalentto"capability_camctrl_c0_privilege".* This is kept for compatibility.
uart_httptunnel	0/7 Indicate whether to support	HTTP tunnel for UART transfer.
transmission_mode	Tx,Rx,Both	0/7 Indicate transmission mode of the machine:TX = server, Rx = receiver box, Both = DVR.
network_wire	0/7 Indicate whether to support Ethernet.
network_wireless	0/7 Indicate whether to support wireless.
network_dualmode	0/7 Indicate whether network dual mode is supported.*only available when "capability_network_wireless" is "1"* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0305a.
wireless_s802dot11b	0/7 Indicate whether to support wireless802.11b+.
wireless_s802dot11g	0/7 Indicate whether to support wireless 802.11g.
wireless_s802dot11n	0/7 Indicate whether to support wireless 802.11n.
wireless_beginchannel	1 ~ 14	0/7 Indicate the begin channel of wireless network
wireless_endchannel	1 ~ 14	0/7 Indicate the end channel of wireless network
wireless_encrypt_wep		0/7 Indicate whether to support wireless WEP.
wireless_encrypt_wpa		0/7 Indicate whether to support wireless WPA.
wireless_encrypt_wpa2		0/7 Indicate whether to support wireless WPA2.
wireless_apmode_enable		wireless AP mode is supported.*only available when

			"capability_network_wireless" is "1".* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0305a.
wireless_apmode_ssidprefix		0/7 Indicate the prefix	of broadcasted SSID when camera is in wireless AP mode.*only available when "capability_wireless_apmode_enable" is "1"* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0305a.
derivative_brand	0/7 Indicate whether to support the upgrade function for the derivative brand. For example, if the value is true, the VVTK product can be upgraded to VVXX. (TCVV<->TCXX is excepted)
test_ac	0/7 Indicate whether to support test ac key.
version_onvifdaemon	0/7 Indicate ONVIF daemon version
version_onviftesttool	0/7 Indicate ONVIF test tool version
media Totalspace	0/7 Available memory space (KB) for media.
media_snapshot_maxpre event	0/7 Maximum snapshot number before event occurred.
media_snapshot_maxpost event	0/7 Maximum snapshot number after event occurred.
media_snapshot_maxsize	0/7 Maximum size (KB) of a snapshot.
media_videoclip_maxsize	0/7 Maximum size (KB) of a videoclip.
media_videoclip_maxlength	0/7 Maximum length (second) of a videoclip.
media_videoclip_maxpre event	0/7 Maximum duration (second) after event occurred in a videoclip.
image_iristype	0/7 Indicate iris type.		"piris": P-Iris"dciris": DC-Iris"-": No Iris control support* When "capability_iris" = 0, this value must be "-".
			* Note: For some box-type cameras, this value may be varied depending on mounted lens. * We replace "capability_image_iristype" with "capability_image_c0_iristype". * Reserved for compatibility, and suggest don't use this since [httpversion] > 0301a
image_focusassist<Not recommended to usethis>	0/7 Indicate whether to support focus assist. * We replace "capability_image_ focusassist " with "capability_image_c0_ focusassist". * Reserved for compatibility, and suggest don't use this since [httpversion] > 0301a
localstorage_manageable		0/7	Indicate whether manageable local storage is supported.
localstorage_seamless		0/7	Indicate whether seamless recording is supported.
localstorage_modnum 0,		0/7 The maximum MOD connection numbers.
localstorage_modversion	0/7 Indicate MOD daemon version
localstorage_stormgrversion	0/7 Indicate storage manager daemon version
localstorage_supportededge	0,	0/7 An 32-bit integer, which indicates the supportive application of edge storage. If the value of this parameter is larger than 0, it means that the camera supports edge recording function. bit 0 : It supports to record directly to an on-board SD-Card. bit 1~: Currently, they are reserved bit, and the default value is 0.
localstorage_slconnum	0,<positive integer>	0/7	The maximum seamless connection number.
localstorage_smartsd		0/7	The "Lifetime and Log SD Card" feature allows users to obtain the card's remaining lifetime information. 0: Non-support this feature 1: Support this feature * Only Sony SD card can support this function now.
remotecamctrl_master	0,<positive	0/7	Indicate whether to support remote auxiliary

	integer> camera (master side), this value means supporting max number of auxiliary camera.
remotecamctrl_slavelean> 0/7 Indicate whether to support remote camera control (slave side).
fisheyelocaldewarp_c<0~(capability_nvideoin)-1><product dependent>	0,<positive integer>	0/7 Indicate the supported streams of local dewarp. One bit represents one supported stream. The LSB indicates stream 0.Ex: "3" means stream 0 and stream 1 support local dewarp.* Only available when "capability_fisheye" > 0

Group: capability_camctrl_c<0\~(n-1)> n denotes the value of "capability_nvideoin"

(capability_ptzenabled > 0)

* We support this group when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0303b.

PARAMETER VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
ptztunnel0/7	Indicate whether to support ptztunnel in this video input.
privilege0/7	Indicate whether to support "Manage Privilege" of PTZ control in the security page in this video input.1: support both /cgi-bin/camctrl/camctrl.cgi and /cgi-bin/viewer/camctrl.cgi0: support only /cgi-bin/viewer/camctrl.cgi
rs4850/7 An 32-bit integer, each bit can be set separately as follows:Bit 0 => support rs485-inBit 1 => support rs485-out
buildinpt0/7 An 32-bit integer, each bit can be set separately as follows:Bit 0 => support build-in panBit 1 => support build-in tilt

zoommodule 0/7 Indicate whether to

support zoom lens. In our product, only SD series and IZ series use the zoom lens.* Both varifocal and zoom lenses are built with movable elements that permit changing the effective focal length. And the key difference between a varifocal and a zoom lens can be explained by thinking about a lens that has been focused on an object at any focal length. A varifocal will need to be refocused whenever the focal length is adjusted; the zoom will stay in focus when the focal length is adjusted.

focusmode auto,onetimeauto,spotlight,manual

0/7 Focus mode selection:"auto": Camera will automatically adjust the focus position full time to adapt a clear picture."onetimeauto": Camera will automatically adjust the focus position one time, which follows any PTZ control."spotlight": Camera will automatically adjust the focus position full time, and to consider a spotlight avoidance situation."manual": Turn off the automatically focus function. For user to control the focus position manually as their purpose.* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0304a.

Group: capability_ptz_c<0\~(n-1)> n denotes the value of "capability_nvideoin"

(capability_ptzenabled > 0 and capability_camctrl_c<0\~(n-1)>_zoommodule !=0)

* We support this group when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0303b.

PARAMETER VALUE SECURITY	(get/set)		DESCRIPTION
panspeedlv 0,0/7 The maximum speed level of pan motion.*Only available when bit0 of"capability_camctrl_c<0~(n-1)>_buildinpt" is"1"	0/7 The maximum speed level of pan motion.*Only available when bit0 of"capability_camctrl_c<0~(n-1)>_buildinpt" is"1"		el of pan motion.*Only available when bit0 of"capability_camctrl_c<0~(n-1)>_buildinpt" is"1"
minpan 0,	0/7 The lower limit for pan position.		*Only available when bit0 of "capability_camctrl_c<0~(n-1)>_buildinpt" is "1"
maxpan 0,	0/7 The upper limit for pan position.		*Only available when bit0 of "capability_camctrl_c<0~(n-1)>_buildinpt" is "1"
minpanangle	0/7 The lower limit for pan angle.		*Only available when bit0 of "capability_camctrl_c<0~(n-1)>_buildinpt" is "1"
maxpanangle	0/7 The upper limit for pan angle.		*Only available when bit0 of "capability_camctrl_c<0~(n-1)>_buildinpt" is "1"
tiltspeedlv 0,	0/7 The maximum speed level of tilt motion.		*Only available when bit1 of "capability_camctrl_c<0~(n-1)>_buildinpt" is "1"
mintilt 0,	0/7 The lower limit for tilt position.		*Only available when bit1 of "capability_camctrl_c<0~(n-1)>_buildinpt" is "1"
maxtilt 0,	0/7 The upper limit for tilt position.		*Only available when bit1 of "capability_camctrl_c<0~(n-1)>_buildinpt" is "1"
mintiltangle	0/7 The lower limit for tilt angle.		*Only available when bit1 of "capability_camctrl_c<0~(n-1)>_buildinpt" is "1"
maxtiltangle	0/7 The upper limit for tilt angle.		*Only available when bit1 of "capability_camctrl_c<0~(n-1)>_buildinpt" is "1"
zoomspeedlv 0,	0/7 The maximum speed level of zoom motion.		*Only available when the value of "capability_camctrl_c<0~(n-1)>_zoommodule" is "1"
minzoom 0,0/7 The lower limit for zoom position.*Only available when the value of"capability_camctrl_c<0~(n-1)>_zoommodule"is "1"	0/7 The lower limit for zoom position.*Only available when the value of"capability_camctrl_c<0~(n-1)>_zoommodule"is "1"		0/7 The lower limit for zoom position.*Only available when the value of"capability_camctrl_c<0~(n-1)>_zoommodule"is "1"
maxzoom 0,0/7 The upper limit for zoom position.*Only available when the value of"capability_camctrl_c<0~(n-1)>_zoommodule"is "1"	0/7 The upper limit for digital zoom position.*Only available when the value of"capability_camctrl_c<0~(n-1)>_zoommodule"is "1"		0/7 The upper limit for digital zoom position.*Only available when the value of"capability_camctrl_c<0~(n-1)>_zoommodule"is "1"
maxdzoom 0,0/7 The upper limit for digital zoom position.*Only available when the value of"capability_camctrl_c<0~(n-1)>_zoommodule"is "1"	0/7 The upper limit for digital zoom position.*Only available when the value of"capability_camctrl_c<0~(n-1)>_zoommodule"is "1"		0/7 The upper limit for digital zoom position.*Only available when the value of"capability_camctrl_c<0~(n-1)>_ zoommodule"is "1"
focusspeedlv 0,0/7 The maximum speed level of focus motion.*Only available when the value of"capability_camctrl_c<0~(n-1)>_zoommodule"is "1"	0/7 The maximum speed level of focus motion.*Only available when the value of"capability_camctrl_c<0~(n-1)>_ zoommodule"is "1"		0/7 The maximum speed level of focus motion.*Only available when the value of"capability_camctrl_c<0~(n-1)>_ zoommodule"is "1"
minfocus 0,0/7 The lower limit for focus position.*Only available when the value of"capability_camctrl_c<0~(n-1)>_ zoommodule"is "1"	0/7 The lower limit for focus position.*Only available when the value of"capability_camctrl_c<0~(n-1)>_ zoommodule"is "1"		0/7 The lower limit for focus position.*Only available when the value of"capability_camctrl_c<0~(n-1)>_ zoommodule"is "1"
maxfocus 0,0/7 The upper limit for focus position.*Only available when the value of"capability_camctrl_c<0~(n-1)>_ zoommodule"is "1"	0/7 The upper limit for focus position.*Only available when the value of"capability_camctrl_c<0~(n-1)>_ zoommodule"is "1"		0/7 The upper limit for focus position.*Only available when the value of"capability_camctrl_c<0~(n-1)>_ zoommodule"is "1"

Group: capability_daynight_c<0\~(n-1)> n denotes the value of "capability_nvideoin"

PARAMETER VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
support0/7 Indicate whether the camera supports day/night mode switch
builtinir		0/7	Indicate whether to support built-in IR led.
externalir0/7 Indicate whether to support external IR led.
smartir		0/7	Indicate whether to support smart IR.
ircutfilter		0/7	Indicate whether to support IR cut.
lightsensor		0/7	Indicate whether to support light sensor.

blackwhitemode	0/7 Indicate whether to support automatically switch to Black & White display during the night mode.* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0302a.
ircutsensitivity_type	0/7 Indicate the cgi interface of "ircutcontrol_sensitivity"."options": the value of "ircutcontrol_sensitivity" parameter is "low, normal,high"."normalize": the value of "ircutcontrol_sensitivity" parameter is "1~100" "-": not support* Only available when "capability_daynight_c<0~(n-1)>_support" is 1.* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0302a.
ircutsensitivity_supportlevel	0,	0/7 The value indicate the support strength level ofircutsensitivity.* Only available when "capability_daynight_c<0~(n-1)>_support" is 1 and "capability_daynight_c<0~(n-1)>_ircutsensitivity_type" is not "-".* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0302a.
extled_interface	do,irring	0/7 The device interface of external IR led:"do": digital output"irring": IR ring* Only available when "capability_daynight_c<0~(n-1)>_externalir" is 1* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0304a.

Group: capability_videoin_c<0\~(n-1)> n denotes the value of "capability_nvideoin"

PARAMETER VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
lens_type fisheye, fixed,	varifocal, changeable,motor, -	0/7	The lens type of this channel.fisheye: Fisheye lensfixed: Build-in fixed-focus lens.varifocal: Build-in varifocal lens.changeable: changeable lens. Like box-type camera, users can install any C-Mount or CS-Mount lens as they wish.motor: Lens with motor to support zoom, focus, etc. -: N/A* Only available when [httpversion] >= 0301a
rotation0/7 Indicate current mode w		whether support video rotation

rotationaffect

-

0/7 When rotation is enabled, some features may become malfunction or be forced to a given value. The affected functions are list here.The format is "Affect API name":"Policy":"Description""Policy" can be categorized into following groups:- (disabled) : UI turns grey and users can't select it.- (unchanged) : UI keeps the status as before and user can't change it.- (hidden) : UI is hidden.- (fixed) : UI is fixed to one selection or value.- (ranged) : UI is fixed to multiple selections or values.- (enabled) : UI is checked.- (notsupport) : the affected function is not available."Affect API name" can be described in hierarchy, such as "exposurewin.mode.blc:disabled:" which means blc exposure window is disabled.API name can be one word as well, such as "exposurelevel:fixed:6" which means exposurelevel is fixed to level 6."Description" can be a nonnegative integer or string or NULL."-" means no feature is affected.* When "rotation"=0, this value must be "-" * We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0304b.

streamcodec	0/7 Represent supported codec types of each stream.This contains a list of positive integers, split by comma. Each one stands for a stream, and the definition is as following:Bit 0: Support MPEG4.Bit 1: Support MJPEGBit 2: Support H.264Bit 3: Support H.265
mode 0,	0/7 Indicate current video mode.
nmode	0/7 Indicate how many video modes supported by this channel.
maxsize	0/7 The maximum resolution of all modes in this channel, the unit is pixel.
nprivacymask 0,	0/7 Number of privacy mask per channel
nresolution	0/7 The maximum resolution options (listed in "resolution") in current video mode.
resolution A list of		0/7 Resolution options in current video mode. These options are the possible options for "videoin_c__s__resolution".The last one is the maximum resolution in current mode.
maxresolution A list of	0/7 Represent supported maximum resolution of each stream in current video mode.* The element number is defined as "capability_nmediastream".
minresolution	A list of	0/7	Represent supported minimum resolution of each stream in current video mode.* The element number is defined as "capability_nmediastream"* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0304b.
maxframerate A list of0/7 Indicate frame rate that the video source outputs in current video mode. One to one mapping to the resolution in "resolution".* The element number is defined as "nresolution" in this group.* This parameter may be changed when "videoin_c<ncmosfreq"=50 or "videoin_c<ncmodulation"=pal.Ex: 30 fps is changed to 25 fps, 60 fps is changed to 50 fps, and so on.
mjpeg_maxframerate A list ofand "-"		0/7 Maximum fps that the device can encoded with MJPEG on resolutions in current video mode."-" means not support.* One to one mapping to the resolution in "resolution"."* The element number is defined as "nresolution" in this group.* This parameter may be changed when "videoin_c<ncmosfreq"=50 or "videoin_c<ncmodulation"=pal.Ex: 30 fps is changed to 25 fps, 60 fps is changed to 50 fps, and so on.* Only available when 'mjpeg' is listed in "capability_videoin_codec".
mjpeg_maxbitrate, - 0/7 Maxi- num bitrates of MJPEG.The unit is bps."-" means MJPEG does not support bit rate control.* Only available when 'mjpeg' is listed in "capability_videoin_codec".

h264_maxframerate A list ofand "-"	0/7 Maximum fps that the device can encoded with H.264 on resolutions in current video mode."-" means not support.* One to one mapping to the resolution in "resolution".* The element number is defined as "nresolution" in this group.* This parameter may be changed when "videoin_ccmosfreq" = 50 or "videoin_cmodulation" = pal.Ex: 30 fps is changed to 25 fps, 60 fps is changed to 50 fps, and so on.* Only available when 'h264' is listed in "capability_videoin_codec".
h264_maxbitrate integer> 0/7 Maximum bitrates of H.264.The unit is bps.* Only available when 'h264' is listed in "capability_videoin_codec".
h265_maxframerate A list ofand "-"	0/7 Maximum fps that the device can encoded with H.265 on resolutions in current video mode."-" means not support.* One to one mapping to the resolution in "resolution".* The element number is defined as "nresolution" in this group.* This parameter may be changed when "videoin_ccmosfreq" = 50 or "videoin_cmodulation" = pal.Ex: 30 fps is changed to 25 fps, 60 fps is changed to 50 fps, and so on.* Only available when ‘h265’ is listed in "capability_videoin_codec".
h265_maxbitrate integer> 0/7 Maximum bitrates of H.265.The unit is bps.* Only available when 'h265' is listed in "capability_videoin_codec".

fisheye_mounttype	ceiling, wall, floor	0/7 Indicate	the supported type.wall mount: 180° panoramic viewceiling mount: 360° surround view without blind spotsfloor mount: 360° surround view without blind spots* Only available when "capability_fisheye" > 0
dintraperiod_support	0/7 0: Non-support "Dynamic intra frame period"1: Support "Dynamic intra frame period""Dynamic intra frame period" can be used to reduce bitrate by reducing the number of I-frame.* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0301c.
cameraunit_name	CU8131,CU8171,CU8161-H,CU8162-H,CU8163-H,CU8361-H,...,-product dependent>	0/7 A "camera unit" name of a split-type camera system, which the camera unit and the video core are separated.:- If the camera is not a split-type camera system, the value of this parameter is "-".* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0302b.

Group: capability_videooin_c<0\~(n-1)>_localdewarp

(capability_fisheyelocaldewarp_c<0\~(capability_nvideoin)-1>>0)

n denotes the value of "capability_nvideoin"

PARAMETER VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
typeceilingmount 10, 1P, 2P, 1R, 4R 0/7 Available dewarp types of ceiling and floor mount.
typewallmount 10, 1P, 1R, 4R 0/7 Available dewarp types of wall mount.
resolutionC1P A list of0/7 Available resolutions of 1P mode of ceiling and floor mount.
resolutionC2P A list of0/7 Available resolutions of 2P mode of ceiling and floor mount.
resolutionC1R	A list of0/7 Available resolutions of 1R mode of ceiling and floor mount.
resolutionC4R A list of0/7 Available resolutions of 4R mode of ceiling and floor mount.
resolutionW1P A list of0/7 Available resolutions of 1P mode of wall mount.
resolutionW1R A list of0/7 Available resolutions of 1R mode of wall mount.
resolutionW4R A list of0/7 Available resolutions of 4R mode of wall mount.

Group: capability_videoin_c<0\~(n-1)>_mode<0\~(m-1)> n denotes the value of "capability_nvideoin", m denotes the value of "capability_videoin_c<0\~(n-1)>_nmode"

PARAMETER VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
rotation0/7 Indicate this mode whether support v			videorotation
eptz 0,0/7 Indicate this mode		whether support eptz.For "nvideoin" = 1, the definition is as following:A 32-bits integer, each bit can be set separately as follows:Bit 0 => 1st stream supports ePTZ or not.Bit 1 => 2nd stream supports ePTZ or not, and so on.For nvideoin >= 2, the definition is different:First all 32 bits are divided into groups for channel.Ex:nvideoin = 2, bit 0~15 are the 1st group for 1st channel, bit 16~31 are the 2nd group for 2nd channel.nvideoin = 3, bit 0~9 are the 1st group for 1st channel, bit 10~19 are the 2nd group for 2nd channel, bit 20~31 are the 3rd group for 3rd channel.Then, the 1st bit of the group indicates 1st stream of a channel support ePTZ or not. The 2nd bit of the group indicates 2nd stream of a channel support ePTZ or not, and so on.* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0304b.
wdrpro 0, 1, 2 0/7 Indicate this mode whether support WDR pro.0: Non-support WDR Pro1: Support WDR Pro2: Support WDR Pro and WDR Pro II* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0304b.
effectivepixel0/7	The visible area of full scene in this video mode.The unit is pixel in source.* If"effectivepixel" < "capability_videooin_c<0~(n-1)>_maxsize", then the visible area is located at the center of full scene.
outputsize		0The output size of source, equal to the captured size by device, in this video mode. The unit is pixel.This value is used as a basic coordinate system for many features, like ePTZ, privacy mask, motion, etc.* Source (most for image sensor) may perform scale or binning, etc on image data, and output data with smaller size. This parameter is designed to represent this.
binning 0, 1, 3 0/7 Indicate binning is used or not in this video mode.0: No binning1: 2x2 binning3: 3x3 binning* Binning is a technology to increase light sensitivity by combining multiple pixels to one. The drawback is reduced resolution. We design this parameter to disclose this information.
nresolution0/7 How many resolution options in this video mode.

resolution A list of	0/7 Resolution options in this video mode. The last one is the maximum resolution in this video mode.* The element number is defined as "nresolution" in this group.
maxresolution A list of	0/7 Represent supported m	maximum resolution of each stream in current video mode.* The element number is defined as "capability_nmediastream".
minresolution A list of	0/7 Represent supported m	minimum resolution of each stream in current video mode.* The element number is defined as "capability_nmediastream"* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0304b.
maxframerate A list of	0/7 Indicates frame rate that the video source Integer* One to one mapping to the resolution in "resolution"* The element number is defined as "nresolution" in this group.* This parameter records the frame rate when "videoin_c<0~(n-1)>_cmosfreq"=60 or "videoin_c<0~(n-1)>_modulation"=ntsc
maxfps_mjpeg A list of	0/7 Maximum fps which the device can encoded with Integer and "-"	0/7 Maximum fps which the device can encoded with MJPEG on resolutions in this video mode."-" means not support.* One to one mapping to the resolution in "resolution"* The element number is defined as "nresolution" in this group.* This parameter records the frame rate when "videoin_c<0~(n-1)>_cmosfreq"=60 or "videoin_c<0~(n-1)>_modulation"=ntsc* Only available when 'mjpeg' is listed in "capability_videoin_codec".
maxfps_h264 A list of	itiveInteger> and "-"	0/7 Maximum fps which the device can encoded with H.264 on resolutions in this video mode."-" means not support.* One to one mapping to the resolution in "resolution".* The element number is defined as "nresolution" in this group.* This parameter records the frame rate when "videoin_c<0~(n-1)>_cmosfreq"=60 or "videoin_c<0~(n-1)>_modulation"=ntsc* Only available when 'h264' is listed in "capability_videoin_codec".
maxfps_h265 A list of	itiveInteger> and "-"	0/7 Maximum fps which the device can encoded with H.265 on resolutions in this video mode."-" means not support.* One to one mapping to the resolution in "resolution".* The element number is defined as "nresolution" in this group.* This parameter records the frame rate when "videoin_c<0~(n-1)>_cmosfreq"=60 or "videoin_c<0~(n-1)>_modulation"=ntsc* Only available when 'h265' is listed in "capability_videoin_codec".
description	0/7 Description about this mode.

Group: capability_image_c<0\~(n-1)> n denotes the value of "capability_nvideoin"

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
basicsetting	0, <positive integer>	0/7	A 32-bits integer, each bit can be set separately as follows:Bit 0 => Supports Brightness or not.Bit 1 => Supports Contrast or not.Bit 2 => Supports Saturation or not.Bit 3 => Supports Sharpness or not.
wdrpro_mode	0, 1, 2	0/7	0: Non-support WDR Pro1: Support WDR Pro2: Support WDR Pro and WDR Pro II
wdrpro_strength	0, 1	0/7	0: Non-support tuning strength of WDR Pro1: Support tuning strength of WDR Pro* If"capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_wdrpro"=1, this may be either 0 or 1.
wdrpro_supportlevel	0,	0/7	This contains a list of positive integers, split by comma.If "wdrpro_mode" =1, then the value indicate the support strength level of WDR Pro.If "wdrpro_mode" =2, then the first number indicate the support strength level of WDR Pro, and the second number indicate the support strength level of WDR Pro II.
wdrpro_affect -,	exposurewin.mode:fixed:auto,exposurewin.mode.blc:disabled:,aespeed:disabled:,exposurelevel:hidden:,exposurelevel:fixed:/,exposurelevel:ranged:-,exposuremode:fixed:auto:: nonnegative integer	0/7 When	WDR Pro is enabled, some features may become malfunction or be forced to a given value. The affected functions are list here.The format is "Affect API name":"Policy":"Description""Policy" can be categorized into following groups:- (disabled) : UI turns grey and users can't select it.- (unchanged) : UI keeps the status as before and user can't change it.- (hidden) : UI is hidden.- (fixed) : UI is fixed to one selection or value.- (ranged) : UI is fixed to multiple selections or values.- (enabled) : UI is checked.- (notsupport) : the affected function is not available."Affect API name" can be described in hierarchy, such as "exposurewin.mode.blc:disabled:" which means blc exposure window is disabled. API name can be one word as well, such as "exposurelevel:fixed:6" which means exposurelevel is fixed to level 6."Description" can be a nonnegative integer or string or NULL.For example:"exposurelevel:fixed:6/8/12" which means exposurelevel is fixed to level 6, level 8 and level 12."-" means no feature is affected.* When "wdrpro" = 0, this value must be "-"
wdrpro_description		0/7	Description about WDR Pro mode.* Only available when "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_wdrpro_mode" > 0
wdrc_mode	0, 1	0/7	0: Non-support WDR Enhanced1: Support WDR Enhanced
wdrc_supportlevel	0,	0/7	Indicate the support strength level of WDR Enhanced.
wdrc_affect -,	exposurewin.mode:fixed:auto,exposurewin.mode.blc:disabled:,aespeed:disabled:,exposurelevel:hidden:,exposurelevel:fixed:,exposurelevel:fixed:/,,exposurelevel:range:-,,exposuremode:fixed:auto	0/7 When	WDR Enhanced is enabled, some features may become malfunction or be forced to a given value. The affected functions are list here.The format is "Affect API name":"Policy":"Description""Policy" can be categorized into following groups:- (disabled) : UI turns grey and users can't select it.- (unchanged) : UI keeps the status as before and user can't change it.
	:x>: nonnegative integerproduct dependent>		- (hidden) : UI is hidden.-(fixed) : UI is fixed to one selection or value.- (ranged) : UI is fixed to multiple selections or values.- (enabled) : UI is checked.- (notsupport) : the affected function is not available."Affect API name" can be described in hierarchy, such as "exposurewin.mode.blc:disabled:" which means blc exposure window is disabled. API name can be one word as well, such as "exposurelevel:fixed:6" which means exposurelevel is fixed to level 6."Description" can be a nonnegative integer or string or NULL.For example:"exposurelevel:fixed:6/8/12" which means exposurelevel is fixed to level 6, level 8 and level 12."-" means no feature is affected.* When "wdrc"=0, this value must be "-"
dnr	0,1	0/7	0: Non-support 3D digital noise reduction1: Support 3D digital noise reduction
eis 0,1 0/7 0: Non-support electronic image			stabilizer1: Support electronic image stabilizer
is_mode eis,	dis,-	0/7 Indicate the image stabilizer mode."eis": electronic image stabilizer"dis": digital image stabilizer"-": not support* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal
			or greater than 0302a.
is_strength		0/7	0: Non-support tuning strength of image stabilizer mode.1: Support tuning strength of image stabilizer mode.* Only available when "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_is_mode" is not "-".* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0302a.
is_supportlevel	0,	0/7	Indicate the support strength level of image stabilizer mode.* Only available when "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_is_mode" is not "-".* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0302a.
is_affect -,	minexposure:hidden:,mingain:hidden:,wdrpro:unchanged:,3dnr:unchanged:,or others:x>: nonnegative integerproduct dependent>	0/7 When Is mode is not "-", some features may become malfunction or be forced to a given value. The affected functions are list here.The format is "Affect API name":"Policy":"Description""Policy" can be categorized into following groups:- (disabled) : UI turns grey and users can't select it.- (unchanged) : UI keeps the status as before and user can't change it.- (hidden) : UI is hidden.- (fixed) : UI is fixed to one selection or
			value.- (ranged) : UI is fixed to multiple selections or values.- (enabled) : UI is checked.- (notsupport) : the affected function is not available."Affect API name" can be described in hierarchy, such as "exposurewin.mode.blc:disabled:" which means blc exposure window is disabled. API name can be one word as well, such as "exposurelevel:fixed:6" which means exposurelevel is fixed to level 6."Description" can be a nonnegative integer or string or NULL."-" means no feature is affected.* Only available when "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_is_mode" is not "-".* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0302a.
scenemode_support 0,1 0/7 0: Non-support scene mode			1: Support scene mode
scenemode_supporttype	visibility, noiseless, lpcparkinglot, lpcstreet	0/7 list all	the scene mode which are supported in the camera.* Only available when "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_ scenemode_support" is 1
scenemodeVisibility_affect	-, minexposure:hidden:, mingain:hidden:, wdrpro:unchanged:, 3dnr:unchanged:, or others: nonnegative integer	0/7 When	scene mode is enabled, some features may become malfunction or be forced to a given value. The affected functions are list here.The format is "Affect APIname":"Policy":"Description" "Policy" can be categorized into following groups: - (disabled) : UI turns grey and users can't select it. - (unchanged) : UI keeps the status as before and user can't change it. - (hidden) : UI is hidden. - (fixed) : UI is fixed to one selection or value. - (ranged) : UI is fixed to multiple selections or values. - (enabled) : UI is checked. - (notsupport) : the affected function is not available."Affect API name" can be described in hierarchy, such as "exposurewin.mode.blc:disabled:" which means blc exposure window is disabled. API name can be one word as well, such as "exposurelevel:fixed:6" which means exposurelevel is fixed to level 6."Description" can be a nonnegative integer or string or NULL."-" means no feature is affected.* Only available when visibility is listed in "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_ scenemode_supporttype" and "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_ scenemode_support" is 1
scenemode_noiseless_affect	-, minexposure:hidden:, mingain:hidden:, wdrpro:unchanged:,3dnr:unchanged:,or others< x>: nonnegative integerproduct dependent>	0/7 When	scene mode is enabled, some features may become malfunction or be forced to a given value. The affected functions are list here.The format is "Affect API name":"Policy":"Description""Policy" can be categorized into following groups:- (disabled) : UI turns grey and users can't select it.- (unchanged) : UI keeps the status as before and user can't change it.- (hidden) : UI is hidden.- (fixed) : UI is fixed to one selection or value.- (ranged) : UI is fixed to multiple selections or values.- (enabled) : UI is checked.- (notsupport) : the affected function is not available."Affect API name" can be described in hierarchy, such as "exposurewin.mode.blc:disabled:" which means blc exposure window is disabled. API name can be one word as well, such as "exposurelevel:fixed:6" which means exposurelevel is fixed to level 6."Description" can be a nonnegative integer or string or NULL."-" means no feature is affected.* Only available when visibility is listed in "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_ scenemode_supporttype " and "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_ scenemode_support" is 1
scenemode_lpcparkinglot _affect	-,minexposure:hidden:,mingain:hidden:, wdrpro:unchanged:, 3dnr:unchanged:, or others:. nonnegative integer:	0/7 When	scene mode is enabled, some features may become malfunction orbe forced to a given value. The affected functions are list here.The format is "Affect API name":"Policy":"Description""Policy" can be categorized into following groups:- (disabled) : UI turns grey and users can't select it.- (unchanged) : UI keeps the status as before and user can't change it.- (hidden) : UI is hidden.- (fixed) : UI is fixed to one selection or value.- (ranged) : UI is fixed to multiple selections or values.- (enabled) : UI is checked.- (notsupport) : the affected function is not available."Affect API name" can be described in hierarchy, such as "exposurewin.mode.blc:disabled:" which means blc exposure window is disabled. API name can be one word as well, such as "exposurelevel:fixed:6" which means exposurelevel is fixed to level 6."Value" can be a nonnegative integer or string or NULL."-" means no feature is affected.* Only available when visibility is listed in "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_ scenemode_supporttype " and "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_ scenemode_support" is 1

scenemode_lpcstreet_ affect	-, minexposure:hidden:, mingain:hidden:, wdrpro:unchanged:, 3dnr:unchanged:,or others: nonnegative integer	0/7 When scene mode is enabled, some features may become malfunction or be forced to a given value. The affected functions are list here.The format is "Affect API name":"Policy":"Description"

			"capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_scenemode_support" is 1
wbmode auto,	manual,rbgain,widerange,outdoor,indoor,sodiumauto,-	0/7 Available white balance mode."-" means white balance is not supported.
iristype piris,	dciris,-	0/7 Indicate iris type."piris": P-Iris"dciris": DC-Iris"-": No Iris control support* Note: For some cameras, this value may be varied depending on mounted lens.
sensortype rawsensor,	smartsensor	0/7 Indicate sensor type."rawsensor": Raw sensor"smartsensor": Smart sensor* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0302a.
exposure_mode	0,1	0/7	0: Non-support exposure control.1: Support exposure control.
exposure_modetype auto,	shutterpriority,irispriority,manual	0/7 Available mode of exposure setting.* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0302a.
exposure_rangetype onevalue,twovalues		0/7 Support interface of exposure range."onevalue": The parameter is a constant value."twovalues": Need two parameters to indicate the exposure range.* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0302a.
exposure_shuttervaluetype	fixed, maximum, -	0/7 * One	to one mapping to the mode type in "exposure_modetype". "fixed": The shutter value is the assigned value (videoin_c<0~(n-1)>_shuttervalue). "maximum": The shutter value can be up to the assigned value (videoin_c<0~(n-1)>_shuttervalue). "-" : not support. * Only available when "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_exposure_rangetype" is "onevalue". * We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0302a.
exposure_gainvaluetype fixed, maximum, -		0/7 * One	to one mapping to the mode type in "exposure_modetype". "fixed": The shutter value is the assigned value (videoin_c<0~(n-1)>_gainvalue). "maximum": The shutter value can be up to the assigned value (videoin_c<0~(n-1)>_gainvalue) "-" : not support. * Only available when "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_exposure_rangetype" is "onevalue". * We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0302a.
exposure_automode_ affect	-, exposurewin.mode.blc:hidden:, defog:disabled:, wdrpro:disabled:, exposurelevel:hidden:, or others	0/7 When	exposure auto mode is enabled, some features may become malfunction or be forced to a given value. The affected functions are list here. The format is "Affect API name":"Policy":"Description"

	< x>: nonnegative integer <product dependent> "Policy"	can be categorized into following groups:- (disabled) : UI turns grey and users can't select it.- (unchanged) : UI keeps the status as before and user can't change it.- (hidden) : UI is hidden.- (fixed) : UI is fixed to one selection or value.- (ranged) : UI is fixed to multiple selections or values.- (enabled) : UI is checked.- (notsupport) : the affected function is not available."Affect API name" can be described in hierarchy, such as "exposurewin.mode.blc:disabled:" which means blc exposure window is disabled. API name can be one word as well, such as "exposurelevel:fixed:6" which means exposurelevel is fixed to level 6."Description" can be a nonnegative integer or string or NULL."-" means no feature is affected.* Only available when auto is listed in "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_exposure_modetype" and "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_exposure_mode" is 1.* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0302a.
exposure_shutterpriority mode_affect	-,exposurewin.mode.blc:hidd	0/7 When exposure shutter priority mode is enabled, some features may become

	en:, defog:disabled:, wdrpro:disabled:, exposurelevel:hidden:, or others< x>: nonnegative integer< product dependent>		malfunction or be forced to a given value. The affected functions are list here.The format is "Affect API name":"Policy":"Description""Policy" can be categorized into following groups:- (disabled) : UI turns grey and users can't select it.- (unchanged) : UI keeps the status as before and user can't change it.- (hidden) : UI is hidden.- (fixed) : UI is fixed to one selection or value.- (ranged) : UI is fixed to multiple selections or values.- (enabled) : UI is checked.- (notsupport) : the affected function is not available."Affect API name" can be described in hierarchy, such as "exposurewin.mode.blc:disabled:" which means blc exposure window is disabled. API name can be one word as well, such as "exposurelevel:fixed:6" which means exposurelevel is fixed to level 6."Description" can be a nonnegative integer or string or NULL."-" means no feature is affected.* Only available when shutterpriority is listed in "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_ exposure_modetype" and"capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_exposure_mode" is 1.* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0302a.
exposure_irisprioritymode_affect	-,exposurewin.mode.blc:hidden:,defog:disabled:,wdrpro:disabled:,exposurelevel:hidden:,or others:x>: nonnegative integerproduct dependent>	0/7 When	exposure iris priority mode is enabled, some features may become malfunction or be forced to a given value. The affected functions are list here.The format is "Affect API name":"Policy":"Description""Policy" can be categorized into following groups:- (disabled) : UI turns grey and users can't select it.- (unchanged) : UI keeps the status as before and user can't change it.- (hidden) : UI is hidden.- (fixed) : UI is fixed to one selection or value.- (ranged) : UI is fixed to multiple selections or values.- (enabled) : UI is checked.- (notsupport) : the affected function is not available."Affect API name" can be described in hierarchy, such as "exposurewin.mode.blc:disabled:" which means blc exposure window is disabled. API name can be one word as well, such as "exposurelevel:fixed:6" which means exposurelevel is fixed to level 6."Description" can be a nonnegativeinteger or string or NULL."-" means no feature is affected.* Only available when irispriority is listed in"capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_exposure_modetype" and"capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_exposure_mode" is 1.* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0302a.
exposure_qualityprioritymode_affect	-,exposurewin.mode.blc:hidden:,defog:disabled:,wdrpro:disabled:,exposurelevel:hidden:,or others:x>: nonnegative integerproduct dependent>	0/7 When exposure quality priority mode is enabled, some features may become malfunction or be forced to a given value. The affected functions are list here.The format is "Affect API name":"Policy":"Description""Policy" can be categorized into following groups:- (disabled) : UI turns grey and users can't select it.- (unchanged) : UI keeps the status as before and user can't change it.- (hidden) : UI is hidden.- (fixed) : UI is fixed to one selection or value.- (ranged) : UI is fixed to multiple selections or values.- (enabled) : UI is checked.- (notsupport) : the affected function is not available."Affect API name" can be described in hierarchy, such as"exposurewin.mode.blc:disabled:"
			which means blc exposure window is disabled. API name can be one word as well, such as "exposurelevel:fixed:6" which means exposurelevel is fixed to level 6."Description" can be a nonnegative integer or string or NULL."-" means no feature is affected.* Only available when qualitypriority is listed in "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_exposure_modetype" and "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_exposure_mode" is 1.* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0305a.
exposure_manualmode_affect	-,exposurewin.mode.blc:hidden:,defog:disabled:,wdrpro:disabled:,exposurelevel:hidden:,or others:x>: nonnegative integerproduct dependent>	0/7 When exposure manual mode is enabled, some features may become malfunction or be forced to a given value. The affected functions are list here.The format is "Affect API name":"Policy":"Description""Policy" can be categorized into following groups:- (disabled) : UI turns grey and users can't select it.- (unchanged) : UI keeps the status as before and user can't change it.- (hidden) : UI is hidden.- (fixed) : UI is fixed to one selection or value.- (ranged) : UI is fixed to multiple selections or values.
			- (enabled) : UI is checked. - (notsupport) : the affected function is not available. "Affect API name" can be described in hierarchy, such as "exposurewin.mode.blc:disabled:" which means blc exposure window is disabled. API name can be one word as well, such as "exposurelevel:fixed:6" which means exposurelevel is fixed to level 6. "Description" can be a nonnegative integer or string or NULL. "-" means no feature is affected. * Only available when manual is listed in "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_exposure_modetype" and "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_exposure_mode" is 1. * We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0302a.
exposure_levelrange -,	"0,12"	0/7 Available range for "videoin_c<0~(n-1)>_exposurelevel" * When "exposure_mode" = 0, this value must be set to "-".
exposure_winmode auto,	custom, blc, hlc -	0/7 Available options for "exposurewin_c<0~(n-1)>_mode" * "-" means group: exposurewin is not supported. * When exposure_mode="0", this value must be set to "-".
exposure_hlcmode_supportwindow	0/7 Indicate whether to support exposure window in hlc mode.
exposure_hlcmode_affect -,	0/7	When hlc mode is enabled, some
	or others: nonnegative integerproduct dependent>		features may become malfunction or be forced to a given value. The affected functions are list here.The format is "Affect API name":"Policy":"Description""Policy" can be categorized into following groups:- (disabled) : UI turns grey and users can't select it.- (unchanged) : UI keeps the status as before and user can't change it.- (hidden) : UI is hidden.- (fixed) : UI is fixed to one selection or value.- (ranged) : UI is fixed to multiple selections or values.- (enabled) : UI is checked.- (notsupport) : the affected function is not available."Affect API name" can be described in hierarchy, such as "exposurewin.mode.blc:disabled:" which means blc exposure window is disabled. API name can be one word as well, such as "exposurelevel:fixed:6" which means exposurelevel is fixed to level 6."Description" can be a nonnegative integer or string or NULL."-" means no feature is affected.* Only available when manual is listed in "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_exposure_modetype" and "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_exposure_winmode" is hlc.* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0304a.
exposure_wintype inclusive, exclusive, -	0/7 The supported exposure window type.inclusive: The image inside a window is the target area of exposure control.exclusive: The image inside a window is omitted by exposure control.-: Not supported.
exposure_windomain	qvga, px, std, -	0/7	The domain to set an exposure window.qvga: a 320x240 range to represent the whole imagepx: Locate a window in the image with pixels.std: A normalized 0~9999 range.-: Not supported.
exposure_winnum	0, <Positive Integer>	0/7	Indicate the number of custom exposure windows.* If no "custom" is listed in "exposure_winmode", this should be 0.
exposure_ntsc_totalrange	A list of <Positive Integer>	0/7 Available total range for NTSC analog output* Only available when [httpversion] >= 0301a
exposure_pal_totalrange	A list of <Positive Integer>	0/7 Available total range for PAL analog output* Only available when [httpversion] >= 0301a
exposure_maxrange "1,32000", "1,8000", -, or othersproduct dependent>	0/7 Available range for "videoin_cmaxexposure" "1,32000" => 1s ~ 1/32000s "1,8000" => 1s ~ 1/8000s etc."-" means maximum exposure time is not available.
			* When "exposure_mode" = 0, this value must be set to "-".
exposure_minrange "1,32000", "1,8000", -, or others	0/7 Available range for "videoin_cminexposure" "1,32000" => 1s ~ 1/32000s "1,8000" => 1s ~ 1/8000s etc. "-" means minimum exposure time is not available.* When "exposure_mode" = 0, this value must be set to "-".
privacymask_wintype rectangle, polygon, 3Drectangle	0/7 The supported mask window type. polygon: The window is a 2D polygon shape. rectangle: The window is a 2D rectangle shape. 3Drectangle: The window is a 3D rectangle shape.
privacymask_windomain	qvga, px, std, -	0/7	The domain to set an window. qvga: a 320x240 range to represent the whole image. px: Locate a window in the image with pixels. std: A normalized 0~9999 range. -: Not supported.
privacymask_ncolor		0/7 Available total color numbers of privacy mask.
agc_maxgain "0,100", "-"	0/7 Available range for "videoin_cmaxgain" "0,100" => 0~100 percent "-" means "videoin_cmaxgain" is not available.
agc_mingain "0,100", "-"	0/7 Available range for "videoin_cmingain" "0,100" => 0~100 percent "-" means "videoin_cmingain" is not available.
flickerless	0,1	0/7	0: Non-support flickerless1: Support flickerless

flickerlessaffect -,	minexposure:hidden:,mingain:hidden:,or others:x>: nonnegative integerproduct dependent>	0/7 When flickerless is enabled, some features may become malfunction or be forced to a given value. The affected functions are list here.The format is "Affect API name":"Policy":"Description""Policy" can be categorized into following groups:- (disabled) : UI turns grey and users can't select it.- (unchanged) : UI keeps the status as before and user can't change it.- (hidden) : UI is hidden.- (fixed) : UI is fixed to one selection or value.- (ranged) : UI is fixed to multiple selections or values.- (enabled) : UI is checked.- (notsupport) : the affected function is not available."Affect API name" can be described in hierarchy, such as "exposurewin.mode.blc:disabled:" which means blc exposure window is disabled. API name can be one word as well, such as "exposurelevel:fixed:6" which means exposurelevel is fixed to level 6."Description" can be a nonnegative integer or string or NULL."-" means no feature is affected.* When "flickerless" = 0, this value must be "-"
defog_mode 0,1 0/7 0: Non-support defog

			1: Support defog
defog_strength	0, 1	0/7	0: Non-support tuning strength of defog1: Support tuning strength of defog* If"capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_defog_mode"=1, this may be either 0 or 1.
defog_supportlevel	0,	0/7	The value indicate the support strength level of defog.
defog_affect -,	wdrpro:unchanged:, or others:x>: nonnegative integerproduct dependent>	0/7 When defog is enabled, some features may become malfunction or be forced to a given value. The affected functions are list here.The format is "Affect API name":"Policy":"Description""Policy" can be categorized into following groups:- (disabled) : UI turns grey and users can't select it.- (unchanged) : UI keeps the status as before and user can't change it.- (hidden) : UI is hidden.- (fixed) : UI is fixed to one selection or value.- (ranged) : UI is fixed to multiple selections or values.- (enabled) : UI is checked.- (notsupport) : the affected function is not available."Affect API name" can be described in hierarchy, such as"exposurewin.mode.blc:disabled:" which means blc exposure window is disabled. API name can be one word as	defog's enabled, some features may become malfunction or be forced to a given value. The affected functions are list here.The format is "Affect API name":"Policy":"Description""Policy" can be categorized into following groups:- (disabled) : UI turns grey and users can't select it.- (unchanged) : UI keeps the status as before and user can't change it.- (hidden) : UI is hidden.- (fixed) : UI is fixed to one selection or value.- (ranged): UI is fixed to multiple selections or values.- (enabled) : UI is checked.- (notsupport) : the affected function is not available."Affect API name" can be described in hierarchy, such as"exposurewin.mode.blc:disabled:" which means blc exposure window is disabled. API name can be one word aswell, such as "exposurelevel:fixed:6" which means exposurelevel is fixed to level 6."Description" can be a nonnegative integer or string or NULL."-" means no feature is affected.* When "defog" = 0, this value must be "-"
aespeed 0,1 0/7 0: Non-support AE speed			1: Support AE speed
aespeedsupportlevel		0/7	The value indicate the support strength level of aespeed.* Only available when "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_aespeed" is 1.
aespeedsupport sensitivity	0,1	0/7	0: Non-support tuning the sensitivity of AE converge speed.1: Support tuning the sensitivity of AE converge speed.* Only available when "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_aespeed" is 1.
gammacurve	0,1	0/7	0: Non-support tuning Gamma curve1: Support tuning Gamma curve
lowlightmode	-,0,1	0/7	-: Internal parameter, must not open to user.0: Non-support low light mode1: Support low light mode
focusassist	0,1	0/7	0: Non-support focus assist1: Support focus assist
remotefocus	0,	0/7	An 4-bit integer, which indicates the supportive application of remotefocus in this channel.If the value of this parameter is larger than 0, it means that the camera supports remotefocus function in this channel.bit 0 => Indicate whether to support both zoom and focus function.bit 1 => Only support zoom function.bit 2 => Only support focus function.bit 3 => Currently, this is a reserved bit, and the default value is 0.
focuswindomain	qvga, px, std, -	0/7	The domain to set an focus window.qvga: a 320x240 range to represent the whole imagepx: Locate a window in the image with pixels.std: A normalized 0~9999 range.-: Not supported.
lensconfiguration_support	0,1	0/7	Indicate whether to support different image library configuration files for specific exchangeable lens.
freeze		0/7	0: Non-support image freeze feature1: Support image freeze feature* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0302a.
autotrack_support		0/7	0: Non-support auto tracking feature1: Support auto tracking feature* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0302a.
smartsensor_iristotalrange	A list of iris value 0/7 Available total step		for iris value.* We support this parameter when the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0302a.* Only available when "capability_image_c<0~(n-1)>_sensortype" is "smartsensor"

Group: capability_peripheral_c<0\~(n-1)> n denotes the value of "capability_nvideoin"

PARAMETER VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
washer_support	0/7 Indicate whether to support the washer system which can clean the protective window.
washer_mode	wiper, washer	0/7 Available options for "camclean_c<0~(n-1)>_washer_mode" * Only available when "capability_peripheral_c<0~(n-1)>_washer_support" is 1

7.26 Customized event script

Group: event_customtaskfile_i<0\~2>

PARAMETER VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
name string[40] 6/6 Custom script identification of this entry.
date string[4~20] 6/6 Date of custom script.
time string[4~20] 6/6 Time of custom script.

7.27 Event setting

Group: event_i<0\~2>

PARAMETER VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
name string[40] 6/6 Identification of this entry.
enable	0, 1	6/6 Enable or disable this event.
priority	0, 1, 2	6/6 Indicate the priority of this event:"0" = low priority"1" = normal priority"2" = high priority
delay	1~999	6/6 Delay in seconds before detecting the next event.
trigger	boot,di,pir,motion,seq,recnotify,tampering,vi,volalarm,visignal,vadp,smartsd	6/6 Indicate the trigger condition:"boot" = System boot"di" = Digital input"pir" = PIR detection"motion" = Video motion detection"seq" = Periodic condition"visignal" = Video input signal loss."recnotify" = Recording notification."tampering" = Tamper detection."vi" = Virtual input (Manual trigger)"volalarm" = Audio detection"smartsd" = Lifetime detection of SD card
triggerstatus string[40] 6/6 The status for event trigger
di 0,<positive integer> 6/6 Indicate the source id of di trigger.		This field is required when trigger condition is "di".One bit represents one digital input. The LSB indicates DI 0.
mdwin 0,<positive integer>	6/6 Indicate the source window id of motion detection.This field is required when trigger condition is "md".One bit represents one window.The LSB indicates the 1^st window.For example, to detect the 1^st and 3^rd windows, set mdwin as 5.
mdwin0 0,<positive integer>	6/6 Similar to mdwin. The parameter takes effectwhen profile 1 of motion detection is enabled.
vi 0,<positive integer> 6/6 Indicate the source id of vi trigger.vadpproduct dependent>0,6/6 Indicate the source id of vadp event notification.Each bit corresponds to one vadp source, and the LSB indicates source id 0.For example, to detect event from any one of source id 0, 1 and 3, set vadp to 11.* Only available when vadp is listed in "capability_supporttriggertypes"		This field is required when trigger condition is "vi".One bit represents one digital input. The LSB indicates VI 0.
valevel 0,1 6/6 Select audio detection event.
valevel0 0,1 6/6 Select audio detection profile event.
inter 1~999 6/6 Interval of snapshots in minutes.
weekday 0~127 6/6 Indicate which weekday is scheduled.
begintime hh:mm 6/6 Begin time of the weekly schedule.
endtimehh:mm 6/6 End time of the weekly schedule.(00:00 ~ 24:00 sets schedule as always on)
lowlightcondition0, 16/6 Switch on white light LED in low light condition0 => Do action at all times1 => Do action in low-light conditions
action_do_i<0~(ndo-1)>_enable		6/6 Enable or disable trigger digital output.* Only available when "capability_ndo" > 0
action_do_i<0~(ndo-1)>_duration	1~999	6/6 Duration of the digital output trigger in seconds.* Only available when "capability_ndo" > 0
action_cf_enable		6/6 Enable or disable sending media to SD card.
action_cf_folder	string[128]	6/6 Path to store media.

action_cf_media NULL, 0~4	,101 6/6 Index of the attached media.
			101 means "Recording Notify"
action_cf_datefolder <boolean> 6/6 Enable this to create folders by date, time, and hour automatically.		create folders by date, time, and hour automatically.
action_cf_backup <Boolean> 6/6 Enable or disable the function that send media to SD card for backup if network is disconnected.		the function	that send media to SD card for backup if network is disconnected.
action_server_i<0~4>_enable	<boolean> 6/6 Enable or disable this server action.		this server action.
action_server_i<0~4>_media	NULL, 0~4,101 6/6 Index of the attached media.		attached media.101 means "Recording Notify"
action_server_i<0~4>_datefolder	<boolean> 6/6 Enable this to create folders by date, time, and hour automatically.		ate folders by date, time, and hour automatically.
action_goto_enableproduct dependent>	<boolean> 6/6 Enable/disable ptz goto preset position on event triggered.* Only available when capability_ptzenabled >0.		goto preset position on event triggered.* Only available when capability_ptzenabled >0.
action_goto_nameproduct dependent>	string[40] 6/6 Specify the preset name that ptz goto on event triggered.* Only available when capability_ptzenabled >0.		name that ptz goto on event triggered.* Only available when capability_ptzenabled >0.
action_goto_syncproduct dependent>	<boolean> 6/6 Capture media after moving to the location.* Only avaliable when the bit4 of capability_ptzenabled is 1 and the bit7 of capability_ptzenabled is 0		* Only avaliable when the bit4 of capability_ptzenabled is 1 and the bit7 of capability_ptzenabled is 0
action_autotrack_enableproduct dependent>	<boolean> 6/6 Enable/disable auto tracking on event triggerd.* Only avaliable when the bit4 of capability_ptzenabled is 1 and the bit7 of capability_ptzenabled is 0		* Only avaliable when the bit4 of capability_ptzenabled is 1 and the bit7 of capability_ptzenabled is 0

7.28 Server setting for event action

Group: server_i<0\~4>

PARAMETER VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
name string[40] 6/6 Identification of this entry
type	email,ftp,http,ns	6/6 Indicate the server type:"email" = email server"ftp" = FTP server"http" = HTTP server"ns" = network storage
http_url string[128] 6/6 URL of the HTTP server to upload.
http_username string[64] 6/6 Username to log in to the server.
http_passwd string[64] 6/6 Password of the user.
ftp_address string[128] 6/6 FTP server address.
ftp_username string[64] 6/6 Username to log in to the server.
ftp_passwd string[64] 6/6 Password of the user.
ftp_port 0~65535 6/6 Port to connect to the server.
ftp_location string[128] 6/6 Location to upload or store the media.
ftp_passive	6/6 Enable or disable passive mode.0 = disable passive mode1 = enable passive mode
email_address string[128] 6/6 Email server address.
email_sslmode	6/6 Enable support SSL.
email_port 0~65535 6/6 Port to connect to the server.
email_username string[64] 6/6 Username to log in to the server.
email_passwd string[64] 6/6 Password of the user.
email_senderemail string[128] 6/6 Email address of the sender.
email_recipientemail string[640] 6/6 Email address of the recipient.
ns_location string[128] 6/6 Location to upload or store the media.
ns_username string[64] 6/6 Username to log in to the server.
ns_passwd string[64] 6/6 Password of the user.
ns_workgroup string[64] 6/6 Workgroup for network storage.

7.29 Media setting for event action

Group: media_i<0\~4>

PARAMETER VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
name string[40] 6/6 Identification of this entry
type	snapshot,systemlog,videoclip,recordmsg	6/6 Media	type to send to the server orstore on the server.
snapshot_source 0~"capability_nmediastream"-1 6/6 Indicate the source of media stream.
snapshot_prefix string[16]	6/6 Indicate the prefix of the filename.		media_i0=> Snapshot1_media_i1=> Snapshot2_media_i2=> Snapshot3_media_i3=> Snapshot4_media_i4=> Snapshot5_
snapshot_datesuffix 0, 1	6/6 Add date and time suffix to filename:		1 = Add date and time suffix.0 = Do not add.
snapshot_preevent	0~"capability_media_snapshot_maxpre event"	6/6 Indicates the number of pre-event images.
snapshot_postevent	0~"capability_media_snapshot_maxpostevent"	6/6 Indicates the number of post-event images.
videoclip_source 0~"capability_nmediastream"-1 6/6 Indicate the source of media stream.
videoclip_prefix string[16]	6/6 Indicate the prefix of the filename.
videoclip_preevent 0 ~ "capability_media_videoclip_maxpre event"		6/6 Indicates the time for pre-event recording in seconds.
videoclip_maxduration 1 ~ "capability_media_videoclip_maxlength"		6/6 Maximum duration of one video clip in seconds.
videoclip_maxsize 50 ~ "capability_media_videoclip_maxsize"		6/6 Maximum size of one video clip file in Kbytes.

7.30 Recording

Group: recording_i<0\~1>

PARAMETER VALUE	SECURITY	(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
name string[40] 6/6	Identification of this entry.
trigger	schedule,networkfail	6/6 The event trigger typeschedule: The event is triggered by schedule networkfail: The event is triggered by the failure of network connection.
enable6/6 Enable or disable this recording.
priority 0, 1, 2	6/6 Indicate	the priority of this recording:"0" indicates low priority."1" indicates normal priority."2" indicates high priority.
source	0~"capability_nmediastream"-1	6/6	Indicate the source of media stream.0 means the first stream.1 means the second stream and so on.
maxretentiontime		6/6	To specify the expired time for automatic clean up, and it only takes effect for video clip generated by recording_i <0~1>.Format is"P[Y]Y[MM]M[DDD]DT[hh]H[mm]M[ss]S', similar with ISO8601 with symbols PEx. P7D, it means 7 days. P1DT10H, it means 1 days and 10 hours.The parameter takes effect when autocleanup_maxretentiontime_recording_enabled is enabled.
limitsize	6/6 0: Entire free space mechanism		1: Limit recording size mechanism
cyclic	6/6 0: Disable cyclic recording		1: Enable cyclic recording
notify	6/6 0: Disable recording notification		1: Enable recording notification
notifyserver 0~31 6/6 Indicate which notification server is scheduled.One bit represents one application server (server_i0~i4).bit0 (LSB) = server_i0.bit1 = server_i1.bit2 = server_i2.bit3 = server_i3.bit4 = server_i4.For example, enable server_i0, server_i2, and server_i4 as notification servers; the notifyserver value is 21.
weekday 0~127 6/6	Indicate which weekday is scheduled.		One bit represents one weekday.bit0 (LSB) = Saturdaybit1 = Fridaybit2 = Thursdaybit3 = Wednesdaybit4 = Tuesdaybit5 = Mondaybit6 = SundayFor example, to detect events on Friday and Sunday, set weekday as 66.
begintime hh:mm 6/6 Start time of the weekly schedule.
endtime hh:mm 6/6	End time of the weekly schedule.		(00:00~24:00 indicates schedule always on)
prefix string[16] 6/6	Indicate the prefix of the filename.
cyclesize 100~ 6/6	The maximum size for cycle recording in Kbytes when choosing to limit recording size.
reserveamount	0~15000000 6/6 The reserved amount in Mbytes when choosing cyclic recording mechanism.

dest	cf,0~4	6/6 The destination to store the recorded data."cf" means local storage (CF or SD card)."0" means the index of the network storage.
cffder string[128]	6/6 Folder name.
maxsize 100~2000	6/6 Unit: Mega bytes.
maxduration 60~3600	6/6 Unit: Second
adaptive_enable	6/6 Indicate whether the adaptive recording is enabled
adaptive_preevent	0~9 6/6 Indicate when is the adaptive recording started before the event trigger point (seconds)
adaptive_postevent	0~10	6/6 Indicate when is the adaptive recording stopped after the event trigger point (seconds)

7.31 HTTPS

Group: https (capability.protocol.https > 0)

NAME	VALUE	SECURITY (get/set)	DESCRIPTION
enable		6/6	To enable or disable secure HTTP.
policy		6/6	If the value is 1, it will force HTTP connection redirect to HTTPS connection
method	auto, manual, install	6/6	auto =>Create self-signed certificate automatically. manual =>Create self-signed certificate manually. install =>Create certificate request and install.
status -3 ~ 1	6/6	Specify the https status.	-3= Certificate not installed-2 = Invalid public key-1 = Waiting for certificate0= Not installed1 = Active
countryname	string[2]	6/6	Country name in the certificate information.

stateorprovincename string[128] 6/6 State or	province name	in the certificate information.
localityname string[128] 6/6 The locality name in thecertificate information.
organizationname	string[64]VIVOTEK Inc.	6/6 Organization name in the certificate information.
unit	string[64]VIVOTEK Inc.	6/6 Organizational unit name in thecertificate information.
commonname	string[64]www.vivotek.com	6/6 Common name in the certificate information.
validdays 0 ~ 3650 6/6 Valid period for the certification.

7.32 Storage management setting

Group: disk_i<0\~(n-1)> n is the total number of storage devices. (capability.storage.dbenabled > 0)

Currently it's only for local storage (SD, CF card), so n is equal to 1.

PARAMETER VALUE SECURITY	ITY	(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
cyclic_enabled	6/6 Enable cyclic storage method.
autocleanup_enabled	6/6 Enable automatic clean up method.Expired and not locked media files will be deleted.* For forward compatibility reservations, but only group disk_i0_autocleanup is effective.* Not recommended to use this. Please refers "autocleanup" group.* This parameter will not be used after the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0400a.	6/6 Enable	automatic
autocleanup_maxage	6/6 To specify the expired days for automatic cleanup.* For forward compatibility reservations, but only group disk_i0_autocleanup is effective.* Not recommended to use this. Please refers "autocleanup" group.* This parameter will not be used after the version number (httpversion) is equal or greater than 0400a.

Group: autocleanup (capability.localstorage.supportedge > 0)

PARAMETER VALUE SECURITY	(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
enabled6/6 Enable automatic clean up	method.	Expired and not locked media files will be deleted.
maxretentiontime_recording_enabled	6/6 Enable automatic	clean up method for video clip generated by recording task.The parameter takes effect when autocleanup_enabled is enabled.
maxretentiontime_recording_i<0~1>_maxage	6/6 To specify the expired time for automatic cleanup, and it only takes effect for video clip generated by recording_i <0~1>.Format is“P[Y]Y[MM]M[DDD]DT[hh]H[mm]M[ss]S”, similar with ISO8601 with symbols PEx. P7D, it means 7 days. P1DT10H, it means 1 days and 10 hours.The parameter takes effect when autocleanup_maxretentiontime_recording_enabled is enabled.
maxretentiontime_others_enabled	6/6 Enable automatic	clean up method for all media files except media files generated by recording task.The parameter takes effect when autocleanup_enabled is enabled.
maxretentiontime_others_maxage		6/6 To specify the expired time for automatic clean up, and it takes effect for all media files except media files generated by recording task.Format is"P[Y]Y[MM]M[DDD]DT[hh]H[mm]M[ss]S', similar with ISO8601 with symbols PEx. P7D, it means 7 days. P1DT10H, it means 1 days and 10 hours.The parameter takes effect when autocleanup_maxretentiontime_others_enabled is enabled.

7.33 Region of interest

Group: roi_c<0\~(n-1)> for n channel product and m is the index of video stream which support ePTZ.

(capability.eptz > 0)

PARAMETER VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
s<0~(m-1)>_home		1/6 ROI left-top corner coordinate.* If the minimal window size is 64x64, then the "win_i0_home"=(0~resolution_W-64, 0~resolution_H-64), which the resolution is the value in current stream.* If the stream doesn't support ePTZ, the permissions of this parameter must be set as 1/7.
s<0~(m-1)>_size		1/6 ROI width and height. The width value must be multiples of 16 and the height value must be multiples of 8* The minimal window size is 64x64.* If the stream doesn't support ePTZ, the permissions of this parameter must be set as 1/7.

7.34 ePTZ setting

Group: eptz_c<0\~(n-1)> for n channel product. (capability.eptz > 0)

PARAMETER VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
osdzoom		es multiple	of zoom in is "on-screen display" or not.* Reserved for compatibility, and suggest don't use this since [httpversion] > 0302a* We replace "eptz_c<0~(n-1)>_osdzoom" with "videoin_c<0~(n-1)>_zoomratiodisplay".
smooth 1/4 Enable the ePTZ "move sm		smoothly" feature
tiltspeed -5 ~ 5 1/4 Tilt speed			* Only available when "capability_fisheye" is 1
		1/7 Tilt speed(It should be set by eCamCtrl.cgi rather than by setparam.cgi.)
panspeed -5 ~ 5 1/4 Pan speed			* Only available when "capability_fisheye" is 1
		1/7 Pan speed(It should be set by eCamCtrl.cgi rather than by setparam.cgi.)
zoomspeed -5 ~ 5 1/4 Zoom speed			* Only available when "capability_fisheye" is 1
		1/7 Zoom speed(It should be set by eCamCtrl.cgi rather than by setparam.cgi.)
autospeed 1 ~ 5	1/4 Auto pan/patrol speed		* Only available when "capability_fisheye" is 1
			1/7 Auto pan/patrol speed(It should be set by eCamCtrl.cgi rather than by setparam.cgi.)
rotatespeed	1 ~ 5	1/4 Rotate speed (only for Fisheye series)* Only available when "capability_fisheye" is 1 and"capability_fisheyelocaldewarp_c<0~(n-1)>" is 0

Group: eptz_c<0\~(n-1)>_s<0\~(m-1)> for n channel product and m is the index of video stream which support ePTZ. (capability.eptz > 0)

PARAMETER VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
patrolseq string[120] 1/4	The patrol sequence of ePTZ. All the position indexes will be separated by ","
patroldwelling string[160]	1/4 The dwelling time (unit: second) of each patrol point, separated by ",".
preset_i<0~19>_name string[40] 1/4 Name of ePTZ preset.* Only available when "capability_fisheye" is 1
preset_i<0~19>_pos		1/4 Left-top corner coordinate of the preset.* Only available when "capability_fisheye" is 1
		1/7 Left-top corner coordinate of the preset.(It should be set by ePreset.cgi rather than by setparam.cgi.)
preset_i<0~19>_size		1/4 Width and height of the preset.* Only available when "capability_fisheye" is 1
		1/7 Width and height of the preset.(It should be set by ePreset.cgi rather than by setparam.cgi.)

7.35 Focus Window setting

Group: focuswindow_c<0\~(n-1)> for n channel products

n denotes the value of "capability_nvideoin".

(capability_image_c<0\~(n-1)>_remotefocus=1 or capability_image_c<0\~(n-1)>_remotefocus=4)

PARAMETER VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
win_i0_enable	4/4 Enable or disable the window.
win_i0_home		4/4 Left-top corner coordinate of the window.* If the minimal window size is 192x144, then the "win_i0_home"=(0~resolution_W-192, 0~resolution_H-144), which the resolution is the value in current stream.
win_i0_size		4/4 Width and height of the window.* The minimal window size is 192x144

7.36 Seamless recording setting

Group: seamlessrecording (capability.localstorage.seamless> 0)

PARAMETER VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
diskmode	seamless, manageable	1/6 "seamless" indicates enable seamless recording. "manageable" indicates disable seamless recording.
maxconnection 3	1/7 Maximum number of connected seamless streaming.
enable	1/7 Indicate whether seamless recording is recording to local storage or not at present. (Read only)
guid<0~2>_id	string[127]	1/7	The connected seamless streaming ID. (Read only)
guid<0~2>_number	0~3	1/7	Number of connected seamless streaming with guid<0~2>_id. (Read only)

7.37 VIVOTEK Application Development Platformsetting

Group: vadp

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
version6/7 Indicate the VADP version.
resource_total_memory	0,	6/7	Indicate total available memory size for VADP modules.
resource_total_storage	0,	6/7	Indicate total size of the internal storage space for storing VADP modules.
resource_free_memory	0,	6/7	Indicate free memory size for VADP modules.
resource_free_storage 0,6/7 Indicate current free storage size for uploading VADP modules.
module_number 0,6/7 Record the total module number that already stored in the system.
module_order	string[40]	6/6	The execution order of the enabled modules.
module_save2sd	6/6 Indicate if the module should be saved to SD card when user want to upload it.If the value is false, save module to the internal storage space and it will occupy storage size.
number	string[128] 6/7 This number is used to register license key for VADP application.

Group: vadp_module_i<0\~(n-1)> for n VADP package number (capability_vadp_npackage > 0) n denotes the value of "capability_vadp_npackage".

NAME VALUE	SECURITY	(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
enable		6/6	Indicate if the module is enabled or not. If yes, also add the index of this module to the module_order.
name	string[40]	6/6	Module name
extendedname	string[40]	6/6	Extended module name. If this value is not blank, it will be shown on the VADP UI first instead of vadp_module_i<nae.
url	string[120]	6/6	Define the URL string after the IP address if the module provides it own web page.
vendor	string[40]	6/6	The provider of the module.
vendorurl string[120] 6/6	URL of the vendor.
version string[40] 6/6 Version of the module.
license string[40] 6/6 Indicate the license status of the module.
licmsg string[128] 6/6 Indicate the message that will be show on license status when mouse over.
path string[40] 6/6 Record the storage path of the module.
initscr string[40] 6/6 The script that will handle operation			commands from the system.
status string[40] 6/6 Indicate the running status of the module.
statmsg string[128] 6/6 Indicate the message that will be show on the running status when mouse over.
vvtklicensemec string[40]	6/7 Indicate the module use VIVO	TEK license mechanism

Group: vadp_schedule_i<0\~(n-1)> for n VADP package number

n denotes the value of "capability_vadp_npackage".

(Only available when "capability_vadp_npackage" > 0 and the version number of "vadp_version" >= "1.3.2.0")

NAME	VALUE	SECURITY (get/set)	DESCRIPTION
enable		6/6	Enable or disable the schedule mode to control the execution of the VADP package
begintime	hh:mm	6/6	Begin time of the schedule
endtime	hh:mm	6/6	End time of the schedule

Group: vadp_event

NAME	VALUE	SECURITY (get/set)	DESCRIPTION
ntrigger	0,	6/7	Indicate the number of topics to be transferred to event manager for trigger.
triggerlist_i<0~(n-1)>_topic	string[256] 6/6 Indicate the event notification with this topic will be transferred to event manager as trigger. n is equal to ntrigger above.

7.38 camera PTZ control

Group: camctrl (capability.camctrl.ptztunnel > 0)

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
enableptztunnel	1/4 Enable PTZ tunnel for camera control.

Group: camctrl_c<0\~(n-1)> for n channel products (capability.ptzenabled > 0)

n denotes the value of "capability_nvideoin" and k denotes the value of "capability_npreset"

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
panspeed -5 ~ 5 1/4 Pan speed
tiltspeed -5 ~ 5 1/4 Tilt speed
zoomspeed -5 ~ 5 1/4 Zoom speed
focusspeed -5 ~ 5 1/4 Auto focus speed
patrolseq string[120]	1/4 (For external device)		The indexes of patrol points, separated by ", "
patroldwelling	string[160]	1/4 (For external device)The dwelling time of each patrol point,separated by ", "
preset_i<0~(k-1)>_name	string[40]	1/4	Name of the preset location.
preset_i<0~(k-1)>_dwelling	0 ~ 999	1/4 The dwelling time of each preset location
uart	0 ~ "capability_nuart"-1	1/4 Select corresponding uart(capability.nuart>0).
cameraid	0~255 1/4	Camera ID controlling external PTZ camera.
isptz	0 ~ 2 1/4	0: disable PTZ commands.1: enable PTZ commands with PTZ driver.2: enable PTZ commands with UART tunnel.* Only available when bit7 ofcapability_ptzenabled is 1
disablemdonptz		1/4	Disable motion detection on PTZ operation.

7.39 camera PTZ control (IZ series)

Group: camctrl_c<0\~(n-1)> for n channel products (capability_camctrl_c0_zoommodule = 1 and capability_camctrl_c0_buildinpt = 0)

n denotes the value of "capability_nvideoin" and k denotes the value of "capability_npreset"

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
ccdtype string[16] 6/7 (Internal used, read only)
motortype string[16] 6/7 (Internal used, read only)
cameraid 0 ~ 255 1/4 Camera ID controlling external PTZ			camera.Note:Please set your speed dome to the appropriate baud rate, and Camera ID, e.g. 2400bps, camera ID 1,2,3,,,etc.All Camera IDs on the same controlling system (NVR or rs485 keyboard) have to be distinct.Therefore, once you send a controlling signal, each camera will only accept the inputs with the corresponding ID.
panspeed -5 ~ 5 1/4 Pan speed
tiltspeed -5 ~ 5 1/4 Tilt speed
zoomspeed	-5 ~ 5 1/4 Zoom speed
autospeed -5 ~ 5	1/4 Auto pan speed
focusspeed	-5 ~ 5 1/4 Auto focus speed
focusmode	auto,onetimeauto,spotlight,manual* Available values are listed in"capability_camctrl_c<0~(n-1)>_focusmode"	1/4 Indicate the focus control mode.
uart	0 ~ "capability_nuart"-1	1/4	Select corresponding uart(capability.nuart>0).
isptz	0 ~ 2	1/4 0: disable PTZ commands.1: enable PTZ commands with PTZ driver.2: enable PTZ commands with UART tunnel.
			* Only available when bit7 of capability_ptzenabled is 1
preset_i<0~(k-1)>_name	string[40] 1/4 Name of the	preset location.
preset_i<0~(k-1)>_zoom	capability_ptz_c<0~(n-1)>_minzoom ~capability_ptz_c<0~(n-1)>_maxzoom	1/4 Zoom	position at each preset location.
preset_i<0~(k-1)>_focus	capability_ptz_c<0~(n-1)>_minfocus ~capability_ptz_c<0~(n-1)>_maxfocus	1/4 Focus	position at each preset location.
preset_i<0~(k-1)>_dwelling	0 ~ 999 1/4 The dwelling time of each	preset location
patrolseq string[120] 1/4	(For external device)		The indexes of patrol points, separated by ", "
patroldwelling string[160]	1/4 (For external device)		The dwelling time of each patrol point, separated by ", "
disablemdonptz	1/4 Disable motion detection on PTZ		operation.
defaulthome	1/4 This field tells system to use default		home position or not.
axisz	capability_ptz_c<0~(n-1)>_minzoom ~capability_ptz_c<0~(n-1)>_maxzoom	1/4 Custom	home zoom position.
axisf	capability_ptz_c<0~(n-1)>_minfocus ~capability_ptz_c<0~(n-1)>_maxfocus	1/4 Custom	home focus position.
digitalzoom	1/4 Enable/disable digital zoom
zoomenhance	1/4 Enable /disable zoom enhancement

7.40 camera PTZ control (SD series)

Group: camctrl_c<0\~(n-1)> for n channel products (the bit7 of capability_ptzenabled is 0 and the bit4 of capability_ptzenabled is 1)

n denotes the value of "capability_nvideoin" and k denotes the value of "capability_npreset"

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
ccdtype string[16] 6/7	Internal used, read only)
motortype string[16] 6/7	Internal used, read only)
cameraid 1 ~ 255 1/4 Camera ID controlling external PTZ			camera.Note:Please set your speed dome to the appropriate baud rate, and Camera ID, e.g. 2400bps, camera ID 1,2,3,,,etc.All Camera IDs on the same controlling system (NVR or rs485 keyboard) have to be distinct.Therefore, once you send a controlling signal, each camera will only accept the inputs with the corresponding ID.
panspeed -5 ~ 5 1/4 Pan speed
tiltspeed -5 ~ 5 1/4 Tilt speed
zoomspeed	-5 ~ 5 1/4 Zoom speed
autospeed -5 ~ 5 1/4 Auto pan speed
focusspeed	-5 ~ 5 1/4 Auto focus speed
focusmode	auto,onetimeauto,spotlight,manual* Available values are listed in"capability_camctrl_c<0~(n-1)>_focusmode"	1/4 Indicate the focus control mode.
preset_i<0~(k-1)>_name	string[40] 1/4 Name of the preset location.
preset_i<0~(k-1)>_pan	capability_ptz_c<0~(n-1)>_minpan ~capability_ptz_c<0~(n-1)>_maxpan	1/4 Pan position at each preset location.
preset_i<0~(k-1)>_tilt	capability_ptz_c<0~(n-1)>_mintilt ~	1/4 Tilt position at each preset location.
	capability_ptz_c<0~(n-1) >_maxtilt
preset_i<0~(k-1)>_zoom	capability_ptz_c<0~(n-1) >_minzoom ~capability_ptz_c<0~(n-1) >_maxzoom	1/4 Zoom	position at each preset location.
preset_i<0~(k-1)>_focus	capability_ptz_c<0~(n-1) >_minfocus ~capability_ptz_c<0~(n-1) >_maxfocus	1/4 Focus	position at each preset location.
preset_i<0~(k-1)>_fliped	1/4 Flip side at each preset location.
patrol_i<0~39>_name string[40] 1/4 (For internal device)			The name of patrol location
patrol_i<0~39>_dwelling	0 ~ 999 1/4 (For internal device)		The dwelling time of each patrol location
disablemdonptz	1/4 Disable motion detection on PTZ		operation.
defaulthome	1/4 This field tells system to use default		home position or not.
axisx	capability_ptz_c<0~(n-1) >_minpan ~capability_ptz_c<0~(n-1) >_maxpan	1/4 Custom	home pan position.
axisy	capability_ptz_c<0~(n-1) >_mintilt ~capability_ptz_c<0~(n-1) >_maxtilt	1/4 Custom	home tilt position.
axisz	capability_ptz_c<0~(n-1) >_minzoom ~capability_ptz_c<0~(n-1) >_maxzoom	1/4 Custom	home zoom position.
axisf	capability_ptz_c<0~(n-1) >_minfocus ~capability_ptz_c<0~(n-1) >_maxfocus	1/4 Custom	home focus position.
axisflip	1/4 Custom home flip side.
returnhome	1/4 Enable/disable return home while idle.
returnhomeinterval 1~999	1/4 While idle over this time interval, idle		action will be taken.
digitalzoom	1/4 Enable/disable digital zoom
idleaction_enable	1/4 Enable/disable idle action while idle
idleaction_type	pan,patrol,home,objtrack, prev	1/4 This field tells what kind of action should be taken while idle.
idleaction_interval 1~999	1/4 While idle over this time	interval, idle	action will be taken.
zoomenhance	1/4 Enable /disable zoom enhancement
tour_index -1, 0~19 1/4	Index of the enabled tour group, from 0		to 19.Set -1 to disable all the tour groups.
tour_i<0~19>_name string	[40] 1/4 Name of the tour.
tour_i<0~19>_type	1/4 0 = Recorded tour		1 = Preset tour
tour_i<0~19>_speed	-5 ~ 5	1/4	Preset tour: pan and tilt speed when moving between presets.Recorded tour: unnecessary.
tour_i<0~19>_checklist	string[512]	1/4	The indexes of preset positions, separated by ", "
tour_i<0~19>_dwelltime	string[512]	1/4	Preset tour: time to wait before moving to the next preset position, separated by ", "Recorded tour: number of seconds to waitbefore continuing a loop tour.

7.41 UART control

Group: uart (capability.nuart > 0 and capability.fisheye = 0)

NAME	VALUE	SECURITY (get/set)	DESCRIPTION
ptzdrivers_i<0~19, 127>_name	string[40]	1/4 Name of the PTZ driver.
ptzdrivers_i<0~19, 127>_location	string[128]	1/4 Full path of the PTZ driver.
enablehttptunnel		1/4	Enable HTTP tunnel channel to control UART.

Group: uart_i<0\~(n-1)> n is uart port count (capability.nuart > 0 and capability.fisheye = 0)

NAME	VALUE	SECURITY (get/set)	DESCRIPTION
baudrate	110,300,600,1200,	4/4 Set baud rate of COM port.
	2400,3600,4800,7200,9600,19200,38400,57600,115200
databit 5,6,7,8 4/4 Data bits in a character frame.
paritybit	none,odd,even	4/4 For error checking.
stopbit 1,2 4/4 1 2-1.5 , data bit is 52-2
uartmode	rs485,rs232	4/4 RS485 or RS232.
customdrvcmd_i<0~9> string[128] 1/4 PTZ command for custom camera.
speedlink_i<0~4>_name string[40] 1/4 Additional PTZ command name.
speedlink_i<0~4>_cmd string[40] 1/4 Additional PTZ command list.
ptzdriver	0~19,127 (custom),128 (no driver)	1/4 The PTZ driver is used by this COM port.

7.42 UART control (SD series)

Group: uart_i<0\~(n-1)> n is uart port count (capability.nuart > 0 and the bit7 of capability_ptzenabled is 0, the bit4 of capability_ptzenabled is 1)

NAME VALUE	SECURITY	(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
cameraid	1~255	4/4 Camera	ID controlling external PTZ camera.Note:Please set your speed dome to the appropriate baud rate, and Camera ID, e.g. 2400bps, camera ID 1,2,3,,,etc.All Camera IDs on the same controlling system (NVR or rs485 keyboard) have to be distinct.Therefore, once you send a controlling signal, each camera will only accept the inputs with the corresponding ID.
baudrate	2400,4800,9600,19200,38400,57600,115200	4/4 Set baud rate of COM port.
databit 5,6,7,8 4/4 Data	bits in a character frame.
paritybit	none, odd, even	4/4 For error checking.
stopbit 1,2	4/4	1	2-1.5 , data bit is 52-2
uartmode rs485 4/7 RS485 mode.

7.43 Lens configuration

Group: lens for n channel products

n denotes the value of "capability_nvideoin"

(capability.image.c<0\~(n-1)> .lensconfiguration.support = 1)

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
selected6/7 Current selected lens profile.			e.g. lens_selected=lens_default_i0, it means choosen lens configuration is i0 lens of default group.

Group: lens_default

NAME	VALUE	SECURITY (get/set)	DESCRIPTION
totalnumbers	0,	6/7	Totoal support number of the default lens profiles

Group: lens_user

NAME	VALUE	SECURITY (get/set)	DESCRIPTION
totalnumbers	0,	6/7	Totoal support number of the user lens profiles

Group: lens_default_i<0\~(n-1)> n is lens_default_totalnumbers

NAME	VALUE	SECURITY (get/set)	DESCRIPTION
name		6/7 Default lens name

Group: lens_user_i<0\~(n-1)> n is lens_user_totalnumbers

NAME	VALUE	SECURITY(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
name6/7 User-defined lens name

7.44 Fisheye info

Group: fisheyeinfo (capability.fisheye > 0)

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
revisedcenteraxis6/7 The actual center axis coordinate
radius 0,integer>		6/7 The actual center radius

7.45 Fisheye local dewarp setting

Group: fisheyedewarp_c<0\~(n-1)> (capability_fisheyelocaldewarp_c<0\~(n-1)> > 0)

n denotes the value of "capability_nvideoin", m denotes the value of "capability_nmediastream"

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
panspeed -5 ~ 5		1/4 Pan speed of regional view
tiltspeed -5 ~ 5		1/4 Tilt speed of regional view
zoomspeed	-5 ~ 5	1/4 Zoom speed of regional
s<0~(m-2)>_panorama_panstart	0~359	1/4 Initial pan position of panorama view.(only available for 1P and 2P mode at ceiling or floor mount)
s<0~(m-2)>_region_pan	-90~359	1/4 Pan home angle of regional viewPan range of ceiling/floor mount is [0~359].Pan range of wall mount is [-90~90].
s<0~(m-2)>_region_tilt	-90~90	1/4 Tilt home angle of regional viewTilt range of ceiling/floor mount is [0~90].Tilt range of wall mount is [-90~90].
s<0~(m-2)>_region_zoo m	100~300	1/4 Zoom home ratio of regional view

7.46 PIR behavior define

Group: pir (capability.npir > 0)

NAME VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
enable <boolean> 1/1 Enable/disable PIR

7.47 Auto tracking setting

Group: autotrack_c<0\~(n-1)>(capability_image_c<0\~(n-1)>_autotrack_support>0)

n denotes the value of "capability_nvideoin"

PARAMETER VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
objsize_type -1~2 1/4 Type of object size.			-1:customized width and height0:object size = 30 x 301:object size = 10 x 202:object size = 10 x 10
objsize_customized_width	10~320	1/4	The minimum width of tracking target.
objsize_customized_height	10~240	1/4	The minimum height of tracking target.
sensitivity	0~2	1/4 Tracking sensitivity.0:Low1:Medium2:High

7.48 camclean

Group: camclean_c<0\~(n-1)> for n channel products

n denotes the value of "capability_nvideoin" (capability_peripheral_c<0\~(n-1)>_washer_support > 0)

PARAMETER VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
washer_dwelltime 15 ~ 999	1/4 Washer operation time (including the time when spraying and wiper actions take place)
washer_mode	wiper, washer* Available values are listed in "capability_peripheral_c<0~(n-1)>_washer_mode"	1/4 Indicates the wash actions:"wiper": The wiper takes effect, but without spraying."washer": Spraying fluid first, and then wiper starts.

7.49 Wireless

Group: wireless (capability_network_wireless > 0)

PARAMETER VALUE SECURITY		(get/set)	DESCRIPTION
ssid string[32] 6/6 SSID for wireless lan settings.
wlmode	Infra,Adhoc	6/6 Wireless mode.	Infra: Infrastructure
channel 1~11 or	1~13 or10~11 or10~13 or1~14	6/6 A list of W	LAN channels.Countries apply their own regulations to the allowable channels.1~11: USA and Canada1~13: Europe10~11: Spain10~13: France1~14: Japan* Only valid when "wireless_wlmode" is "Adhoc"
encrypt	none,wep,wpa,wpa2	6/6 Encryption	method:none: NONE,wep: WEP,wpa: WPA,wpa2: WPA2PSK
authmode OPEN, SHARED 6	6 Authentication mode.		* Only valid when "wireless_encrypt" is "wep"
keylength 64, 128 6/6 Key	length in bits.		* Only valid when "wireless_encrypt" is "wep"
keyformat HEX, ASCII 6/6	Key1 ~ key4 presentation format.		* Only valid when "wireless_encrypt" is "wep"
keyselect 1 ~ 4 6/6 Default	key number.		* Only valid when "wireless_encrypt" is "wep"
key1 password [26] 6/6 WEP	key1 for encryption.		* Only valid when "wireless_encrypt" is "wep"
key2 password [26] 6/6 WEP	key2 for encryption.		* Only valid when "wireless_encrypt" is "wep"
key3 password [26] 6/6 WEP	key3 for encryption.		* Only valid when "wireless_encrypt" is "wep"
key4 password [26] 6/6 WEP	key4 for encryption.		* Only valid when "wireless_encrypt" is "wep"
algorithm AES, TKIP	6/6 Algorithm		* Only valid when "wireless_encrypt" is "wpa" or "wpa2"
presharedkey	password [64]	6/6	WPA/WPA2PSK mode pre-shared key.* Only valid when "wireless_encrypt" is "wpa" or "wpa2"

8. Useful Functions

8.1 Drive the Digital Output (capability.ndo > 0)

Note: This request requires Viewer privileges.

Method: GET/POST

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/dido/setdo.cgi?do1=<state>[&do2=<state>][&do3=<state>][&do4=<state>] 

Where state is 0 or 1; "0" means inactive or normal state, while "1" means active or triggered state.

PARAMETER VALUE DESCRIPTION
do<num> 0, 1 0	- Inactive, normal state
		1 - Active, triggered state

Example: Drive the digital output 1 to triggered state and redirect to an empty page.

http://myserver/cgi-bin/dido/setdo.cgi?do1=1 

8.2 Query Status of the Digital Input(capability.ndi > 0)

Note: This request requires Viewer privileges

Method: GET/POST

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/dido/getdi.cgi?[di0][&di1][&di2][&di3] 

If no parameter is specified, all of the digital input statuses will be returned.

Return:

HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n
Content-Type: text/plain\r\n
Content-Length: <length>\r\n
\r\n
[di0=<state>]\r\n
[di1=<state>]\r\n
[di2=<state>]\r\n
[di3=<state>]\r\n 

where can be 0 or 1.

Example: Query the status of digital input 1.

Request:
http://myserver/cgi-bin/dido/getdi.cgi?di1
Response:
HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n
Content-Type: text/plain\r\n
Content-Length: 7\r\n
\r\n
di1=1\r\n 

8.3 Query Status of the Digital Output (capability.ndo > 0)

Note: This request requires Viewer privileges

Method: GET/POST

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/dido/getdo.cgi?[do0][&do1][&do2][&do3] 

If no parameter is specified, all the digital output statuses will be returned.

Return:

HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n
Content-Type: text/plain\r\n
Content-Length: <length>\r\n
\r\n
[do0=<state>]\r\n
[do1=<state>]\r\n
[do2=<state>]\r\n
[do3=<state>]\r\n 

where can be 0 or 1.

Example: Query the status of digital output 1.

Request:
http://myserver/cgi-bin/dido/getdo.cgi?do1
Response:
HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n
Content-Type: text/plain\r\n
Content-Length: 7\r\n
\r\n
do1=1\r\n 

8.4 Capture Single Snapshot

Note: This request requires Normal User privileges.

Method: GET/POST

Syntax:

http:///cgi-bin/viewer/video.jpg?[channel=][&resolution=]

[&quality=][&streamid=]

If the user requests a size larger than all stream settings on the server, this request will fail.

PARAMETER VALUE DEFA		ULT	DESCRIPTION
channel 0~(n-1)	0 The channel number of the video source.
resolution	IP8165:(160~640, 120~360)IP8155:(160~1280, 120~1024)	0 The resolution of the image.
quality 1~5 3	The quality of the image.
streamid 0~(m-1)	2 The stream number.

The server will return the most up-to-date snapshot of the selected channel and stream in JPEG format. The size and quality of the image will be set according to the video settings on the server.

Return:

HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\nContent-Type: image/jpeg\r\n[Content-Length: \r\n]

8.5 Account Management

Note: This request requires Administrator privileges.

Method: GET/POST

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/editaccount.cgi?

method=<value>&username=[&userpass=<value>][&privilege=<value>][&privilege=<value>][...][&return=<return page>]

PARAMETER VALUE	DESCRIPTION
method Add Add an account to the server.		When using this method, the"username" field is necessary. It will use the default value of other fields if not specified.
		Delete Remove an account from the server. When using this method, the "username" field is necessary, and others are ignored.
		edit Modify the account password and privilege. When using this method, the"username" field is necessary, and other fields are optional. If not specified, it will keep the original settings.
username	The name of the user	to add, delete, or edit.
userpass	The password of the new user to add or that of the old user to modify.The default value is an empty string.
Privilege		The privilege of the user to add or to modify.
	viewer	Viewer privilege.
	operator Operator privilege.
	admin	Administrator privilege.
Return		Redirect to the pageafter the parameter is assigned.Thecan be a full URL path or relative path according to the current path. If you omit this parameter, it will redirect to an empty page.

8.6 System Logs

Note: This request require Administrator privileges.

Method: GET/POST

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/syslog.cgi 

Server will return the most up-to-date system log.

Return:

HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n
Content-Type: text/plain\r\n
Content-Length: <syslog length>\r\n
\r\n
<system log information>\r\n 

8.7 Upgrade Firmware

Note: This request requires Administrator privileges.

Method: POST

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/upgrade.cgi 

Post data:

fimage=<file name>[&return=<return page>]\r\n\r\n<multipart encoded form data> 

Server will accept the file named to upgrade the firmware and return with if indicated.

8.8 ePTZ Camera Control (capability.eptz > 0 and

capability\_fisheye = 0)

Note: This request requires camctrl privileges.

Method: GET/POST

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/camctrl/eCamCtrl.cgi?channel=<value>&stream=<value>
[&move=<value>] - Move home, up, down, left, right
[&auto=<value>] - Auto pan, patrol
[&zoom=<value>] - Zoom in, out
[&zooming=<value>&zs=<value>] - Zoom without stopping, used for joystick
[&x=<value>&y=<value>&w=<value>&h=<value>&resolution=<value>] - Zoom in, out on a specific area
[&vx=<value>&vy=<value>&vs=<value>] - Shift without stopping, used for joystick
[&x=<value>&y=<value>&videosize=<value>&resolution=<value>&stretch=<value>] - Click on image
(Move the center of image to the coordination (x,y) based on resolution or videosize.)
[ [&speedpan=<value>][&speedtilt=<value>][&speedzoom=<value>][&speedapp=<value>] ] - Set speeds
[&return=<return page>] 

Example:

http://myserver/cgi-bin/camctrl/eCamCtrl.cgi?channel=0&stream=0&move=right
http://myserver/cgi-bin/camctrl/eCamCtrl.cgi?channel=0&stream=1&vx=2&vy=2&vz=2
http://myserver/cgi-bin/camctrl/eCamCtrl.cgi?channel=0&stream=1&x=100&y=100&videosize=640x480&resolution=640x480&stretch=0 

In zoom operation, there are two ways to control it, scale zoom and area zoom.

1. [Scale zoom]: contains two control method, relative movement and continuous movement
a. relative movement -
If you trigger a relative movement, it will only zoom certain ratio and stop by itself.
http://IPAddr/cgi-bin/camctrl/eCamCtrl.cgi?stream=0&zoom=tele
http://IPAddr/cgi-bin/camctrl/eCamCtrl.cgi?stream=0&zoom=wide
The zoom ratio to move by relative movement is according to the setting of speedzoom [-5~5].
http://IPAddr/cgi-bin/camctrl/eCamCtrl.cgi?stream=0&speedzoom=5
b. continuous movement -
If you trigger a continuous movement, you have to handle the stop time by yourself.
A continuous movement is convenient to integrate a joystick control.
http://IPAddr/cgi-bin/camctrl/eCamCtrl.cgi?stream=0&zooming=tele&zs=1 

http://IPAddr/cgi-bin/camctrl/eCamCtrl.cgi?stream=0&zooming=wide&zs=5

zooming is used to indicate the moving direction, and zs is used to indicate the speed.

To stop a continuous movement, you have to use the command as below:

http://IPAddr/cgi-bin/camctrl/eCamCtrl.cgi?stream=0&zoom=stop&zs=0

1. [Area zoom]: it means to zoom in on a specific area, here is an example for a directly moving

[x, y] is the desired coordinate, and it will be the center after movement

[w, h] is the scaled area size

[resolution] is the base range of this coordinate system

The example shows [w, h] = [864, 488] , which means to zoom in to ratio x2.2 based on [1920 × 1080] .

Pay attention to that [x, y, w, h] are essential parameters in an area zoom case, and the stream index is counted from 0 as the first stream.

http://IPAddr/cgi-bin/camctrl/eCamCtrl.cgi?channel=0&stream=0&x=912&y=297&w=864&h=488&resolution=1920x1080

PARAMETER VALUE	DESCRIPTION
channel <0~(n-1)>	Channel of video source.
stream	<0~(m-1)>	Stream.
move home Move	to home ROI.
	up Move up.
	down Move down.
	left Move left.
	right Move right.
auto pan	Auto pan.
	patrol	Auto patrol.
	stop	Stop auto pan/patrol.
zoom	wide	Zoom larger view with current speed.
	tele	Zoom further with current speed.
zooming	wide or tele	Zoom without stopping for larger view or further view with zs speed, used for joystick control.
zs	0 ~ 6 Set the speed of	zooming, "0" means stop.
x	The desired coordinate, and it will be the center after movement
y
w		The scaled area size
h
resolutionvxThe	direction of movement,	The resolution of streaming.used for joystick control.
vy
vs 0 ~ 7 Set the speed of movement, "0"		means stop.
xx-coordinate clicked by user.		It will be the x-coordinate of center after movement.
yy-coordinate clicked by user.		It will be the y-coordinate of center after movement.
videosizeThe size of plug-in (ActiveX)window in web page
resolutionThe resolution of streaming.
stretch	boolean>	0 indicates that it usesresolution(streaming size) as the range of the coordinate system.1 indicates that it usesvideosize(plug-in size) as the range of the coordinate system.
speedpan -5 ~ 5	Set the pan speed.
speedtilt -5 ~ 5 Set the tilt speed.
speedzoom -5 ~ 5	Set the zoom speed.
speedapp 1 ~ 5 Set the auto pan/patrol speed.
return		Redirect to the pageafter the parameter is assigned.Thecan be a full URL path or relative path according to the current path.

8.9 ePTZ Recall (capability.eptz > 0 and capability\_fisheye = 0)

Note: This request requires camctrl privileges.

Method: GET/POST

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/camctrl/eRecall.cgi?channel=&stream=&recall=<value>[&return=]

PARAMETER VALUE	DESCRIPTION
channel <0~(n-1)>	Channel of the video	source.
stream	<0~(m-1)>	Stream.
recall Text string less than 40 characters		One of the present positions to recall.
return		Redirect to the pageafter the parameter is assigned.Thecan be a full URL path or relative path according to the current path.

8.10 ePTZ Preset Locations(capability.eptz > 0 and

capability_fisheye = 0)

Note: This request requires Operator privileges.

Method: GET/POST

Syntax:

http://

/cgi-bin/operator/ePreset.cgi?channel=&stream=&addpos=&delpos=&return=

PARAMETER VALUE DESCRIPTION
channel <0~(n-1)> Channel of the video source.
stream	<0~(m-1)>	Stream.
addpos		Add one preset location to the preset list.
delposreturn		Delete preset location from the preset list.Redirect to the pageafter the parameter is assigned.Thecan be a full URL path or relative path according to the current path.

8.11 IP Filtering

Note: This request requires Administrator access privileges.

Method: GET/POST

Syntax:

http://cgi-bin/admin/ipfilter.cgi?type[=]http://cgi-bin/admin/ipfilter.cgi?method=add&ip=[&index=][&return=]http://cgi-bin/admin/ipfilter.cgi?method=del&index=[&return=]
PARAMETER VALUE DESCRIPTION
type NULL Get IP	filter type
	allow, deny Set IP filter type
method addv4 Add IPv4 address into access list.
		addv6 Add IPv6 address into access list.
		delv4 Delete IPv4 address from access list.
		delv6 Delete IPv6 address from access list.
ip	Single address:Network address:Range address:	Single address:Network address:Range address:
index	The start position to add or to delete.
return	Redirect to the pageafter the parameter is assigned.Thecan be a full URL path or relative path according to the current path. If you omit this parameter, it will redirect to an empty page.

8.12 IP Filtering for ONVIF

Syntax:

http://cgi-bin/admin/ipfilter.cgi?type[=]http://cgi-bin/admin/ipfilter.cgi?method=add&ip=[&index=][&return=]http://cgi-bin/admin/ipfilter.cgi?method=del&index=[&return=]
PARAMETER VALUE DESCRIPTION
type NULL Get IP	filter type
	allow, deny Set IP filter type
method addv4 Add IPv4 address into access list.
		addv6 Add IPv6 address into access list.
		delv4 Delete IPv4 address from access list.
		delv6 Delete IPv6 address from access list.
ipSingle address:Network address:Range address:	Single address:	Network address:Range address:
index		The start position to add or to delete.
return		Redirect to the pageafter the parameter is assigned.Thecan be a full URL path or relative path according to the current path. If you omit this parameter, it will redirect to an empty page.

8.13 UART HTTP Tunnel Channel (capability.nuart > 0)

Note: This request requires Operator privileges.

Method: GET and POST

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/operator/uartchannel.cgi?[channel=<value>]

GET /cgi-bin/operator/uartchannel.cgi?[channel=<value>]

x-sessioncookie: string[22]

accept: application/x-vvtk-tunnelled

pragma: no-cache

cache-control: no-cache

POST /cgi-bin/operator/uartchannel.cgi

x-sessioncookie: string[22]

content-type: application/x-vvtk-tunnelled

pragma : no-cache

cache-control : no-cache

content-length: 32767

expires: Sun, 9 Jam 1972 00:00:00 GMT 

User must use GET and POST to establish two channels for downstream and upstream. The x-sessioncookie in GET and POST should be the same to be recognized as a pair for one session. The contents of upstream should be base64 encoded to be able to pass through a proxy server.

This channel will help to transfer the raw data of UART over the network.

Please see UART tunnel spec for detail information

PARAMETER VALUE DESCRIPTION
channel 0 ~ (n-1)	The channel number of	UART.

8.14 Event/Control HTTP Tunnel Channel (capability.

evctrlchannel > 0)

Note: This request requires Administrator privileges.

Method: GET and POST

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/ctrlevent.cgi
----
GET /cgi-bin/admin/ctrlevent.cgi
x-sessioncookie: string[22]
accept: application/x-vvtk-tunnelled
pragma: no-cache
cache-control: no-cache

----
POST /cgi-bin/admin/ ctrlevent.cgi
x-sessioncookie: string[22]
content-type: application/x-vvtk-tunnelled
pragma : no-cache
cache-control : no-cache
content-length: 32767
expires: Sun, 9 Jam 1972 00:00:00 GMT 

User must use GET and POST to establish two channels for downstream and upstream. The x-sessioncookie in GET and POST should be the same to be recognized as a pair for one session. The contents of upstream should be base64 encoded to be able to pass through the proxy server.

This channel will help perform real-time event subscription and notification as well as camera control more efficiently. The event and control formats are described in another document.

See Event/control tunnel spec for detail information

8.15 Get SDP of Streams

Note: This request requires Viewer access privileges.

Method: GET/POST

Syntax:

http://<servername>/<network_rtsp_s<0~m-1>_accessname> 

"m" is the stream number.

"network_accessname_<0\~(m-1)>” is the accessname for stream "1" to stream "m". Please refer to the

"subgroup of network: rtsp" for setting the accessname of SDP.

You can get the SDP by HTTP GET.

When using scalable multicast, Get SDP file which contains the multicast information via HTTP.

8.16 Open the Network Stream

Note: This request requires Viewer access privileges.

Syntax:

For HTTP push server (MJPEG):

http://<servername>/<network_http_s<0~m-1>_accessname> 

For RTSP (MP4), the user needs to input theURL below into an RTSP compatible player.

|rtsp://<servername>/<network_rtsp_s<0~m-1>_accessname> 

"m" is the stream number.

For details on streaming protocol, please refer to the "control signaling" and "data format" documents.

8.17 Senddata (capability.nuart > 0)

Note: This request requires Viewer privileges.

Method: GET/POST

Syntax:

http://

/cgi-bin/viewer/senddata.cgi?

[com=<value>][&data=<value>][&flush=<value>] [&wait=<value>] [&read=<value>]

PARAMETER VALUE	DESCRIPTION
com 1 ~ <max. com port number>		The target COM/RS485 port number.
data <hex decimal data>[,<hex decimal data>]		The <hex decimal data> is a series of digits from 0 ~ 9, A ~ F. Each comma separates the commands by 200 milliseconds.
flush yes,no yes:	Receive data buffer of the COM port will be cleared before read.no: Do not clear the receive data buffer.
wait	1 ~ 65535	Wait time in milliseconds before read data.
read	1 ~ 128	The data length in bytes to read. The read data will be in the return page.

Return:

HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n

Content-Type: text/plain\r\n

Content-Length: <system information length>\r\n

\r\n

<hex decimal data>\r\n

Where hexadecimal data is digits from 0 \~ 9, A \~ F.

8.18 Storage managements (capability.storage.dbenabled > 0)

Note: This request requires administrator privileges.

Method: GET and POST

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/lsctrl.cgi?cmd=<cmd_type>[&<parameter>=<value>...] 

The commands usage and their input arguments are as follows.

PARAMETER VALUE	DESCRIPTION
cmd_type		Required.Command to be executed, including search, insert, delete, update, and queryStatus.

Command: search

PARAMETER VALUE	DESCRIPTION
label	Optional.	The integer primary key column will automatically be assigned a unique integer.
triggerType		Optional.Indicate the event trigger type.Please embrace your input value with single quotes.Ex. mediaType='motion'Support trigger types are product dependent.
mediaType		Optional.Indicate the file media type.Please embrace your input value with single quotes.Ex. mediaType='videoclip'Support trigger types are product dependent.
destPath		Optional.Indicate the file location in camera.Please embrace your input value with single quotes.Ex. destPath ='/mnt/auto/CF/NCMF/abc.mp4'
resolution		Optional.Indicate the media file resolution.Please embrace your input value with single quotes.Ex. resolution='800x600'
isLocked		Optional.Indicate if the file is locked or not.0: file is not locked.1: file is locked.A locked file would not be removed from UI or cyclic storage.
triggerTime		Optional.Indicate the event trigger time. (not the file created time)Format is "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS"Please embrace your input value with single quotes.Ex. triggerTime='2008-01-01 00:00:00'If you want to search for a time period, please apply "TO" operation.Ex. triggerTime='2008-01-01 00:00:00'+TO+'2008-01-01 23:59:59' is to search for records from the start of Jan 1^st 2008to the end of Jan 1^st 2008.
limit	Optional.	Limit the maximum number of returned search records.
offset	Optional.	Specifies how many rows to skip at the beginning of the matched records.Note that the offset keyword is used after limit keyword.

To increase the flexibility of search command, you may use "OR" connectors for logical "OR" search operations. Moreover, to search for a specific time period, you can use "TO" connector.

Ex. To search records triggered by motion or di or sequential and also triggered between 2008-01-01 00:00:00 and 2008-01-01 23:59:59.

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/lsctrl.cgi?cmd=search&triggerType='motion'+OR+'di'+OR+'seq'&triggerTime='2008-01-01 00:00:00'+TO+'2008-01-01 23:59:59' 

Command: delete

PARAMETER VALUE	DESCRIPTION
label <integer primary key> Required.		Identify the designated record.Ex. label=1

Ex. Delete records whose key numbers are 1, 4, and 8.

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/lsctrl.cgi?cmd=delete&label=1&label=4&label=8 

Command: update

PARAMETER VALUE	DESCRIPTION
label <integer primary key> Required.		Identify the designated record.Ex. label=1
isLocked		Required.Indicate if the file is locked or not.

Ex. Update records whose key numbers are 1 and 5 to be locked status.

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/lsctrl.cgi?cmd=update&isLocked=1&label=1&label=5 

Ex. Update records whose key numbers are 2 and 3 to be unlocked status.

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/lsctrl.cgi?cmd=update&isLocked=0&label=2&label=3 

Command: queryStatus

PARAMETER VALUE	DESCRIPTION
retType xml or java	script Optional.	Ex. retype=javascriptThe default return message is in XML format.

Ex. Query local storage status and call for javascript format return message.

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/lsctrl.cgi?cmd=queryStatus&retType=javascript 

8.19 Virtual input (capability.nvi > 0)

Note: Change virtual input (manual trigger) status.

Method: GET

Syntax:

http:///cgi-bin/admin/setvi.cgi?vi0=[&vi1=][&vi2=]

[&return=]

PARAMETER	VALUE	DESCRIPTION
vi	state[(duration)nstate]Where "state" is 0, 1. "0" means inactive or normal state while "1" means active or triggered state.Where "nstate" is next state after duration.	Ex: vi0=1Setting virtual input 0 to trigger state
		Ex: vi0=0(200)1Setting virtual input 0 to normal state, waiting 200 milliseconds, setting it to trigger state.Note that when the virtual input is waiting for next state, it cannot accept new requests.
return		Redirect to the pageafter the request is completely assigned. Thecan be a full URL path or relative path according the current path. If you omit this parameter, it will redirect to an empty page.

Return Code Description

200 The request is successfully executed.

400 The request cannot be assigned, ex. incorrect parameters.Examples:setvi.cgi?vi0=0(10000)1(15000)0(20000)1No multiple duration.setvi.cgi?vi3=0VI index is out of range.setvi.cgi?vi=1No VI index is specified.

503 The resource is unavailable, ex. Virtual input is waiting for next state.Examples:setvi.cgi?vi0=0(15000)1setvi.cgi?vi0=1Request 2 will not be accepted during the execution time(15 seconds).

8.20 Open Timeshift Stream (capability.timeshift > 0,

timeshift\_enable=1, timeshift\_c\_s\_allow=1)

Note: This request requires Viewer access privileges.

Syntax:

For HTTP push server (MJPEG):

http://<servername>/<network_http_s<m>_accessname>?maxsft=<value>[&tsmode=<value>&reftime=<value>&forcechk&minsft=<value>] 

For RTSP (MP4 and H264), the user needs to input theURL below into an RTSP compatible player.

rtsp://<servername>/<network_rtsp_s<m>_accessname>?maxsft=<value>[&tsmode=<value>&reftime=<value>&forcechk&minsft=<value>] 

“n” is the channel index.

“m” is the timeshift stream index.

For details on timeshift stream, please refer to the "TimeshiftCaching" documents.

PARAMETER	VALUE	DEFAULT	DESCRIPTION
maxsft		0 Request cached stream at most how many seconds ago.
tsmode	normal,adaptive	normal Streaming mode:normal => Full FPS all the time.adaptive => Default send only I-frame for MP4 and H.264, and send 1 FPS for MJPEG. If DI or motion window are triggered, the streaming is changed to send full FPS for 10 seconds.(*Note: this parameter also works on non-timeshift streams.)
reftime mm:ss	The time	camera receives the request.	Reference time for maxsft and minsft.(This provides more precise time control to eliminate the inaccuracy due to network latency.)Ex: Request the streaming from 12:20rtsp://10.0.0.1/live.sdp?maxsft=10&reftime=12:30
forcechk N/A	N/A Check if the requested stream enables timeshift, feature and if minsft is achievable.If false, return "415 Unsupported Media Type".
minsft		0	How many seconds of cached stream client can accept at least.(Used by forcechk)

Return Code

Description

400 Bad Request Request is rejected because some parameter values are illegal.

415 Unsupported Media Type Returned, if forcechk appears,when minsft is not achievable or the timeshift feature of the target stream is not enabled.

8.21 RemoteFocus

(capability_image_c<0\~(n-1)>_remotefocus=1)

Note: This request requires Administrator privileges.

Method: GET/POST

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/remotefocus.cgi?function=<value>[&direction=<value>][&position=<value>][&steps=<value>][&iris] 

PARAMETER VALUE DESCRIPTION

function	zoom, focus, auto, scan, stop, positioning, getstatus	Function typezoom- Move focus motorfocus- Move focus motorauto- Perform auto focusscan- Perform focus scanstop- Stop current operationpositioning- Position the motorsgetstatus-Information of motors, return value as below:remote_focus_zoom_motor_max: Maximum steps of zoom motorremote_focus_focus_motor_max: Maximum steps of focus motorremote_focus_zoom_motor_start: Start point of zoom motorremote_focus_zoom_motor_end: End point of zoom motorremote_focus_focus_motor_start: Start point of effective focal lengthremote_focus_focus_motor_end: End point of effective focal lengthremote_focus_zoom_motor: Current position of zoom motorremote_focus_focus_motor: Current position of focus motorremote_focus_zoom_enable: Current function of zoom motorremote_focus_focus_enable: Current function of focus motorremote_focus_iris_open: The current status of iris. 0: irisenable, 1: irisopenCurrent function of zoom/focus motor, return value as below:0: no service1: zooming2. focusing3: auto focus4: focus scan5: positioning (both zoom motor and focus motor)12: reset focus
direction	direct, forward, backward	Motor's moving direction.It works only if function= zoom | focus.
position 0~<motor_max> Motor's position		It works only if function=zoom | focus and direction=direct.is refer to remote_focus_focus_motor_max or remote_focus_zoom_motor_max which replied from"function=getstatus"
steps 1 ~		Motor's moving steps. It works only if function=zoom | focus and direction=forward | backward. is refer to remote_focus_focus_motor_max or remote_focus_zoom_motor_max which replied from "function=getstatus"
iris N/A Open		iris or not. It works only if function=auto | scan.

8.22 BackFocus (capability\_image\_c<0\~(n-1)>\_remotefocus=4)

Note: This request requires Administrator privileges.

Method: GET/POST

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/remotefocus.cgi?function=[&direction=<value>][&position=<value>][&steps=<value>][&iris]

PARAMETER VALUE DESCRIPTION
function	focus,auto,scan,stop,positioning,irisopen,irisenable,resetfocus,getstatus	Function typefocus - Move focus motorauto - Perform auto focusscan - Perform focus scanstop - Stop current operationpositioning - Position the motorsresetfocus - reset focus position to defaultirisopen - Fully open iris. It will maintain this status until sendingirisenable cgi.irisenable - leave fully open iris and return back to previous statusgetstatus-Information of motors, return value as below:remote_focus_focus_motor_max: Maximum steps of focus motorremote_focus_focus_motor_start: Start point of effective focal lengthremote_focus_focus_motor_end: End point of effective focal lengthremote_focus_focus_motor: Current position of focus motorremote_focus_focus_enable: Current function of focus motorremote_focus_iris_open: The current status of iris. 0: irisenable, 1: irisopenCurrent function of zoom/focus motor, return value as below:0: no service1: zooming2. focusing3: auto focus4: focus scan5: positioning (both zoom motor and focus motor)12: reset focus
direction	direct,forward,backward	Motor's moving direction.It works only if function= focus.
position 0~	Motor's position.	It works only if function=focus and direction=direct.is refer to remote_focus_focus_motor_max which replied from "function=getstatus"
steps 1 ~	Motor's moving steps.	It works only if function=focus and direction=forward | backward.is refer to remote_focus_focus_motor_max which replied from "function=getstatus"
iris N/A Open iris or not.		It works only if function=auto | scan.

8.23 Export Files

Note: This request requires Administrator privileges.

Method: GET

Syntax:

For daylight saving time configuration file:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/exportDst.cgi 

For language file:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/export_language.cgi?currentlanguage=<value> 

PARAMETER VALUE DESCRIPTION
currentlanguage 0~20 Available language lists. Please refer to: system_info_language_i0 ~ system_info_language_i19.

For setting backup file:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/export_backup.cgi?backup 

8.24 Upload Files

Note: This request requires Administrator privileges.

Method: POST

Syntax:

For daylight saving time configuration file:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/upload_dst.cgi 

Post data:

filename = <file name> \r\n
\r\n
<multipart encoded form data> 

For language file:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/upload_lan.cgi 

Post data:

filename = <file name> \r\n
\r\n
<multipart encoded form data> 

For setting backup file:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/upload_backup.cgi 

Post data:

filename = <file name> \r\n
\r\n
<multipart encoded form data> 

Server will accept the file named to upload this one to camera.

8.25 Update Lens Configuration

Note: This request requires Administrator privileges.

Method: GET

Syntax:

For list a name of lens currently used:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/update_lens.cgi?get_currentlens 

For list all names of lens installed in camera:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/update_lens.cgi?list_lens 

For choose selected lens configuration:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/update_lens.cgi?choose_lens=<value> 

You need to reboot manually after you choose another lens configuration.

For choose selected lens configuration and reboot camera:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/update_lens.cgi?choose_reboot_lens=<value> 

The camera will reboot after using this cgi.

For delete selected lens configuration:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/update_lens.cgi?delete_lens=<value> 

PARAMETER VALUE DESCRIPTION
valueAvailable lens name.		Please refer to: lens_default_i<0~(n-1)>_name lens_user_i<0~(n-1)>_namen is a positive integer.

Method: POST

Syntax:

For upload user-defined lens configuration:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/update_lens.cgi?upload_lens 

Post data:

upload_lens_profile_input = <file name>\r\n\r\n 

Server will accept the file named to upload the lens profile to camera.

8.26 Media on demand (capability.localstorage.modnum > 0)

Media on demand allows users to select and receive/watch/listen to metadata/video/audio contents on demand.

Note: This request requires Viewer access privileges.

Syntax:

rtsp://<servername>/mod.sdp?[&stime=<value>][&etime=<value>][&length=<value>][&loctime=<value>][&file=<value>][&tsmode=<value>] 

PARAMETER	VALUE	DEFAULT	DESCRIPTION
stime		N/A	Start time.
etime		N/A	End time.
length	N/A The length of	media of interest.	The unit is second.
loctime	0 Specify if start/end time is local time format.1 for local time, 0 for UTC+0
file	N/A The media file to be played.
tsmode		shift mode, the	unit is second.

Ex.

stime	etime	length	file	Description
V	V	X	X	Play recordings between stime and etimersp://10.10.1.2/mod.sdp?stime=20110312_040400.000&etime=2011_0312_040510.000
V	X	V	X	Play recordings for length seconds which start from stimersp://10.10.1.2/mod.sdp?stime=20110312_040400.000&length=120
X	V	V	X	Play recordings for length seconds which ends at etimersp://10.10.1.2/mod.sdp?stime=20110312_040400.000&length=120
X	X	X	V	Play file filertp://10.10.1.2/mod.sdp?filename=/mnt/link0/

8.27 Fisheye local dewarp camera control (capability.fisheye > 0 and capability.fisheyelocaldewarp.c0 > 0, only support in 1R mode)

Note: This request requires camctrl privileges.

Method: GET/POST

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/camctrl/fdCamCtrl.cgi?channel=<value>&stream=<value>
[&move=<value>] - Move home, up, down, left, right
[&zoom=<value>] - Zoom wide, tele
[[&speedpan=<value>][&speedtilt=<value>][&speedzoom=<value>]] - Set speeds
[&zooming=<value>&zs=<value>] - Zoom without stopping, used for joystick
[&vx=<value>&vy=<value>&vs=<value>] - Shift without stopping, used for joystick
[&x=<value>&y=<value>&videosize=<value>&resolution=<value>&stretch=<value>] - Click on image (Move the center of image to the coordination (x,y) based on resolution or videosize of 10 mode.)
[&return=<return page>] 

Example:

http://myserver/cgi-bin/camctrl/fdCamCtrl.cgi?channel=0&stream=0&move=right
http://myserver/cgi-bin/camctrl/fdCamCtrl.cgi?channel=0&stream=0&zoom=tele
http://myserver/cgi-bin/camctrl/fdCamCtrl.cgi?channel=0&stream=0&move=top&speedtilt=-1
http://myserver/cgi-bin/camctrl/fdCamCtrl.cgi?channel=0&stream=0&zooming=tele&zs=2
http://myserver/cgi-bin/camctrl/fdCamCtrl.cgi?channel=0&stream=0&vx=5&vy=3&vs=2
http://myserver/cgi-bin/camctrl/fdCamCtrl.cgi?channel=0&stream=0&x=700&y=700&videosize=1920x1920&resolution=1920x1920&stretch=1 

PARAMETER VALUE	DESCRIPTION
channel <0~(n-1)>	Channel of video source.
stream	<0~(m-1)>	Stream.
move home Move	to home position.
	up Move up.
	down Move down.
	left Move left.
	right Move right.
zoom wide Zoom	larger view with current	speed.
	tele Zoom further with	current speed.
speedpan -5 ~ 5	Set the pan speed of current	rent command.
speedtilt -5 ~ 5	Set the tilt speed of current	command.
speedzoom -5 ~ 5	Set the zoom speed of	current command.
zooming wide or tele	Zoom without stopping	for larger view or further view with zs speed, used for joystick control.
zs 0 ~ 6 Set the speed of zooming, "0" means stop.
vx -6 ~ 6 The direction of movement, used for joystick control.
vy -6 ~ 6
vs 0 ~ 7 Set the speed of movement, "0" means stop.
x <integer> x-coordinate clicked by user.		It will be the x-coordinate of center after movement.
y <integer> y-coordinate clicked by user.		It will be the y-coordinate of center after movement.
videosize		The size of plug-in (ActiveX) window in web page of 10 content.
resolution		The resolution of streaming of 10 content.
stretch		0 indicates that it usesresolution(streaming size) as the range of the coordinate system.1 indicates that it usesvideosize(plug-in size) as the range of the coordinate system.
return		Redirect to the pageafter the parameter is assigned. Thecan be a full URL path or relative path according to the current path. If you omit this parameter, it will redirect to an empty page.

8.28 3D Privacy Mask

(capability_image_c<0\~(n-1)>_privacymask_wintype =

3Drectangle) n denotes the value of "capability_nvideoin"

Note: This request requires admin user privilege

Method: GET/POST

Syntax:

http:///cgi-bin/admin/setpm3d.cgi?method=&name=&[maskheight=&maskwidth=&videosize=&return=]

PARAMETER VALUE	DESCRIPTION
method add Add	a 3D privacy mask at current location
	delete Delete a 3D privacy mask
	edit Edit a 3D privacy mask
maskname string[40]	3D privacy mask name
maskheight integer	3D privacy mask height
maskwidth integer	3D privacy mask width
videosize	Optimal.	The size of plug-in (ActiveX) window in web page is the size of the privacy window size. This field is not necessary, it will use the default value if not specified. 320x180 for 16:9 resolution and 320x240 for 4:3 resolution.
return		Redirect to pageafter the 3D privacy mask is configured. Thecan be a full URL path or relative path according to the current path. If you omit this parameter, it will redirect to an empty page.

8.29 Camera Control

(capability\_camctrl\_c<0\~(n-1)>\_zoommodule=1)

Note: This request requires Viewer privileges.

Method: GET/POST

Syntax: (for control API)

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/camctrl/camctrl.cgi?[channel=<value>][&camid=<value>]
[&move=<value>] - Move home, up, down, left, right
[&focus=<value>] - Focus operation
[&auto=<value>] - Auto pan, patrol
[&zoom=<value>] - Zoom in, out
[&zooming=<value>&zs=<value>] - Zoom without stopping, used for joystick
[&vx=<value>&vy=<value>&vs=<value>] - Shift without stopping, used for joystick
[&x=<value>&y=<value>&videosize=<value>&resolution=<value>&stretch=<value>] - Click on image
(Move the center of image to the coordination (x,y) based on resolution or videosize.)
[ [&speedpan=<value>][&speedtilt=<value>][&speedzoom=<value>][&speedapp=<value>][&speedlink=<value>] ] - Set speeds
[&return=<return page>] 

Example:

http://myserver/cgi-bin/camctrl/camctrl.cgi?channel=0&camid=1&move=right
http://myserver/cgi-bin/camctrl/camctrl.cgi?channel=0&camid=1&zoom=tele
http://myserver/cgi-bin/camctrl/camctrl.cgi?channel=0&camid=1&x=300&y=200&resolution=704x480&videosize=704x480&streach=1 

PARAMETER VALUE	DESCRIPTION
channel <0~(n-1)>	Channel of video source.
camid 0,<positive>	integer> Camera ID.
move home Move	to camera to home position.
	up Move camera up.
	down Move camera down.
	left Move camera left.
	right Move camera right.
speedpan	-5 ~ 5 Set the pan speed.
speedtilt	-5 ~ 5 Set the tilt speed.
speedzoom -5 ~ 5	Set the zoom speed.
speedfocus -5 ~ 5	Set the focus speed.
speedapp -5 ~ 5	Set the auto pan/patrol	speed.
auto pan Auto pan.
		patrol Auto patrol.
		stop Stop camera.
zoom wide Zoom	larger view with current	speed.
	tele Zoom further with	current speed.
	stop Stop zoom.
zooming wide or tele	Zoom without stopping for larger view or further view with zs speed, used for joystick control.
zs	0 ~ 8	Set the speed of zooming, "0" means stop.
vx		The slope of movement = vy/vx, used for joystick control.
vy
vs	0 ~ 127	Set the speed of movement, "0" means stop.
x	x-coordinate clicked by user.It will be the x-coordinate of center after movement.
y	y-coordinate clicked by user.It will be the y-coordinate of center after movement.
videosize		The size of plug-in (ActiveX) window in web page
resolution		The resolution of streaming.
stretch		0 indicates that it usesresolution(streaming size) as the range of the coordinate system.1 indicates that it usesvideosize(plug-in size) as the range of the coordinate system.
focus	auto	Auto focus.
	far	Focus on further distance.
	near	Focus on closer distance.
return		Redirect to the pageafter the parameter is assigned.Thecan be a full URL path or relative path according to the current path. If you omit this parameter, it will redirect to an empty page.

Syntax: (for querying API)

http:///cgi-bin/camctrl/camctrl.cgi?[] [&...]

Example:

http://myserver/cgi-bin/camctrl/camctrl.cgi?genpan

Response:

HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n

Cache-control: no-cache\r\n

Pragma: no-cache\r\n

\r\n

pan=4117\r\n

PARAMETER VALUE	DESCRIPTION
getversionGet the version of the PTZ control module.
getactionidle,autopan,tracking,tour,patrol,		Get the current status of the camera.* We support this parameter when the version number (getversion) is equal or greater than 5.0.0.12
getpan 0,Get the current pan position.*Only available when bit0 of"capability_camctrl_c<0~(n-1)>_buildinpt" is "1"
getpanangleGet the current pan angle.*Only available when bit0 of"capability_camctrl_c<0~(n-1)>_buildinpt" is "1"
gettilt 0,Get the current tilt position.*Only available when bit1 of"capability_camctrl_c<0~(n-1)>_buildinpt" is "1"
gettiltangleGet the current tilt angle.*Only available when bit1 of"capability_camctrl_c<0~(n-1)>_buildinpt" is "1"
getzoom 0,Get the current tilt current zoom position.
getratioGet the current zoom ratio.
getfocus0,Get the current focus position.
getminspeedlv0,Get the minimum speed level of the PTZ control. Normally, the speed level is '0,' which denotes halting a continuous movement.
getmaxptspeedlv0,Get the maximum speed level of pan/tilt moving.*Only available when "capability_camctrl_c<0~(n-1)>_buildinpt" >0
getmaxzspeedlv0,Get the maximum speed level of zoom moving.
getmaxfspeedlv0,Get the maximum speed level of focus moving.
getminpan 0,Get the lower limit for pan position.*Only available when bit0 of"capability_camctrl_c<0~(n-1)>_buildinpt" is "1"
getmaxpan 0,Get the upper limit for pan position.*Only available when bit0 of"capability_camctrl_c<0~(n-1)>_buildinpt" is "1"
getminpanangleGet the lower limit for pan angle.*Only available when bit0 of"capability_camctrl_c<0~(n-1)>_buildinpt" is "1"
getmaxpanangleGet the upper limit for pan angle.*Only available when bit0 of"capability_camctrl_c<0~(n-1)>_buildinpt" is "1"
getmintilt 0,Get the lower limit for tilt position.*Only available when bit1 of"capability_camctrl_c<0~(n-1)>_buildinpt" is "1"
getmaxtilt 0,Get the upper limit for tilt position.*Only available when bit1 of"capability_camctrl_c<0~(n-1)>_buildinpt" is "1"
getmintiltangleGet the lower limit for tilt angle.*Only available when bit1 of"capability_camctrl_c<0~(n-1)>_buildinpt" is "1"
getmaxtiltangleGet the upper limit for tilt angle.*Only available when bit1 of"capability_camctrl_c<0~(n-1)>_buildinpt" is "1"
getminzoom 0,Get the lower limit for zoom position.
getmaxzoom 0,Get the upper limit for zoom position.
getmaxdzoom 0,Get the upper limit for digital zoom position.
getmaxratioGet the maximum ratio of optical zoom.* We support this parameter when the version number (getversion) is equal or greater than 5.0.0.14
getmaxdratioGet the maximum ratio of digital zoom.* We support this parameter when the version number (getversion) is equal or greater than 5.0.0.14
getminfocus0,Get the lower limit for focus position.
getmaxfocus0,Get the upper limit for focus position.

8.30 Recall (capability\_camctrl\_c<0\~(n-1)>\_zoommodule = 1)

Note: This request requires Viewer privileges.

Method: GET

Syntax:

http:///cgi-bin/viewer/recall.cgi?

recall=[&channel=]([\&return=]

PARAMETER VALUE DESCRIPTION
recall string[30]	One of the present positions to recall.
channel	0~"capability_nvideoin"-1	Channel of the video source.
return		Redirect to the pageafter the parameter is assigned.Thecan be a full URL path or relative path according to the current path. If you omit this parameter, it will redirect to an empty page.

8.31 Preset Locations

(capability\_camctrl\_c<0\~(n-1)>\_zoommodule = 1)

Note: This request requires Operator privileges.

Method: GET/POST

Syntax:

http:///cgi-bin/operator/preset.cgi?[channel=]

[&addpos=][&delpos=][&return=]

PARAMETER VALUE DESCRIPTION
addpos string[30]	Add one preset location to the preset list.
channel	0~"capability_nvideoin"-1	Channel of the video source.
delpos string[30]	Delete preset location from	preset list.
return		Redirect to the pageafter the parameter is assigned.Thecan be a full URL path or relative path according to the current path. If you omit this parameter, it will redirect to an empty page.

8.32 SmartSD (capability\_localstorage\_smartsd > 0)

Note: This request requires Administrator privileges.

Method: GET/POST

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/smartsd.cgi?function=<value> 

PARAMETER VALUE DESCRIPTION
function getstatus	Function type	getstauts: Information of smartSD internal status return value as below:smartsd_lifetime_num:Accumulated amount of data that has been writtensmartsd_lifetime_den:Card-guaranteed amount of data that can be writtensmartsd_lifetime_rate:The ratio of smartsd_lifetime_num to smartsd_lifetime_den.It means the accumulated percentage amount of flash block has been written.The range is from 0 to 100 (unit: %). The SD card is recommended to be replaced if the percentage reaches above 90%.smartsd_spare_block_rate:Usage rate of spare blocks.It means the usage percentage of total spare block. The range is from 0 to 100 (unit: %). The SD card is recommended to be replaced if the percentage reaches above 90%.smartsd_data_size_per_unit:Size (in sectors) of data to be written when Life Information1 is updated.smartsd_num_of_sudden_power_failure:Indicates how many times power disconnection occurred during write/erase operationssmartsd_operation_mode:Enables/disables power-off detection and write error notificationsmartsd_attached:Indicate the smartSD is attached or not.

8.33 Connet to AP (capability\_network\_wireless > 0)

Note: This request requires Administrator privileges.

Method: GET/POST

Syntax:

http://

/cgi-bin/admin/connect_ap.cgi

PARAMETER VALUE DESCRIPTION
N/A N/A Apply the wireless settings and connect to AP.

8.34 Get wireless information (capability\_network\_wireless > 0)

Note: This request requires Administrator privileges.

Method: GET/POST

Syntax:

http:///cgi-bin/admin/getwirelessinfo.cgi

PARAMETER VALUE DESCRIPTION
N/A N/A Get wireless information. Camera will return following information.
			1. Wireless channel2. Link quality3. Signal level4. Noise level5. SNR6. TX Rate7. RX Rate

8.35 Get wireless signal strength (capability\_network\_wireless > 0)

Note: This request requires Administrator privileges.

Method: GET/POST

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/getw|signalstrength.cgi

PARAMETER VALUE DESCRIPTION
N/A N/A Get wireless signal strength.

8.36 WPS transaction (capability\_network\_wireless > 0)

Note: This request requires Administrator privileges.

Method: GET/POST

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/start_wps.cgi

PARAMETER VALUE DESCRIPTION
N/A N/A Start WPS transaction.

8.37 Washer control

(capability_peripheral_c<0\~(n-1)>_washer_support>0)

Note: This request requires Administrator privileges.

Method: GET/POST

Syntax:

http://<servername>/cgi-bin/admin/washerctrl.cgi?<parameter>=<value>

PARAMETER VALUE DESCRIPTION
setstatus on Enable the functionality of washer, it shall refer to "camclean_c<0~(n-1)>_washer_dwelltime" and "camclean_c<0~(n-1)>_washer_mode" parameters.
off Disable the functionality of washer.

getstatus

N/A

Get the current status of washer control module. The status is 'off' as default, which means the washer is stopped; and the status 'on' means the washer is running.

Technical Specifications

Model	FE9582-EHNV: 360° 10 m IR, WDR Pro, IP66, IK10, EN50155, Extreme Weather	Audio Capability	Two-way audio
		Compression	G.711, G.726
System Information		Interface	Built-in microphoneExternal microphone inputExternal line output
CPU Multimedia SoC (System-on-Chip)
Flash 128MB		Effective Range	5 meters
RAM 512MB		Network
Camera Features		Users	Live viewing for up to 10 clients
Image Sensor 1/1.8" Progressive CMOS in 3096x2094		Protocols	IPv4, IPv6, TCP/IP, HTTP, HTTPS, UPnP, RTSP/RTP/RTCP, IGMP, SMTP, FTP, DHCP, NTP, DNS, DDNS, PPPoE, CoS, QoS, SNMP, 802.1X, UDP, ICMP, ARP, SSL, TLS
Maximum Resolution 1920x1920
Lens Type Fixed-focal		Interface	10 Base-T/100 BaseTX Ethernet (M12)*It is highly recommended to use standard CAT5e & CAT6 cables which are compliant with the 3P/ETL standard.
Focal Length f = 1.47 mm
Aperture	F2.2	ONVIF	Supported, specification available at www.onvif.org
Field of View	180° (Horizontal)180° (Vertical)180° (Diagonal)	Intelligent Video
Shutter Time	1/5 sec. to 1/32,000 sec.	Video Motion Detection	Five-window video motion detection
WDR Technology	WDR Pro	Alarm and Event
Day/Night	Removable IR-cut filter for day & night function	Alarm Triggers	Motion detection, manual trigger, digital input, periodical trigger, system boot, recording notification, camera tampering detection, audio detection
Minimum Illumination	0 lux with IR illuminator on 0.18 Lux @ F2.2 (Color, w/o IR)0.001 Lux @ F2.2 (B/W, w/o IR)	Alarm Events	Event notification using digital output, HTTP, SMTP, FTP, NAS server and SD Card File upload viaHTTP, SMTP, FTP, NAS server and SD Card
Pan/Tilt/Zoom Functionalities	ePTZ:48x digital zoom (4x on IE plug-in, 12x built-in)
IR Illuminators	Built-in IR illuminators, effective up to 10 meters940nm IR LED*6	General
On-board Storage	Slot type: MicroSD/SDHC/SDXC card slotSeamless Recording	Connectors	M12 4-pin, D-coded, female connector for network/PoE connectionAudio input*1Audio output*1DC 12V power input*1Digital input*1Digital output*1
Video
Compression	H.265, H.264, MJPEG	LED Indicator	System power and status indicator
Maximum Frame Rate	H.265/H.264: 30 fps @ 1920x1920MJPEG: 12 fps @ 1920x1920	Power Input	DC 12VIEEE 802.3at PoE Class 4
Maximum Streams	4 simultaneousstreams
S/N Ratio	42.3dB	Power Consumption	Max. 20 W
Dynamic Range	100dB	Dimensions	∅ 160 x 51 mm
Video Streaming	Adjustable resolution, quality and bitrate;Smart Stream II	Weight	762 g
Image Settings	Time stamp, text overlay, flip & mirror;Configurable brightness, contrast,saturation, sharpness, white balance,exposure control, gain, backlightcompensation, privacy masks; Scheduledprofile settings, 3D noise reduction;Adjustable image size, quality and bit rate,defog; Pixel counter	Casing	Weather-proof IP66-rated housingVandal-proof IK10-rated metal housing
		Safety Certifications	CE, LVD, FCC Class A, VCCI, C-Tick, UL,EN61373, EN50121-3-2, EN50155, EN4554

Audio

Technical Specifications

Operating Temperature

Starting Temperature: - 25°C \~ 55°C (-13°F \~ 131°F) Working Temperature: - 40°C \~ 55°C (-40°F \~ 131°F)

Humidity 90%

Warranty 36 months

System Requirements
Operating System Microsoft Windows 8/7/Vista/XP/2000

Web Browser	Mozilla Firefox 7~43 (Streaming only)Internet Explorer 7/8/9/10/11
Other Players	VLC: 1.1.11 or aboveQuicktime: 7 or above

Others

Quick installation guide, warranty card, alignment sticker, desiccant bag, screw driver, screws pack, I/O cable, mounting bracket

Dimensions

Ø160 mm 51 mm

Technology License Notice

AMR-NB Standard

THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED UNDER THE AMR-NB STANDARD PATENT LICENSE AGREEMENT. WITH RESPECT TO THE USE OF THIS PRODUCT, THE FOLLOWING LICENSORS' PATENTS MAY APPLY:

TELEFONAKIEBOLAGET ERICSSON AB: US PAT. 6192335; 6275798; 6029125; 6424938; 6058359. NOKIA CORPORATION: US PAT. 5946651; 6199035. VOICEAGE CORPORATION: AT PAT. 0516621; BE PAT. 0516621; CA PAT. 2010830; CH PAT. 0516621; DE PAT. 0516621; DK PAT. 0516621; ES PAT. 0516621; FR PAT. 0516621; GB PAT. 0516621; GR PAT. 0516621; IT PAT. 0516621; LI PAT. 0516621; LU PAT. 0516621; NL PAT. 0516621; SE PAT 0516621; US PAT 5444816; AT PAT. 819303/AT E 198805T1; AU PAT. 697256; BE PAT. 819303; BR PAT. 9604838-7; CA PAT. 2216315; CH PAT. 819303; CN PAT. ZL96193827.7; DE PAT. 819303/DE69611607T2; DK PAT. 819303; ES PAT. 819303; EP PAT. 819303; FR PAT. 819303; GB PAT. 819303; IT PAT. 819303; JP PAT. APP. 8-529817; NL PAT. 819303; SE PAT. 819303; US PAT. 5664053. THE LIST MAY BE UPDATED FROM TIME TO TIME BY LICENSORS AND A CURRENT VERSION OF WHICH IS AVAILABLE ON LICENSOR'S WEBSITE AT HTTP://WWW.VOICEAGE.COM.

HEVC Advance™

Covered by Patents at patentlist.hevcadvance.com

Notices from HEVC Advance:

THIS PRODUCT IS SOLD WITH A LIMITED LICENSE AND IS AUTHORIZED TO BE USED ONLY IN CONNECTION WITH HEVC CONTENT THAT MEETS EACH OF THE THREE FOLLOWING QUALIFICATIONS: (1) HEVC CONTENT ONLY FOR PERSONAL USE; (2) HEVC CONTENT THAT IS NOT OFFERED FOR SALE; AND (3) HEVC CONTENT THAT IS CREATED BY THE OWNER OF THE PRODUCT. THIS PRODUCT MAY NOT BE USED IN CONNECTION WITH HEVC ENCODED CONTENT CREATED BY A THIRD PARTY, WHICH THE USER HAS ORDERED OR PURCHASED FROM A THIRD PARTY, UNLESS THE USER IS SEPARATELY GRANTED RIGHTS TO USE THE PRODUCT WITH SUCH CONTENT BY A LICENSED SELLER OF THE CONTENT. YOUR USE OF THIS PRODUCT IN CONNECTION WITH HEVC ENCODED CONTENT IS DEEMED ACCEPTANCE OF THE LIMITED AUTHORITY TO USE AS NOTED ABOVE.

H.264

THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED UNDER THE AVC PATENT PORTFOLIO LICENSE FOR THE PERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL USE OF A CONSUMER TO (i) ENCODE VIDEO IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE AVC STANDARD ("AVC VIDEO") AND/OR (ii) DECODE AVC VIDEO THAT WAS ENCODED BY A CONSUMER ENGAGED IN A PERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITY AND/OR WAS OBTAINED FROM A VIDEO PROVIDER LICENSED TO PROVIDE AVC VIDEO. NO LICENSE IS GRANTED OR SHALL BE IMPLIED FOR ANY OTHER USE. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION MAY BE OBTAINED FROM MPEG LA, L.L.C. SEE HTTP://WWW.MPEGLA.COM

Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)

FCC Statement

This device compiles with FCC Rules Part 15. Operation is subject to the following two conditions.

■ This device may not cause harmful interference, and
■ This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the installation manual, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference, in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense.

CE Mark Warning

This is a Class A product. In a domestic environment, this product may cause radio interference, in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures.

VCCI Warning

VIVOTEK Inc. cannot be held responsible for any technical or typographical errors and reserves the right to make changes to the product and manuals without prior notice. VIVOTEK Inc. makes no warranty of any kind with regard to the material contained within this document, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for any particular purpose.